Erasmus ECTS Information Package

Erasmus ECTS Information Package 

Faculty of EEEA 

UNIVERSITY OF RUSE 

FACULTY 

OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, 

ELECTRONICS AND AUTOMATION 

Erasmus ECTS 

Information Package 

Assoc.Prof. Valentin Stoyanov, PhD Assoc.Prof. Teodor Iliev, PhD 

Dean 

Faculty ECTS Coordinator 

University of Ruse 


8 Studentska Street 8 Studentska Street 

7017 Ruse 7017 Ruse 

tel.: + 359 82 888 665 tel.: + 359 82 888 839 

fax: + 359 82 845 708 fax: + 359 82 888 841 

e-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

e-mail: tiliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

1



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

General Introduction ............................................................................................................ 3 

• The ECTS System ...................................................................................................... 4 

• Data about Bulgaria .................................................................................................... 5 

Information on the City and the University ........................................................................ 8 

• The City of Ruse ......................................................................................................... 9 

• The University of Ruse................................................................................................ 11 

• Academic Calendar..................................................................................................... 12 

• Business Card of the University of Ruse .................................................................... 13 

• International Collaboration and Admission of Foreign Students ................................. 14 

• Application Procedures, Visas, Accommodation, Useful Information ......................... 16 

• Campus Map of the University of Ruse ...................................................................... 21 

Information on the Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation...... 22 

ECTS Coordinators............................................................................................................... 27 

Departments in the Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation..... 28 

Department of Electrical Power Engineering..................................................................... 29 

Department of Electronics ................................................................................................... 32 

Department of Automatics and Mechatronics ................................................................... 35 

Department of Computing ................................................................................................... 38 

Department of Telecommunications................................................................................... 41 

Department of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering .................................. 44 

Department of Physics......................................................................................................... 47 

Undergraduate Programs .................................................................................................... 50 

• Undergraduate Studies in Electrical Power Engineering ............................................ 51 

• Undergraduate Studies in Electronics......................................................................... 81 

• Undergraduate Studies in Automatics and Mechatronics ........................................... 111 

• Undergraduate Studies in Automatics, Information and Control Engineering............. 113 

• Undergraduate Studies in Computer Systems and Technologies .............................. 143 

• Undergraduate Studies in Telecommunication Systems ............................................ 178 

Postgraduate Programs ....................................................................................................... 212 

• Postgraduate Studies in Electrical Power Engineering............................................... 213 

• Postgraduate Studies in Electronics ........................................................................... 222 

• Postgraduate Studies in Automatics, Information and Control Engineering ............... 233 

• Postgraduate Studies in Computer Systems and Networks ....................................... 241 

• Postgraduate Studies in Computer Systems and Technologies................................. 249 

• Postgraduate Studies in Telecommunication Systems............................................... 257 

• Postgraduate Studies in Telecommunication Networks.............................................. 266 

2



GENERAL 

INTRODUCTION 

3



THE ECTS SYSTEM 

The Information Package provides a description of the University of Ruse, of the 

Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation and the courses offered by the 

Faculty in order to help prospective ECTS students to prepare for their study period at this 

institution. 

What is ECTS? 

ECTS, The European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System, was developed by the 

Commission of the European Communities in order to provide common procedures to 

guarantee academic recognition of studies abroad. It provides a way of measuring and 

comparing learning achievements and transferring them from one institution to another. The 

European Commission promotes the system and the international cooperation between 

universities as a means of improving the quality of education bringing benefits both to students 

and higher education itself. In this respect, student exchange is the basic element in university 

cooperation. Recognition of education and diplomas is the necessary condition for establishing 

an open European higher education space where students and lecturers can “move” with no 

restriction. 

ECTS provides transparency through the following means: 

‣ ECTS credits which are a numerical value allocated to course units to describe the 

student workload required to complete them; 

‣ The Information Package which supplies written information to students and staff on 

institutions, departments/faculties, the organization and structure of studies and course 

units; it also provides useful information about the location of the University, its admission 

procedures, accommodation opportunities, academic calendar, etc. 

‣ The Transcript of Records which shows students’ learning achievements in a way which 

is comprehensive, commonly understood and easily transferable from one institution to 

another; 

‣ The Learning Agreement covering the programme of study to be taken and the ECTS 

credits to be awarded for their satisfactory completion, committing both home and host 

institutions, as well as the student. 

The ECTS Credits 

ECTS credits are allocated units to describe the student workload required to complete them. 

They reflect the quantity of work each course requires in relation to the total amount of work 

required to complete a full year of academic study at the institution, i.e. lectures, practical 

classes, seminars, self-study – in a library or at home - and exams or other assessment 

activities. ECTS credits express a relative value. 

In ECTS, 60 credits represent the workload of a year of study; normally 30 credits are given 

for a semester and 20 credits for a term. It is important that no special courses are set up for 

ECTS purposes, but that all ECTS courses are mainstream courses of the participating 

institutions, as followed by the home students under normal regulations. Credits are awarded 

only when the course has been completed and all required examinations or other assessment 

activities have been successfully passed. Detailed information about disciplines (short 

description of course contents, teaching methods, types of assessment, etc.) is given in the 

information package of each degree programme. 

4



ECTS Students 

Students participating in ECTS receive full credit for all academic work successfully carried out 

at any of the ECTS partner institutions. These credits are transferred to the home university 

and fully replace the annual/semester workload including exams and other forms of 

assessment. In this way students can study abroad for a certain period of time and when they 

come back, they are able to continue their education without any loss of semesters and exams. 

Some students may also decide to graduate from the host university, and permission for that is 

given by the academic authorities based upon the student’s transcript of credit points and 

his/her performance at the home university. 

DATA ABOUT BULGARIA 

The Republic of Bulgaria is a country situated in South-East Europe. In the north it borders the 

Republic of Romania, in the east it ranges to the Black Sea, in the south it neighbours the 

Republic of Turkey and the Republic of Greece, and in the west it borders (former Yugoslavian) 

Republic of Macedonia and Republic of Serbia. 

Area: 110,993.6 sq km 

Population: 7,364, 570 

Capital city: Sofia 

Official language: Bulgarian 

Alphabet: Cyrillic 

Religion: There is freedom of religious confessions. Traditional religion in the Republic of 

Bulgaria is Eastern Orthodox Christianity 

National holiday: March 3, the Day of the Liberation of Bulgaria from Ottoman domination 

(1878) 

Public (non-working) holidays: 

3 March – Liberation Day (national holiday) 

1 January – New Year 

Easter (Resurrection of Christ) – two days (Easter Sunday and Easter Monday) 

1 May – Labour Day (the Day of International Working Class Solidarity) 

6 May - Day of Bravery and Bulgarian Army, Gergyovden (St. George’s Day) 

24 May – Day of Bulgarian Education and Culture, and of the Slavonic Alphabet 

6 September - Unification Day 

22 September - Independence Day 

1 November – Day of the National Revival Leaders 

24 December – Christmas Eve 

25 and 26 December - Christmas 

Monetary unit: the Bulgarian Lev (BGN) 

Administrative division: 28 regions, named after their respective regional centres 

5



State system: a parliamentary republic with a one-chamber parliament (National Assembly), 

consisting of 240 national representatives, elected for a four-year term of service. The head of 

state of the republic is the President, elected for a five-year term of service. The Council of 

Ministers is the main body of executive power. 

Climate: moderate continental with Black Sea influence in the east and Mediterranean in the 

south 

Waters: rivers (main rivers are the Danube, Maritsa, Mesta, Strouma, Iskar, and Yantra); warm 

and cold mineral springs (more than 600) 

Transport: railway, automobile, air and water 

International automobile sign: BG 

International telephone code: +359 ……….. 

International telephone code for Ruse: +359 82 ……….. 

Official Symbols of Bulgaria 

The national flag of the Republic of Bulgaria is in three colours: white, green and red bands, 

following horizontally from top to bottom. 

A legend associates the origin of these three colours with the colour symbols of the Old 

Bulgarian Army. Its left wing was set apart by white strips on the spears, the right one by red, 

while arranged in the centre were the elite troops with a green strip, the traditional colour of the 

ruler. The three-colour flag was first used by the First Bulgarian Legion of Georgi Rakovski 

(1861). By force of the Turnovo Constitution (1879), the three-colour flag - white, green and 

red, was confirmed as Bulgaria’s national flag. 

The coat-of-arms of the Republic of Bulgaria is a rampant gold crowned lion against a darkred 

background in the form of a shield. Above the shield there is a big crown, whose original 

shape was that of the crowns of medieval Bulgarian rulers, with five crosses and one other 

cross, separately, over the crown itself. The shield is supported by two golden crowned 

rampant lions, facing the shield from the left and right heraldic side. They are standing on two 

crossed oak tree twigs with acorns. Inscribed in golden letters onto a white strip with a threecolour 

edging, placed under the shield across the ends of the oak twigs, is Union is Strength. 

6



The Bulgarian Landmarks in the UNESCO List of the World Natural 

and Cultural Heritage 

Kazanluk Tomb 

A Thracian tomb, dated to the late 4 th -early 3 rd century B.C. The murals in the burial chamber 

and in the corridor are of exclusive artistic value. The tomb is located in the Tyulbeto Hill near 

the town of Kazanluk. 

Ivanovo Rock Churches 

A rock monastery compound of the Holy Archangel Michael, with partially preserved churches. 

The murals in the Church of the Holy Virgin have been described as some of the most 

significant achievements of 14 th century Bulgarian medieval art. The churches are located 

about 20 km away from the city of Ruse, east of the village of Ivanovo, in the rocks of the 

Rusenski Lom Nature Park. 

Boyana Church 

It has unique murals from 1259, considered among the masterpieces of medieval European 

painting. It is at a distance of about 8 km from the centre of the city of Sofia (in the Boyana 

residential district), in the foothills of Mount Vitosha. 

Madara Horseman 

A rock relief, cut into the Madara rocks on the northern slope of the Provadiisko Plateau at a 

height of 23 m. This is the most significant monumental piece of art from the early Middle Ages, 

unique of its kind in European cultural history. It is close to the village of Madara, about 16 km 

away from the city of Shumen. 

Rila Monastery 

The most impressive monastery compound in Bulgaria of exceptional architectural and artistic 

merits. Founded in the 10 th century, rebuilt in the 13 th -14 th century, a literary centre in the 15 th 

century and completed in its present-day striking appearance during the 19 th century. A spiritual 

centre of the Bulgarian people, it is located in the northwest part of the Rila Mountain, about 20 

km from the town of Rila and about 120 km from Sofia. 

Nessebur, the old part of the town 

An architectural, historical and archaeological reserve at the Black Sea coast with valuable 

archaeological relics from different periods, original churches from the 5 th to the 17 th century 

and authentic National Revival Period houses. 

Sveshtari Tomb 

A Thracian tomb from the first half of the 3 rd century B.C. The central burial chamber has 

exceptionally lavish decoration and impressive caryatides in high relief. It is located close to the 

village of Sveshtari, 7 km northwest of the town of Isperih. 

Sreburna Reserve 

A biosphere reserve in the valley of the Danube, including the Sreburna Lake and its 

surroundings. It has been established for the preservation of rare plant and animal species. It is 

16 km west of the town of Silistra. 

Pirin National Park 

It is part of the scenic Pirin Mountain. Located in the high parts of the Northern Mount Pirin, it is 

characterized by a specific relief and an inimitable plant and animal world. It also incorporates 

the Bayuvi Dupki - Dzhindzhiritsa Biosphere Reserve and the Yulen Reserve. 

7



INFORMATION 

ON 

THE CITY 

AND 

THE UNIVERSITY 

8



THE CITY OF RUSE 

Welcome to Ruse 

" ... All that I experienced 

afterwards had already been 

in Roustchouk" 

Elias Canetti 

Ruse is the biggest Bulgarian port 

town on the bank of the river 

Danube. After the opening of the 

Rhein - Main - Danube canal which 

covers 3,500 km and connects 

thirteen European countries with 

the Near and Far East via the 

Black Sea, the river becomes the 

longest inland waterway on the 

planet. 

This key position has determined the nineteen century long coexistence 

of town, river, and people, carrying the unique atmosphere 

of history as a precious heritage, and of future as an open road full of 

promises. The Romans were the first to build the fort which they called 

Sexaginta Prista (the port of sixty ships). Then came others, from 

Europe, leaving their indelible imprint in this intersection of material 

and spiritual culture, followed by the imbued with the zeal of drive and 

enterprise Bulgarians, who gradually turned the place into a centre of 

the Bulgarian national revival. The very name Ruse became a 

synonym of economic growth and cultural rebirth. 

9



The nineteenth century saw here 

the opening of the first Bulgarian 

printing house, the first model farm, 

the first Bulgarian railroad 

connecting Ruse with Varna, the 

first Bulgarian weather service, the 

first technical school and technical 

society, the first professional 

teachers' club, the first insurance 

agency, the first chamber of commerce and industry, the first inland navigation service on the 

Danube, the first teletel, the first moving picture show, the first Bulgarian newspaper, the first 

geography map. 

New industries sprang up, banks and trade agencies were founded and 

European shipping agencies, as well as 17 foreign consulates were 

established. A large number of Bulgarian, Austrian, Italian, and Swiss 

men of arts created the wealth of architectural forms and styles 

characteristic of the period in Europe: Neoclassicism, Neo-baroque, 

Neo-gothic style, Art Nouveau, and Fin du siecle. 

The town hosted a vast variety of multinational ethnic 

groups, which the Nobel writer Elias Canetti defined as 

a microcosmos of two dozen nationalities. French, 

German, Italian, Jewish, Armenian, Turkish, and other 

schools, boarding houses and churches, reading clubs, 

theatres and music halls, museums and bookshops, 

opened their doors to help diversify the cultural life of 

the city in its steady march towards enlightenment. In 

this completed picture of social life, today the town is 

still rediscovering its true face, spanning a bridge across 

cultures in the new context of integrated Europe. 

10



THE UNIVERSITY OF RUSE 

On 12 November 1945 the first out-of-capital higher education institution was founded in 

Ruse. Its three departments were specialized in Engineering for the purposes of the 

agricultural sector. 

On 13 June 1966, as a result of its intensive growth, the Minister of Education issued an 

Order No. 2583 to set up a Higher Institute of Mechanical Engineering, Mechanization and 

Electrification of Agriculture. 

On 9 April 1981, due to the widened scope of its engineering provision, including the 

sectors of transport, electronics and computing, it was transformed into ’Angel Kanchev’ 

Technical University by a Decree No. 584 of the Council of Ministers. 

On 1 August 1995 a Decision of the National Assembly was made to establish “Angel 

Kanchev” University of Ruse, thus recognizing its academic expertise not only in the 

engineering fields, but also in natural sciences, education, law, public health and 

healthcare, business and management, which were introduced as a response to the needs 

of the regional businesses and the community. 

Mission statement of Ruse University 

The University aims to provide: 

Dissemination of knowledge, 

excellence in fundamental and applied research and 

introduction of innovations in practice, 

which will help it to train highly-qualified specialists and 

maintain the sustainable development of the region and the country. 

11



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

The academic year at the University of Ruse starts in September and is divided into two semesters – 

Fall and Spring. Each semester consists of: 

• 15 weeks of classes; 

• 4 weeks of regular examination session; 

• 1 week for supplementary examination and 1 vacation week after the fall semester; 

• Summer holidays (4-8 weeks) start after the end of the examination session and last till the 

beginning of the new academic year or till the beginning of the annual supplementary examination 

session in September for those students who have to resit exams left from the previous year. 

The organisation of the training process is realised in the framework of the Academic Calendar, which is 

adopted each year by a resolution of the University’s Academic Council. 

12



BUSINESS CARD of the University of Ruse (UR) 

Name of higher education institution 

“Angel Kanchev” University of Ruse 

Type of higher education institution 

Location and address 

State University 

8, Studentska Street, Ruse 7017, Bulgaria 

Rector Prof. Hristo Beloev, MEng, PhD, DSc 

Number of students for the academic year 2008-09: 9750 

Number of international students: 311 from 17 countries 

Number of PhD students for the period 2000-2011: 346 

Full-time personnel: 705 

of which faculty 538 

full and associate professors 242 

Number of degree programmes offered: 

41 in 6 of the 10 major fields of study (education, humanities, economics and management, 

mathematics and natural sciences, health care, engineering and technology) 

The University of Ruse is the only university in the present and former Ruse region (with a population of 

approximately 1 million), which complies with the international index “one higher education institution 

per one million people”. 

The University of Ruse ranks 13 th among the largest higher education institutions comparing indexes, 

such as: number of state-approved vacancies for admission, overall number of students, number of 

doctoral study students, size of state subsidy, applicants versus approved vacancies ratio, etc. 

The University of Ruse is the only Bulgarian higher education institution, which is a regular member of 

the European Association of the Universities from the Danube Countries. 

The University of Ruse was accredited on 26 th January 2006 by the National Evaluation and 

Accreditation Agency for a six–year period with the highest grade – “very good”. 

13



International collaboration and admission of foreign 

students 

International collaboration 

The University of Ruse develops its international cooperation through: 

‣ Participation in the scientific EC programmes NATO, SIXTH and SEVENTH FRAMEWORK 

PROGRAMMEs, PHARE 

‣ Participation in the academic programmes CEEPUS, ERASMUS, LEONARDO DA VINCI, 

COMENIUS 

‣ Participation in bilateral collaboration with traditional and new partners 

The University of Ruse is one of the first Bulgarian universities which got involved in the ERASMUS 

programme. There are 170 Bilateral agreements signed with 25 European countries. At least 70 

undergraduate, post-graduate and PhD-students are annually involved in all EU exchange programmes. 

The University of Ruse is the only university in Bulgaria which coordinates three thematic networks of 

about 70 participants each. It has contributed to the establishment of the first cross-border higher 

education centre in SEE – Bulgarian-Romanian Interuniversity Europe Centre (BRIE), which has been 

accredited in Germany and in Romania. 

14


Admission of foreign students 


Terms of study: 

‣ For a Bachelor’s degree - 4 years; 

‣ For a Master’s degree – 1 or 1,5 years following a Bachelor’s degree programme; 

‣ For a Doctoral degree – a minimum of 3 years 

Degree programmes at the University of Ruse 

Faculty of Agricultural and Industrial Engineering: 

‣ Agricultural Machinery and Technologies 

‣ Ecology and Environmental Protection 

‣ Industrial Design 

‣ Air-conditioning, Hydraulics and Gas Supply 

‣ Agricultural Engineering 

‣ Equipment Maintenance and Management 

Faculty of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering: 

‣ Mechanical Engineering 

‣ Mechatronic Systems 

‣ Industrial Engineering 

‣ Materials Science and Engineering 

‣ Quality Management and Metrology 

Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation: 

‣ Electrical Power Engineering 

‣ Electronics 

‣ Automatics and Mechatronics 

‣ Computer Systems and Technologies 

‣ Communications Engineering 

‣ Information and Communication Technologies 

‣ Information and Communication Technologies (in English) 

Faculty of Transport Engineering: 

‣ Transport Engineering 

‣ Transport Engineering and Management 

‣ Fleet and Portal Management 

Faculty of Natural Sciences and Education: 

‣ Mathematics and Informatics 

‣ Computer Science 

‣ Informatics and Information Technologies in Business 

‣ Bulgarian Language and History 

‣ Pre-school and Primary School Education 

‣ Primary School Education and a Foreign Language 

‣ Social Pedagogy 

Faculty of Business and Management: 

‣ Marketing 

‣ International Economic Relations 

‣ European Studies and Multilevel Management 

‣ European and Global Studies (in English) 

‣ Business Administration 

‣ Industrial Management 

Bulgarian-Romanian Interuniversity Europe Centre (BRIE): 

‣ European Studies and Regional Cooperation (in German and English) 

‣ European Studies and Public Administration (in English) 

Faculty of Law: 

‣ Law 

15


Faculty of Public Health and Health Care: 

‣ Kinesitherapy 

‣ Occupational Therapy 

‣ Nursing 

‣ Midwifery 

Silistra Branch: 

‣ Bulgarian Language and Foreign Language 

‣ Physics and Informatics 

‣ Electrical Engineering 

Razgrad Branch: 

‣ Biotechnologies 

‣ Chemical Technologies 

‣ Food Processing Technologies 


Other University Units and Services 

‣ Quality of Education and Accreditation Directorate 

‣ Public Relations Directorate 

‣ Foreign Students Directorate 

‣ Student Admissions and University Registrar 

‣ Scientific Research Sector 

‣ University Computing and Information Services Center (UCISC) 

‣ Center for Distance Learning 

‣ Center for European Integration, International Cooperation and Mobility 

‣ Center for Continuing Education 

‣ Center for Career Development 

‣ University Library 

The language of instruction for students in Bachelor and Master Degrees is Bulgarian. For 

international students, who wish to study at the University of Ruse under the ERASMUS 

programme, selected courses are offered in English. The list of these courses can be 

found on the university WEB site. 

Application Procedures 

General Conditions and Documents for Admission of Foreign Students 

Foreigners, who hold a high school diploma, giving them access to universities in the country issuing 

this diploma, are eligible for admittance into the University of Ruse. 

Preparatory Year 

During their first year at the University foreign students study Bulgarian in a 10-month intensive course, 

tailored to meet the needs of linguistic and specialist training of international bachelor, master and PhD 

students. The course is organised by the Foreign Students Department. 

Tuition Fees 

Foreign citizens, studying at Ruse University, pay tuition fees. The fees are paid in two installments: at 

the beginning of the academic year and at the beginning of the second (Spring) semester. 

For sending applications and for more detailed information foreign applicants can address: 

Foreign Students Department 


8 Studentska Street 

7017 Ruse 

Bulgaria 

tel: +359 82 888 281 

e-mail: chs@uni-ruse.bg 

16



Conditions and documents for admission of foreign students under 

Programmes of the European Union 

Application, admission and forms of training of foreign students under different programmes of the 

European Union are settled in compliance with the individual bilateral or international agreements. For 

sending application forms under ERASMUS and for more detailed information foreign applicants can 

address the Center for European Integration, International Cooperation and Mobility: 

Centre for European Integration, International Cooperation and Mobility 


8 Studentska Street 

Ruse 7017 

Bulgaria 

tel/fax: +359 82 888 650 

e-mail: cicm@uni-ruse.bg 

The Application form can be found at: 

http://cicm.uni-ruse.bg/erasmus 

General Information 

Visa Requirements 

According to the Law for Foreigners’ Stay in the Republic of Bulgaria, each foreigner may enter the 

country with a valid passport (or other ID document) and an entry visa for Bulgaria. Entry visas are 

issued in all Embassies or Consulates of Bulgaria abroad. No visas are required for citizens of the 

countries of the European Union and of a number of other countries as well. On arrival in Bulgaria, 

every foreigner, if not accommodated in a hotel, should, within 24 hours, register his/her address with 

the Passport Service for Foreigners. Foreigners who are admitted as students at the University of Ruse 

should present their documents for admission issued by the University. This will allow them to get 

permission for longer stay in the country after their entry visas expire. 

17



Traveling to Ruse 

The distance from Ruse to Sofia 

(the capital city of Bulgaria) is 315 km. 

The distance from Ruse to Bucharest 

(the capital city of Romania) is 60 km. 

Travel to both capital cities is by train 

and by bus. 

There are also provisions for quick 

and easy transport to various parts of 

the city and other regions of the 

country 

After arriving at the University each international student is welcome to contact the office of the Foreign 

Students Directorate while Erasmus students have to contact the Center for European Integration, 

International Cooperation and Mobility. 

Living Expenses 

The optimum amount of living expenses is connected with a balanced budget, including subsistence 

costs, accommodation costs, medical services, public transport, food and public services, tuition costs 

(for EU member country students) and some other expenses. Minimum living costs are achieved 

through the use of the refectory and through modest expenses for transport and other public services. 

Under these conditions, the average living expenses may range from 150 to 250 Euro per month. 

Accommodation and on-campus facilities 

Accommodation can be found in several sectors: 

In one of the many hotels in Ruse. The approximate price for a single room is about 40 – 80 Euro per 

night. 

In one of the cheaper hotels. Offering less comfort, or in single rooms in hotel chains at prices about 

15–25 Euro per night. 

Renting a flat. The rent for such a flat (1 to 3 rooms) varies from 60 to 250 Euro per month depending 

on the degree of comfort, furniture and location. Rents exclude expenses for electricity, hot water, 

central heating and telephone, which may cost about 50–100 Euro per month. 

18



The University of Ruse offers very 

good on-campus accommodation for 2400 

students at rents of about 35 Euro per month. 

There are eight student hostels, two of which 

are for families. 

The University of Ruse on-campus 

facilities offer excellent opportunities for 

study, research, recreation and sport. The 

student hostels, the refectory, the medical 

centre, the post office, the sports facilities and 

the student culture club are all situated on 

campus, which is surrounded by green parkland 

and is within easy reach of the city parks, the 

river Danube and the city centre. 

The University of Ruse offers on-campus sports 

facilities for volleyball, basketball, table tennis, 

bodybuilding, football, field and track events 

and other sports. The sports teams and clubs 

for football, athletics, volleyball, basketball, 

handball, aerobics and calisthenics are the 

responsibility of qualified teachers, which 

explains why they often win first prizes at 

various competitions. 

There is a variety of amateur clubs, forming the 

Student Cultural Club Society, which was 

established in 1954. Examples are the Folk 

Dance Theatre, the Artists Club, the Pantomime 

Studio, the Drama Society, the Photographer's 

club, the Literature Club, the Modern Dance 

Society, and the folk dance band. Their 

guidance is entrusted to distinguished 

performers, artists and musicians. 

The Tourist Society ACADEMIC unites a variety 

of clubs: for mountain climbing, water sports, 

skiing, cycling, rock climbing, mountaineering, 

speleology and cross-country walking. They 

attract large numbers of students, faculty 

members and administrative staff, who can take 

holidays in the university resort centres on the 

Black Sea coast, in the Balkan mountains, or 

along the bank of the Danube. 

19



Medical Services and Insurance 

There are many clinics, hospitals and private surgeries where you may ask for qualified medical help 

paying cash at quite reasonable rates. You may also get medical insurance in one of the numerous 

insurance companies in Bulgaria. 

Other Useful Information 

Public Transport: Trams, buses and trolley buses are the main public transport in Bulgaria. 

Tickets are sold at bus stations (bus stops), at newspaper stands or in some cases by drivers. Tickets 

should be perforated in the vehicle. There are also season travel cards for one day, one week or one 

month. The price of the ticket for public transport is 1.00 Lv. (about 0.50 Euro). 

Taxi: There are many taxis in Ruse, provided mostly by private firms. Information about the firm and 

charge rates (day and night) can be seen on stickers on the front or rear windows of the car. Charge 

rates for 1 kilometre are between 0.70 and 0.90 Lv. (about 0.35–0.45 Euro). 

Money Exchange: Popular currencies in Bulgaria are the USD and EURO. Open hours of the 

banks are usually between 9.00 a.m. and 4.00 p.m. There are also a lot of foreign exchange offices. 

Food Stores. Restaurants: All food stores work usually till 7.00 or 8.00 p.m., but there are also 

24-hour open stores and stores that work on Saturdays and Sundays. Most foodstuffs, vegetables and 

fruit are sold at prices, similar to those in Western Europe. Restaurants offer highly varied prices 

depending on their category. In some small and inexpensive restaurants the price of a meal is about 10 

Euro. 

Phone Services: There are 3 large mobile network operators on the territory of Bulgaria and these 

are M-Tel, GloBul and Vivatel. Pre-paid cards are available at the offices of the mobile operators. For 

international calls you may also use the services of the national post offices. 

Bookshops and Photocopying Services: Copy services, books, textbooks, manuals and 

other training aids are offered in the University bookshop and stationery shop. 

Student Organisations 

The Student Council is a body which protects the interests of the students. It is elected by full-time 

bachelor, master and doctoral students and includes student representatives in the General Assembly 

of the University. The Student Council at the University of Ruse maintains an information centre, located 

on the first floor of the Central Building. 

20



Campus Map of the University of Ruse 

21



INFORMATION 

ON 

THE FACULTY 

OF 

ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING, 

ELECTRONICS 

AND 

AUTOMATION 

22



The Faculty 

of Electrical Engineering, Electronics 

and Automation 

(Faculty of EEEA) 

Study of electrical engineering subjects at the University of Ruse began in 1954. 

The degree course of Electrification of Agriculture was initiated by a Decree of the Council of Ministers, 

No 208/21.05.1966., and in 1974 the Faculty of Electrical Engineering and Electrification of Agriculture 

with new degree courses – ‘Electrical Power Engineering’, ‘Automation of Production’ and 

‘Computational Machines’ was established. The rapid development of advanced technologies in the 

field of electrical engineering and electronic industries required the reorganization of the faculty in 1984 

into a Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation and it became the largest 

educational unit of the University. 

Over the last five years about 2200 full-time and part-time students have been trained at the FEEEA 

annually. 103 highly qualified lecturers are involved in the teaching, including 10 professors, 40 

associate professors, 3 doctors of science, 67 doctors of Engineering and 33 PhD students. 16 

technical staff are actively engaged in supporting the teaching activities. 

23



Every year, 35 students were taught within ERASMUS, DAAD and other international programmes, 

initiated and managed by lecturers from the Faculty. Bilateral agreements have been signed with 41 

universities from European countries, such as Great Britain, Germany, France, Portugal, Denmark, 

Sweden, Finland, Italy, Belgium, Holland, Austria, and Greece. The Faculty is initiator and Coordinator 

of three Thematic Networks under the ERASMUS Programme, in a partnership uniting more than 65 

universities and companies from 31 European countries. 

The teaching of foreign undergraduate and PhD students is a characteristic feature of FEEEA activities. 

Since the establishment of the Faculty, 70 foreign students from 16 countries have been trained and 3 

Doctoral theses have been defended by foreign citizens. 

There are 7 departments that operate within the Faculty – ‘Electric Power Engineering’, ‘Electronics’, 

‘Automatics and Mechatronics’, ‘Computing’, ‘Telecommunications’, ‘Theoretical and Measuring 

Electrical Engineering’, ‘Physics’. The management bodies of the Faculty are the Faculty Assembly, the 

Faculty and Dean’s Councils, and the departments are managed by Departmental Councils and the 

Heads of Departments. 

The good quality of the knowledge taught to the students is aided by modern laboratory facilities and the 

cooperation with a number of companies, such as Siemens, Johnson Controls, Schneider Electric’, 

‘MOELLER company’, ‘Comhard’, etc., which helped to set up a fully-equipped electrical laboratory 

and computer rooms for free access and teaching purposes. Undergraduate and PhD students are 

given unlimited INTERNET access and the respective online services. 

24



FEEEA has long standing traditions in the field of research and abundant experience in using the 

research results in the teaching, in involving students in the scientific problems that lecturers 

investigate, in the selection and training of future teaching and research staff. 

Major scientific fields are: 

‣ Computer and Communication Systems & Technologies; 

‣ Automated Control Systems; 

‣ Intelligent Technologies for Quality Control in Agriculture; 

‣ Mechanisation and Electrification of Agriculture; 

‣ Electric Power Engineering; 

‣ Automation of Scientific Research; 

‣ Innovative Educational Technologies. 

In terms of the number of contracts signed through the Research Council, the Faculty holds the first 

place at the university, and its scientific results have been published in prestigious foreign and Bulgarian 

journals. 

25



Dean 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Stoyanov, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 665, +359 82 888 372 

E-mail: VStojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Vice Dean of Student Affairs 

Assoc. Prof. Ivaylo Stoyanov, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 665, +359 82 888 843 

E-mail: Stoyanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Vice Dean of Research and Development Affairs 

Assoc. Prof. Teodor Iliev, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 665, +359 82 888 839 

E-mail: TIliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

26



ECTS 

Coordinators 

Faculty ECTS Coordinator: 

Assoc. Prof. Teodor Iliev, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 665, +359 82 888 839 

E-mail: TIliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Departmental ECTS Coordinators: 

Department of Electrical Power Engineering 

Principal Assistant Konstantin Koev, MEng, PhD 

tel.: + 359 82 888 661, e-mail: KKoev@uni-ruse.bg 

Department of Electronics 

Assoc. Prof. Krasimira Shtereva, MEng, PhD 

tel.: + 359 82 888 366, e-mail: KStereva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Department of Automatics and Mechatronics 

Principal Assistant Martin Deyanov, MEng, PhD 

tel.: + 359 82 888 678, e-mail: MDejanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Department of Computing 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Georgiev, MEng, PhD 

tel.: + 359 82 888 744, e-mail: GTGeorgiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Department of Telecommunications 

Assoc. Prof. Nina Bencheva, MEng, PhD 

tel.: + 359 82 888 823, e-mail: NBencheva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Department of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering 

Assoc. Prof. Nadezhda Evstatieva, MEng, PhD 

tel.: + 359 82 888 638, e-mail: NEvstatieva@uni-ruse.bg 

Department of Physics 

Principal Assistant Svetla Dyakovska, MSc 

tel.: + 359 82 888 217, e-mail: SDyakovska@uni-ruse.bg 

27



DEPARTMENTS 

IN 

THE FACULTY 

OF 

ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING, 

ELECTRONICS 

AND 

AUTOMATION 

28



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

ELECTRICAL POWER 

ENGINEERING 

29



BUSINESS CARD of the Department 

Head of Department 

Assoc. prof. Ludmil Dosev Mihaylov, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 302, +359 82 888 329 

E-mail: lmihailov@uni-ruse.bg 

http://www.uni-ruse.bg/faculties/ef/eseo/site/index.htm 

The department has been accredited by the National 

Evaluation and Accreditation Agency and can teach 

students in Bachelor and Master academic degrees. It 

teaches the ‘Electrical Power Engineering’ degree 

course and the students are awarded the professional 

qualification of Electrical Engineer. The curriculum, 

which is used in the study process, has been devised 

after exploring the experience of different universities in 

Europe and the USA, and with the participation of 

leading experts from The Ministry of Electrical Power 

Engineering of the Republic of Bulgaria, The National 

Electrical Company, The Bulgarian Chamber of 

Electrical Engineering, Electrical Supply and 

Distribution Companies. 

The Department of ELECTRICAL POWER 

ENGINEERING was created in December 1973. 

Three professors, 8 associate professors, 4 PhD 

engineers and 2 assistant professors work in it. 

They have taught and trained over 2000 qualified 

electrical engineers who work in Bulgaria and 

other countries. The lecturers from this 

department teach also students from the following 

degree courses: ‘Electronics and Automation’, 

‘Industrial Design’, ‘Ecology and Environment 

Protection’, ‘Industrial Management’ and 

‘Management in Agriculture’. 

The department has 9 complex laboratories. 

Industrial patterns, active models and modulation 

devices are used in the classes for practice 

exercises. 

By decision of the National Evaluation and 

Accreditation Agency, the Department can teach 

postgraduate students as well. The scientific spheres in 

which they are taught are: ‘Electrical Power 

Engineering’, ‘Electrical Supply and Automation of 

Agricultural Industry’, ‘Electrical Technologies’ and 

‘Energy Efficiency and Alternative Energy Sources’. 

The number of postgraduate students that have been 

taught is over 45 including foreign postgraduate 

students from Vietnam, Bangladesh, Morocco, Syria 

and Yemen. Over 520 research papers and articles 

have been published in Bulgarian and international 

scientific journals, conference and congress 

proceedings, and 36 patents have been received. 

30



The Department has taken active part in a great deal of 

international programs like ERASMUS, DAAD and won 

the first prize at the international exhibition of inventions 

and innovations EXPO`91. The Department participates 

as a partner in a FP5 project titled Biomass 

cogeneration network BIOCOGEN. The academic staff 

has been actively involved in different professional, 

scientific, national and international organizations such 

as the Union of the Bulgarian Research Workers, IEEE 

and others. 

With the assistance of CIGR, the Department, together 

with other university departments, organizes regularly 

an international scientific conference ‘Energy Efficiency 

and Agricultural Engineering’. The staff of the department participates in the activities of the Research 

Fund and in the technical servicing of companies from the region and the district. 

The following main results have been achieved: 

• The Department has developed new curricula and syllabi for 

both the Bachelor and Master Degree courses in ‘Electrical Power 

Engineering’. These comply with the Regulations of the Council of 

Ministers about uniform state requirements for obtaining university 

degree in the ‘Electrical Power Engineering’ course and they are in line 

with the curriculum of other similar degree courses in the country. 

• The Department has signed bilateral agreements for student 

and staff exchange within the ERASMUS program with universities 

from Great Britain, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Germany and Greece. 

The Department is initiator of the creation of the Association of the 

Agricultural Engineers from the countries of South-East Europe and is 

its active member. It widens the sphere of this collaboration 

incessantly. 

• The Department possesses modern equipment. A contract with 

Schneider Electric Bulgaria, PLC, was signed in 2001 which marked 

the beginning of a new kind of collaboration between the business and 

the academic spheres. In compliance with this contract, a Learning 

Centre in Communications was established and low voltage protection devices and, periodically, 

modern equipment is provided. Computer laboratories for students and postgraduate students were 

built under a project financed by the World Bank. These are connected with the university Intranet 

that is part of the global network INTERNET and provides opportunity for information exchange. 

• The Department of Electrical Power 

Engineering has published numerous teaching 

materials and web-based courses to provide proper 

reference literature for the students of Electrical 

Power Engineering. Over the 2007-2011 period the 

lecturers from the Department have produced: 

• 132 scientific publications in the country and 

abroad including 104 participations with research 

papers at international scientific conferences in 

Bulgaria and 10 research papers presented at 

international conferences abroad; 

• 11 course books and 7 volumes of study 

materials in paper copies; 

• 7 electronic volumes of study materials. 

The number of the publications that include contribution from undergraduate and doctoral students is 75 

in Bulgaria and 7 abroad. The Department of Electrical Power Engineering is always open to new 

initiatives and is ready to collaborate in joint educational and research projects. 

31



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

ELECTRONICS 

32





Assoc. Prof. Avram Sabetay LEVI, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: ++359 82 888 670, ++359 82 888 365 

E-mail: ALevi@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

http://www.uni-ruse.bg/electronics/index.html 

The Department of Electronics was created in 1984 after 

introducing the Degree course of “Electronic Engineering 

and Microelectronics” at the Higher Technical School 

“Angel Kunchev”, Rousse, Bulgaria, within the Faculty of 

Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation. The 

first elected Head of the Department of Electronics was 

Associate Professor Vasil Philipov Petrov, MSc (Eng), 

PhD. There were 11 lecturers in this Department. 

Nowadays 11 lecturers, 7 PhD students and 2 technical 

assistants work in the Department of Electronics. The 

academic staff consists of 1 Professor and 7 Associate 

Professors holding PhD degrees. The majority of the 

lecturers consists of graduates from leading European 

Universities who continuously upgrade their qualification by 

participating in specialized workshops both in Bulgaria and 

abroad. Such opportunities have been provided to the best 

students from this Department since 1995, and supported 

by programmes such as SOCRATES / ERASMUS and 

others. 

The Degree course of Electronics has been accredited 

by the Bulgarian National Evaluation and Accreditation 

Agency. The curriculum, used in the study process, has 

been developed after reviewing the experience of different 

universities in Europe and the USA, with the participation of 

leading specialists from the Bulgarian Academy of 

Sciences and from similar departments in the country. The 

students can take two engineering degree courses – 

Bachelor of Electronics and Master of Electronics. 

The Department of Electronics carries out research in the following fields: 

‣ Automation in Electronics Design 

‣ Applied Electronics in Agriculture 

‣ Electronic Control Devices 

‣ Biomedical Engineering 

‣ Automobile Electronics 

‣ Electronic Security Equipment 

‣ Radioelectronics 

33



The facilities of the Department are 

updated continuously. The teaching 

laboratories are equipped with modern 

measurement devices. There are 2 selfaccess 

computer rooms for the students, 

connected in a local network, which is part 

of the global network of the University. 

There is unlimited access to the worldwide 

web, the Internet. All students have the 

possibility for free information exchange with 

organisations and people from all over the 

world. 

The following main results have been achieved: 

‣ The new curriculum and syllabi for both the Bachelor and Master Degree courses in 

Electronics have been revised in view of the requirements of the European Union. This 

complies with the Regulations of the Council of Ministers about the uniform state 

requirements for obtaining university degrees in the “Electronics” degree course and they 

have been harmonized with similar degree courses in the countries of the European Union, 

making it possible for graduate diplomas to be recognized without additional exams and, in 

so doing, facilitating student mobility based on ECTS. 

‣ The Department has bilateral agreements for student and staff exchange for the Degree 

course in Electronics within the ERASMUS program with Universities from Great Britain, 

France, Poland and Slovakia. The Department increases the sphere of international 

collaboration continuously, by including new European Universities in the network of 

academic exchange. 

‣ Over 20 new textbooks and study materials for supporting the teaching process have been 

published so as to ensure the adequate provision of learning resources. 

‣ Web-based study courses have been developed to the same end, too. 

In conclusion, it can be said that the 

Department of Electronics has proved its 

ability to react adequately to the “challenges 

of times” and made the necessary steps to 

integrate into the joint European educational 

structures of the twenty first century. 

The Department of Electronics arranges 

annual presentations and scientific seminars 

with eminent professors from leading 

European and Bulgarian Universities as 

guest-lecturers. 

34



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

AUTOMATICS 

AND 

MECHATRONICS 

35





Prof. Mirolyub Ivanov Mladenov, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 747, +359 82 888 531 

E-mail: mladenov@uni-ruse.bg 

http://www.uni-ruse.bg/faculties/ef/automation/site/index.htm 

The Department of Automatics and Mechatronics was founded in 2012. It is a successor of the 

Department of Automatics and Mechatronics , which was founded in 1072. 

The academic staff includes 1 full professor, 7 associate professors and 4 assistant professors. The 

supporting staff consists of 3 members. 

The Department of Automatics and Mechatronics is accredited to teach “Bachelor” and “Master” 

degree students, as well as PhD students. 

The main research activities of the academic staff are in the following research areas: 

• Control systems 

• Process control 

• Sensor techniques 

• Mechatronic systems 

• Food quality control using computer vision and spectra analysis 

• Artificial intelligence 

The students have the opportunity to take part in the research activities of the department. Thus they 

obtain additional knowledge and skills in specific areas. 

Staff members of the department participate in various international teaching and research programs 

such as, ERASMUS, LEONARDO DA VINCI and the Framework Programs of the European Union. 

Within the framework of the international co-operation the students can study in different leading 

universities of England, Germany, France, Austria, Greece, Hungary, Turkey, and many others. 

The bachelor and master degree cources are harmonized with the state requirements for awarding 

higher education diplomas in Automatics and Mechatronics and with analogous university degree 

courses in the EU countries. 

36



Specializations are provided in two main areas: 

• Automatics and process control systems, based on modern computer techniques and artificial 

intelligence systems; 

• Mechatronic systems 

The courses are carried out in labs equipped 

with modern computers, specialized 

equipmemnt and software of leading 

companies such as Moeller, ePLAN, 

Siemens, Beckhoff, National Instruments, 

ets. 

There are five free - access computer rooms 

which provide Internet connection for the 

students. 

The training cources include varios themes in the 

area of modern information and control systems, 

PLC programming and applications, CAD 

systems, mechtronic systems and other actual 

topics in the area of automatics, mechtronics, 

information systems and process control. 

The department of Automatics and 

Mechatronics has established two Information 

and Training Centers in collaboration with 

„Moeller” and „ePLAN” companies. They 

carry out treining of the students and 

engineers and organiz thematic seminars for 

students, teachers and users to discuss new 

trends and applications of modern computer 

and control systems. 

The students receive profound knowledge and 

wide spectrum subject skills in the area of 

Automatics and Mechatronics. After their 

graduation they can work in different fields of 

Industry, Power Engineering, Communications, 

Transport, Agriculture, etc. 

37



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

COMPUTING 

38





Assoc. Prof. Tsvetozar Stefanov Georgiev, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 711, +359 82 888 827 

E-mail: TGeorgiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

http://www.ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

The Department of Computing was established in 1974. 

27 lecturers, 3 full-time PhD students and 4 support staff work at the Department. The 

teaching staff abounds in young and ambitious people who constantly increase their qualification 

and one way of doing this is through specialisations at leading West-European universities. This 

opportunity is also provided to the best students doing the degree course of Computing. 

The degree course is accredited by the 

National Agency for Evaluation and Accreditation. 

The curriculum which students follow was 

devised after a year's study of the experience of 

different universities in Europe, America and 

Japan and with the participation of leading 

specialists from the Bulgarian Academy of 

Sciences as well as from all departments of 

Computing in the country. Students are trained in 

two degree courses - Bachelor and Master's and 

are awarded the professional qualification of 

Computer Engineer. 

A new degree course in Information and 

Computer Technologies is being prepared in 

collaboration with the Department of 

Telecommunications. 

The department offers accredited PhD courses 

in "Automation of Scientific Research and 

Automated Design", "Automation in Nonmaterial 

Areas" and “Automated Data 

Processing and Control Systems”. 

The Department is currently carrying out active research in the following major fields: 

‣ Computer Telecommunication Systems 

‣ Artificial Intelligence Systems 

‣ Intelligent Tutoring Systems 

‣ Innovative Educational Technologies (е-Learning) 

39



The following major results have been achieved: 

‣ The department has 11 training and 2 research labs, all of which are equipped with modern 

computers. The computers are connected in a local network which is part of the University 

Intranet. Powerful integrated development environments are used in many of the taught subjects. 

Students are provided with fast and reliable wireless Internet access. 

‣ 31 bilateral agreements for academic exchange of students and lecturers within the ERASMUS 

programme have been signed with prestigious universities from 19 European countries. Tens of 

students and academic staff are sent on exchange to study, respectively teach, each year. 

‣ The Department was the initiator and Coordinator of 3 large-scale European projects - 

Thematic Networks - which involved more than 70 universities from 31 countries. 

European Computing Education and Training 

Doctoral Education in Computing 

Teaching, Research and Innovation in Computing Education 

New curricula for Bachelors, Masters and PhD's in Computing were developed within the 

framework of the first two projects, with the participation of leading European specialists. 

‣ The Department actively participates in national and international scientific and educational 

projects within the 7-th Framework Programme, the Lifelong Learning Programme, etc. 

In conclusion, it has to be noted that in the course of its existence, the Department of Computing has 

proved its ability to react adequately to the challenges of the times in which we live. The department 

crossed the threshold of the twenty first century fully prepared to integrate into the common European 

higher education area. 

40



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

41





Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 841, +359 82 888 600 

E-mail: nbencheva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

http://www.uni-ruse.bg/faculties/ef/ktt/index.php 

The Department of Telecommunications was established in the year 2000. 

Staff: 

• 16 lecturers including 3 Professors and 4 

Associate Professors, 2 PhD Principal 

Lecturers and 7 Principal Lecturers; 

• 1 administrative staff; 

• 11 PhD students, of which 6 full-time and 5 

part-time 

Teaching activities: 

The teaching staff of the Department is responsible 

for the teaching process in the Telecommunication 

Systems course. The course has been accredited by the National Accreditation Agency of the Republic 

of Bulgaria. 

The Department teaches Bachelor part-time and full-time students doing the Telecommunication 

Systems, Master part-time and full-time students doing the Telecommunication Systems and 

Telecommunication Networks and PhD students in two scientific areas: Telecommunication networks 

and systems and Theoretical basis of telecommunication systems. The curricula, the syllabuses and the 

subjects that the department is responsible for, are in full correspondence with the ones taught in 

leading European universities. They have been developed in co-operation with universities from 

England, Germany, France, Netherlands, and the Technical universities of Sofia, Varna and Gabrovo. 

Research activities: 

The academic staff, the PhD students and the undergraduates do research in the following fields: 

• Telecommunication networks 

• Digital processing and transmission of signals; 

• Radio systems; 

The lecturers work on V-th FP (Vth 

Framework Program) projects, 

NATO projects and have contracts 

with companies. The scientific 

production of the members of the 

Department has been published in 

local and international conference 

proceedings and journals. 

The department is an institutional 

member of the International 

Federation of Automatic Control 

/IFAC/ and the Automation and 

Information Union. It has good co-operation with leading companies working in the telecommunication 

field in our country: CISCO – Bulgaria, Siemens – Bulgaria, Vivacom, Mobiltel, Jonhson Control, 

42



Teracom, Kontrax, etc. Joint seminars and presentations of modern telecommunication systems and 

technologies are organized periodically. 

Department Facilities: 

The technical equipment of the department has been 

completely renewed and modernized with the help of 

externally funded projects, donations and departmental 

income from teaching services and research. Six 

multifunctional, interdisciplinary research laboratories were 

created, a lot of Web-based applications were developed; 

textbooks and educational notebooks were published. All 

the laboratories of the Department are equipped with 

modern computers and measurement equipment. 

International Co-operation and European integration: 

Lecturers from the Department have been involved actively 

in various international and national projects and programs 

(TEMPUS, SOCRATES, MINERVA, FAR). The main 

projects are: 

• TEMPUS-S_JEP-12456-97 Restructuring Degree 

Courses In Electronics And Communications; 

• SOCRATES Thematic Network THEIERE (Thematic 

Harmonization in Electrical and Information 

Engineering in Europe) 

• Thematic Network EIE-Surveyor: Reference point 

for Electrical and Information Engineering in Europe 

• LLL Thematic Network ELLEIEC: Enhancing Lifelong Learning for the Electrical and Information 

Engineering Community 

• LLL ERASMUS MUNDUS EACOVIROE Enhance the Attractiveness in COmputer VIsion and 

RObotics in Europe 

• MINERVA PROJECT LABLINK (Virtual Students Exchange By Linking Laboratories) 

• PROJECT EEA–8 Investigation and Implementation of Virtual Measurement Instruments in the 

Laboratory Training in Electrical Measurement 

• PROJECT EEA2003 – RU-EEA-03-01 Investigation and Implementation of Distributive G- 

Programmable Virtual Measurement Instruments 

• PHARE-MoE-KSOUVO Improving the education 

quality for the degree course “Communication 

Systems and Technologies” in the field of digital 

systems 

• ASO program Building up a South-Eastern European 

Technology Transfer Network to Increase the Benefits 

of University Research for Society and Industry by 

Establishing Common Standards 

• PHARE program Design of a Pay-off /Charging 

System Based on the Digital Coding System DVB – 

CA 

• CIRCE program Reducing Greenhouse Emissions by 

Networking of Enterprises and Researchers 

• IEE Intelegent Energy: EIE 09 117 Green Post 

The Department has bilateral agreements under the Lifelong Learning Program with universities from 

Germany, Denmark, France, Sweden, Belgium, Portugal, Spain and Turkey. Student and lecturer 

exchange is organized every year in the framework of these agreements. 

43



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

THEORETICAL 

AND 

MEASURING 

ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING 

44





Assoc. Prof. Georgi Rashkov Georgiev, MEng, PhD 

Tel.: ++359 82 888 412, ++359 82 888 741 

E-mail: grashkov@uni-ruse.bg 

http://tie.uni-ruse.bg/stuff/ 

The Department of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering was created in May 1985. At 

the beginning of its establishment it included four lecturers in Theory of Electrical Engineering from the 

Department of Automation of Industry and six lecturers from the Department of Computational 

Engineering. The first Head of the department was Associate Professor G. Antonov, MEng, PhD. 

The department provides training for students in subjects, included in the main module of studies, taken 

during the second, third and fourth semesters: 

• Theory of electrical engineering 

• Electrical measurements 

• Electrical engineering and electronics 

• Electronics 

• Synthesis and analysis of logic devices 

The subjects Theory of Electrical Engineering, Theory of Electrical Engineering part 1 and part 2, 

Electrical Measurements and Synthesis and Analysis of Logical Devices are taught to all degree 

courses from the Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation. Basic electrical 

engineering and electronics is taught to all non-electrical engineering courses from the faculties of 

Agricultural and Industrial Engineering, Transport, Mechanical 

Engineering, and Business and Management. 

As of January 1 st 2012, the Department consists of one 

Professor, four Associate Professors (one of them of 

additional contract), six principal assistants (four of them PhD 

degree holders) and two administrative staff. 

The lecturers in Theory of Electrical Engineering have 

organized and hosted national student competitions many 

times. The University of Ruse was host of such competitions 

in Theory of Electrical Engineering in 1986, 1992, 2003 and 

2007. The team of the University of Ruse came first in 1981, 

1984, 2003, 2004 and 2009. It has also won other awards. 

45



The Department carries out research in the following scientific areas: 

• Special welding current sources and electrical machines; 

• Electrical technologies in plant growing and in tobacco growing; 

• Electric filters with switching capacitors; 

• Theoretic fundamentals of quantity methods in electrical engineering; 

• Electrical measuring instruments; 

• Modelling the processes and object control in agriculture and industry; Renewable energy 

sources; 

• System programming; Modelling and simulation; 

• Microclimate monitoring and control; 

• Specialized microprocessor based systems and telemetry; 

• Holographic methods for complex image reconstruction. 

The Department of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering has seven laboratories. Its 

facilities are used for teaching and supervision of undergraduate and postgraduate students from all 

courses of the Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation (including all other faculties 

of the University) in the Bachelor and Master degrees. 

46



DEPARTMENT 

OF 

PHYSICS 

47





Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna Pencheva, MSc, PhD 

Tel.: +359 82 888 218, +359 82 888 584 

E-mail: tgp@uni-ruse.bg 

The Department of Physics was 

created in 1946. It consists of 11 

academic and 3 support staff 

members and is one of the oldest 

departments at the University of 

Ruse. 

The Department is responsible for teaching General Physics to students who study engineering 

degrees. Apart from the course of General Physics, the department is responsible for the following 

specialized Physics courses: Optoelectronic and laser devices in industry; Optoelectronics and optical 

communications; Optoelectronics and optical devices; Air pollution; Forecasting of air pollution for 

master degrees; some subjects in Methodology of Physics education in schools and technical 

universities for bachelor and master students. 

The Department of Physics carries out research in the following fields: 

• Optoelectronics & application of optoelectronic devices 

• Investigation of the optical properties of thin solid films 

• Electro-physical and electro-chemical technologies 

• Physical grounds of the monitoring anthropogenic pollution and analysis of the environment 

• New technologies in Physics education in technical universities 

• Methodology of Physics education in schools and technical universities. 

48



In the above mentioned fields the Department of Physics has active collaboration with Bulgarian and 

foreign universities and with institutes of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences. Over the last ten years the 

research findings of the Department of Physics have been published in about 500 scientific articles and 

reports at international conferences and symposiums and have been cited more than 200 times in 

international scientific journals. Four postgraduate students doing PhD degrees are trained at the 

Department of Physics. 

The Department has scientific laboratories equipped with vacuum installations for magnetron and high 

frequency sputtering, electron-beam and electron-arc evaporation and spectrophotometers for reflection 

and transmission measurements in the wavelength region from 0.2 up to 50 micrometers. 

In 2011 50 th Anivesary of the First Human Flight in Cosmic Space was selebrated in the Department of 

Physics. Honour guests of the University were Russian Cosmonaut Viktor Savinih and the First 

Bulgarian Cosmonaut Georgy Ivanov. 

49



UNDERGRADUATE 

PROGRAMS 

50



UNDERGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 


ENGINEERING 

51



PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS 

OF A BACHELOR IN 

ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING 

Degree course: Electrical Power Engineering 

Degree awarded: BEng 

Professional Qualification: Electrical Engineer 

Duration: 4 years 

The main goal of the Electrical Power Engineering Bachelor degree is to prepare electrical engineers 

with a wide profile of engineering knowledge and professional skills, who can find jobs in all the spheres 

of generation, transmission, distribution and effective use of electrical and other types of power. 

The quality of training of students doing the Electrical Power Engineering Bachelor degree is assured 

through: 

• The use of modern laboratories and computer facilities; 

• The availability of highly qualified academic staff; 

• The subjects included in the curriculum which fall into the following categories: 

‣ fundamental subjects: Mathematics, Physics, Technical Documentation, Programming, 

Theory of Electrical Engineering, Electrical Measurements, Mechanics, Machine Elements, 

Hydraulics, Heat Engineering, Electronics and Microprocessor Engineering, Automation, 

Foreign Languages, Economics and some others. 

‣ general specialist subjects: Electrical Machines and Apparatuses, Electrical Networks and 

Systems, Short Cut Currents, High Voltage Technics, Automated Electrical Motion, Electrical 

Part of Electrical Power Plants and Electrical Power Stations, Relay Defence, Power Supply, 

Electrical Equipment, Power Engineering, Installation and Lighting Engineering, Management 

in Electrical Power Engineering, Exploitation of Electrical Devices and some others. 

‣ highly specialised subjects: in the last semester the students choose four subjects in either 

of the two specialist profiles: Electrical Power Supply and Equipment in Industry; and Electrical 

Power Supply and Equipment in Agriculture and Food-processing Industry. 

The engineer that has graduated in Electrical Power Engineering has to possess the following 

knowledge and skills: to design all types of electrical installations, circuits, devices, facilities and units; 

to mount, operate, repair and test electrical machines and apparatuses, cable and power lines, electrical 

power stations and transformers, electrical panels, power and lighting installations, and other electrical 

devices and equipment in industry, agriculture, public sector and everyday life; to organise and manage 

the power plants and departments in enterprises; to do research and design; to evaluate the economic 

and power efficiency in the generation, transmission and the use of electrical power; to deal with 

marketing and sales in the field of electrical power engineering, electrical equipment and all electrical 

devices and electrical equipment tools. 

A Bachelor of Electrical Power Engineering can work as an expert or manager in: all enterprises in the 

field of electrical power engineering (National Electric Company, generation, transmission and 

distribution companies); the power departments of industrial, agricultural, transport, construction and 

other enterprises; designer units; specialised electrical laboratories; and research units and training 

centres. 

52



CURRICULUM 

of the degree course in 


First Year 

Code First term ЕСТS Code Second term ЕСТS 

2519 Mathematics 1 7 0846 Mathematics 2 6 

2521 Physics 1 5 1022 Physics 2 5 

2520 Programming and Computer 5 1045 Programming and Computer 5 

Applications 1 

Applications 2 

0522 Practical Skills 3 0377 Theory of Electrical 

5 

Engineering 1 

0133 Electrical Safety 2 0411 Electrical Materials Science 5 

0366 Computer Application for 

5 

Technical Documentation 

Foreign Language: 3 Foreign Language: 4 

0424 

0523 

0760 

0683 

English 1 

German 1 

Russian 1 

French 1 

0761 

0763 

0842 

0764 

English 2 

German 2 

Russian 2 

French 2 

Total for the term: 30 Total for the term: 30 

Second Year 

Code Third term ЕСТS Code Fourth term ЕСТS 

3035 Mathematics 3 5 3231 Electrical Machines 1 7 

3145 Theory of Electrical Engineering 2 5 3232 Electrical Networks and Systems 6 

3146 Electrical Measurements 4 3233 Electrical Networks and Systems 4 

– Course Project 

3147 Technical Mechanics 4 3153 Economics 3 

3229 Electronics and Microprocessor 7 3234 Machine Elements and 

5 

Systems 

Mechanisms 

3230 Fundamentals of Automation 5 3235 High Voltage Technique 5 


Third Year 

Code Fifth term ЕСТS Code Sixth term ЕСТS 

3236 Electrical Machines 2 7 3241 Electrical Power Equipment 6 

3237 Electrical Apparatuses 7 3242 Electrical Power Equipment – 4 

Course Project 

3238 Electrical Part of Electrical Power 7 3243 Lighting and Installation 

7 

Plants and Electrical Power 

Stations 

Equipment 

3239 Electrical Part of Electrical Power 4 3244 Electrical Transport 6 

Plants and Electrical Power 

Stations - Course Project 

3240 Electrical Drive 5 3245 Short Circuits 4 

3246 Hydraulic Machines and 

Pneumatics 

3 


53



Fourth Year 

Code Seventh term ЕСТS Code Eighth term ЕСТS 

3248 Electrical Power Supply 8 Group A 

3249 Power Supply - Course Project 4 3259 Technical Exploitation of 

5 

Electrical Equipment in Industry 

3250 Relay Protection 5 3260 Automated Systems in Electrical 4 

Power Supply 

3251 Energy Technologies 6 3261 Industrial Enterprises Electric 4 

Equipment 

3252 Management of Electrical 

3 3262 Lighting Equipment 4 

Engineering 

3253 Heat Energy 4 3254 Diploma Practice 4 

3267 State Exam or Bachelor Thesis 7 


Code Eighth term ЕСТS 

Group B 

3263 Technical Exploitation of 

5 

Electrical Equipment in 

Agriculture and Food Industry 

3264 Electronic Devices and Systems 4 

in Agriculture and Food Industry 

3265 Electrical and Power Equipment 4 

in Agriculture and Food Industry 

3266 Electrical Technologies in 

3 

Agriculture and Food Industry 

3254 Diploma Practice 4 

3267 State Exam or Bachelor Thesis 7 

Total for the term: 30 

Total for the course of study: 240 ЕСТS credits 

54



2519 Mathematics 1 

ECTS credits: 7 

Weekly classes: 3lec+2sem+0labs+1ca 

Assessment: exam 

Type of exam: written 

Departments involved: 

Department of Algebra and Geometry 

Faculty of Natural Sciences and Education 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tsetska Grigorova Rashkova, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Algebra and Geometry, tel.: 082 888 489, 

E-mail: tcetcka@ami.uni-ruse.bg. 

Abstract: 

The course is a basic one in the study of mathematics. It uses the mathematical knowledge given in secondary 

schools and repeats some of it on a higher level. It is essential for the next mathematical subjects, Physics, 

Mechanics, TBE and others. 

Course content: 

Complex numbers. Systems of linear equations and determinants. Matrix calculus. Line in the plane. Lines and 

planes in space – forms of determining and common positions. Linear spaces and linear operators. Second order 

curves and surfaces. Functions and sequences. Limits and derivatives. Basic theorems of differential calculus. 

Applications of derivatives for investigating functions. Indefinite integral – definitions and basic properties; methods 

of calculation - integration by parts, integration by substitution, integration of rational, irrational and transcendental 

functions. 

Teaching and assessment: 

The theory in the lectures is supported with many examples and problems. The seminars focus is on getting 

knowledge for working by one’s own. Problems are given in this direction aiming the preparation for the next 

tutorials. Two tests take place. A mark on any of them at least 4,50 gives the possibility for an oral discussion on 

the corresponding part’s theory. Thus the student could diminish the material for the final exam or to get his final 

mark earlier, at the end of the semester. The exam includes solving 6 elements (problems and theory) and for 

passing the student has to overcome at least 2 of them. A course assignment is done by every student. Its 

successful presentation and the students’ presence at all tutorials are obligatory elements for the semester 

certifying. 

2521 Physics 1 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0sem+2labs 





Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna Pencheva, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 082 888 218, 


Abstract: 

The course in physics is a theoretical background for all engineering subjects. The course aims at familiarizing the 

students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in nature and the methods of their investigation, 

with the most general properties of the matter and the structure of the material objects. The offered course is a 

general one and it comprises the main parts of the classical and modern physics. The laboratory exercises aim at 

creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 


Measuring physical quantities. Mechanics of a material point and rigid body. Gravitation. Work and energy. Laps 

of conservation in mechanics. Molecular physics and thermodynamics. Electric field and electric current. 


Lectures give the main theoretical material, supported by some demonstrations of physical phenomena and 

processes. At the laboratory exercises the students work independently and investigate particular physical 

phenomena. 

The knowledge of the laboratory exercises is tested regularly and the students receive a mark on the laboratory 

exercises. 

At the exam the students answer two theoretical questions and do one laboratory exercise. 

55



2520 Programming and Computer Applications 1 

ЕCTS credits: 5 

Weekly classes: 2lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+1ca 

Assessment: continuous assessment 



Department of Informatics and Information Technologies 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tzvetomir Vassilev , MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 082 888 475, E-mail: tvassilev@ami.uni-ruse.bg, tvassilev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The first part of the course aims at giving knowledge about the computer as a technical tool and the software 

products which make it a priceless assistant to specialists in all fields. The second part is an introduction to 

programming and aims at giving students skills to develop algorithms and computer programmes with intermediate 

level of difficulty. Significant attention is paid to algorithm development. The C++ programming language is used 

as a tool, which is widely spread and also used in later courses. 


A brief history of computers. Classification. CPU, main memory. Input/Output devices. Secondary storage. 

Computer networks. Operating systems. Word-processing, Spreadsheets and Databases. Algorithms. Introduction 

to Pascal. General structure of a program. Operations. Built-in functions. Expressions. Branches. Repetitions. 

Arrays. Pointers. 


The lectures are 2 hours a week. The workshops take place in computer labs and the students work on the above 

topics under the lecturer’s supervision. At the end of each stage the practical skills of the students are tested. 

At the end of the semester students’ knowledge on the first part of the course is examined using a computer test of 

50 questions. Students also do a test on the second part of the lecture material. 

The final grade is based on the test mark, the continuous assessment at the workshops, the mark of the second 

test and the evaluation of the course work. 

0522 Practical Skills 


Weekly classes: 1lec+0sem+0labs+3ps 


Type of exam: written and oral 




Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Krasimir Velikov Martev, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 280, 082 888 749, E-mail: kmartev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is for the students to receive knowledge and skills, needed to work as an electrical engineer. 

Course pre-requisites includes knowledge, obtained from high school and the course outcome leads to other 

electrical courses, studied in the Bachelor degree program. 


Electricity - main concepts and quantities. Transfer and transformation of electrical energy. Electrical equipment 

and installation. Electric materials. Electrical machines. Electrical Drive and Supply of Aggregates. Electrical 

Safety. 


The lecture topics are assimilated better by using a slide projector. 

The laboratory equipment allows every student to get acquainted with the electrical equipment independently. Oral 

examining is done during the lectures and workshops. The preliminary exam is written and oral. 

56



0133 Electrical Safety 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikola Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 

E-mail: mihailov@uni-ruse.bg; 

Assoc. Prof. Ivaylo Stefanov Stoyanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 

E-mail: stoyanov@uni-ruse.bg; 

Abstract: 

The Electrical Safety course is designed for students studying in the Bachelor of Science courses. It gives the 

students knowledge and skills regarding the basic principles, methods and technical means of providing electrical 

safety when working with electrical devices, appliances and installations. The material taught is being 

supplemented with examples and cases from industry which helps the students gain the ability to make decisions. 


Basic terms and definitions connected with electrical safety. The Influence of alternative and direct current on 

people. Parameters and limits value. Electric insulation. Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for electrical 

equipment against external mechanical impacts - IK code and IP code. Electromagnetic compatibility of the 

devices. Climate and mechanical resistance to cold, dry heat, temperature changes, sudden temperature 

changes, corrosion atmosphere, vibrations, noise, changes of the air pressure, sun radiation, contaminating fluids 

and their combinations. Electrical installations of buildings. Protection for safety. Protection against over voltages 

of atmospheric origin or due to switching. 


The teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogic forms. The exercises follow the lecture topics and have 

practical orientation. When exploring the properties of semi-conductors, computer modeling is used. Early taking 

of exams is not allowed. At the exam students work on two questions, which help to estimate their degree of 

knowledge. 

0366 Computer Application for Technical Documentation 


Weekly classes: 1lec+0sem+2ps+2cw 



Department involved: 

Dept. of Science, Machine elements and Technical Drawing 

Faculty of Transport Engineering 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Daniela Aleksandrova Belkinova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Science, Machine elements and Technical 

Drawing, tel.: 082 888 352, E-mail: dbelkinova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Computer Application for Technical Documentation course has the objective to acquaint the students with the 

application of computers as a technical device and with the different kinds of application of programming 

products for special electrical drawing and Microsoft Visio schemes. 


2-CAD Systems specific programming products for electrical drawings. General requirements for the preparation 

of technical documents. Text documents, electrical schemes etc., rules for working out and reading. Complexity of 

the technical documentation. Symbols for expressing specific details from the electrical industry, Making draft 

symbols of electrical elements. 


The lectures present the theoretical material that give the main knowledge how to prepare technical documents 

with the help of computers and the use of the special programming product for electrical drawings called Microsoft 

Visio. At the workshops students solve problems and prepare to work on their course work. The course work is 

elaborated out of classes and is checked, corrected and marked by the lecturer in the classes allocated for course 

work. The final mark is based on the results of the course work and two tests. 

57



0424 English 1 



Assessment: oral exam 



Department of Foreign Languages 

Faculty of Law 

Lecturers: 

English language: Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, 

tel.: 082 888 816, E-mail: mrisova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The foreign language module 1 is aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the subject 

specialism and the future job. The teaching objectives comprise the development of reading comprehension skills 

to handle specialist texts and the acquisition of communication skills to interact successfully in professional 

settings and everyday situations. 


Meeting people. Talking about the present and the past. Plans. Describing objects and places. Comparing things. 

Searching for information in catalogues. Linking facts and ideas. Applying for a job. The grammar material is 

connected with the lexical topics and situations. 


To acquire the necessary language knowledge and to develop skills in using the language as a means of 

communication a wide range of authentic and specially constructed texts ( i. e. articles, diagrams and tables, 

brochures, catalogues, manuals etc.) as well as audio , video, and multimedia materials are used. Students are 

offered lessons in computer laboratories, in which multimedia learning packages and on-line materials on the 

Internet are used according to the modern trends in foreign language teaching. 

The key elements are the motivation factors. In class students participate in role-plays, pair and group activities 

and they are encouraged to work on their own on their translation assignment. Continuous assessment involves at 

least two written tests and oral testing as well. 







Department of Mathematical Analysis 


Lecturers: 

Prof. Stepan Agop Tersian, MSc , PhD, DSc, Department of Mathematical Analysis, tel.: 082 888 226, 

E-mail: stersian@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Julia Vancheva Chaparova, MSc, PhD, Department of Mathematical Analysis, 

tel.: 082 888 226, E-mail: jchaparova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject is basic for mathematical education in engineering sciences. It gets the students acquainted with the 

basic notions of the mathematical analysis such as definite integral, partial derivatives, double integrals, functions 

with complex argument, Laplace transformation, and gives them computational abilities (including computations 

with mathematical software) to solve ordinary differential equations and systems, find extrema and integrate 

functions of two variables, work with complex-valued functions. This knowledge is necessary for further study of 

higher mathematics 3, physics, and computer sciences. 


Basic themes: definite integrals and applications, functions of two variables, ordinary differential equations and 

systems, functions of complex argument. 


The teaching process is carried out through lectures and seminars. In the lectures the teaching material is 

theoretically presented and demonstrated by proper example problems. The seminars check the understanding of 

the course material and develop skills for solving practical problems. A term certification is obtained according to 

the Internal rules for academic activities. The exam test includes 6 problems and/or theoretical questions from the 

material taught. 

58



1022 Physics 2 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna Pencheva, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 082 888 218, 


Abstract: 

The Physics course is the theoretical background of all engineering subjects. The course aims at familiarizing the 

students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in nature and the methods of their investigation, 

with the most general properties of the matter and the structure of the material objects. The Physics course is a 

general one and it comprises the main parts of classical and modern physics. The laboratory exercises aim at 

creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 


Magnetic field and electromagnetic induction. Mechanical oscillations and waves. Optical phenomena and laps. 

Elements of quantum mechanics, solid state physics and laser physics. 


The lectures give the main theoretical material, supported by some demonstrations of physical phenomena and 

processes. At the laboratory exercises the students work independently and investigate particular physical 

phenomena. The knowledge gained from laboratory exercises is tested regularly and the students receive a mark 

on the laboratory exercises. 


1045 Programming and Computer Applications 2 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+2cw 




Department of Informatics and Information Technologies, 


Lectors: 

Assoc. Prof. Tzvetomir Vassilev , MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 082 888 475, E-mail: ceco@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is a natural continuation of the Programming and Computer Applications 1 course. Its main 

objective is to familiarize the students with the main data structure (structures, files) and help them develop 

skills to build complex algorithms and programs using such structures. 


Functions. Sorting and binary array search. Strings. Structures. Files. Classes and objects. MATLAB 


The lectures clarify the theoretic aspect of the topics and have a sufficient number of examples. This enables the 

students to prepare in advance for the workshops and to work independently during the classes. 

The workshops are held in computer labs. The students do practical work developing, testing and debugging 

Pascal programs. 

The exam is written. It comprises problems that require developing a program and a theoretic question. The 

problems have several items with an increasing level of difficulty. 

59



0377 Theory of Electrical Engineering 1 

ЕСТS credits: 5 





Department of Theoretic and Measuring Electrical Engineering 


Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikola Kolev Armianov; MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: armianov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Tania Metodieva Stoianova; MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: tstoynova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretic Electrical Engineering 1 course familiarizes the students with the fundamentals of electromagnetism 

and with the main methods for analysing settled modes in linear electric chains. The acquired knowledge is a prerequisite 

for Electrical Engineering 2 and all electrical courses. 


Fundamentals of electromagnetism – main concepts; electro-magnetic field; electric current; electric voltage, 

electric potential, electric moving voltage; magnetic field; law of electro-magnetic induction; electric and magnetic 

energy; Maxwell’s equations, scalar and vector potential; constant electric and magnetic fields in polarizing 

environments; potential fields; transforming the energy of electro-magnetic field, Pointing theorem, transmitting 

energy over a two-wire line and transformer connection; alternating electro-magnetic fields, electromagnetic 

potentials, emitting electro-magnetic waves. 

Settled modes in linear electric chains – main concepts and laps; constant modes in electric and magnetic chains; 

conversion, methods of analysis, principle and theorems for electric chains; sine modes and quantities, sine 

modes in serial and parallel RLC bi-pole, laps of Ohm and Kirhof in complex fashion, resonance phenomena; 

three-phase chains; periodic non-sine modes; quadripoles. 


Lectures present the course material according to the syllabus. At the seminar students solve problems covering 

the topics of the syllabus. Final assessment is accomplished via exam, conducted in written and oral form. 

0411 Electrical Materials Science 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 




Principal Assistant Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 

E-mail: bnborisov@uni-ruse.bg. 

Abstract: 

The Electrical Materials Science course aims at familiarizing the students with the main electrical materials. They 

study the more important processes in the dielectrics, semi-conductors, conductors and magnetic materials and 

explore their main characteristics and parameters. The main processes in dielectrics, semiconductors, conductors 

and magnetic materials are studied; their main characteristics and parameters are examined. The course has 

input links with Mathematics and Physics and output links with the courses in Electrical Measurements, Electrical 

Engineering, Semiconductors, etc. 


Polarization of dielectrics in a constant and alternating electric field. Dielectrictricity of some materials. Electric 

conductivity of dielectrics. Dielectric losses. Break in the dielectrics. Conductors. Main Dielectric and magnetic 

materials. Magnetic conductors. Active dielectrics. Semi-conducting materials. Influence of the exploitation on the 

properties of semi-conductors. Semi-conducting chemical compounds. 


The teaching is based on the use of classical teaching methods supplemented by videos for some of the topics. 

The laboratory exercises follow the lecture topics and have practical orientation. When exploring the properties of 

semi-conductors, computer modelling is utilized. At the exam the students work on two questions, after which an 

oral interview is conducted. 

60



0761 English 2 




Type of exam: oral 




Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 816, 

E-mail: mrisova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The foreign language module 2 like module 1 is aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the 

subject specialism and the future job. The teaching objectives comprise the development of reading 

comprehension skills to handle specialist texts and the acquisition of communication skills to interact successfully 

in professional settings and everyday situations. 


Making a request. Offering advice. Conditionals. Describing a process. Components and specifications. Describing 

graphs. Higher education. Writing a CV. Likes and dislikes. Announcements and messages (formal and informal). 

Making suggestions and plans. The grammar material is connected with the lexical topics and situations. 


As in module 1 a wide range of authentic and specially constructed texts ( i. e. articles, diagrams and tables, 

brochures ,catalogues , manuals, etc.) as well as audio , video, and multimedia materials are used to acquire the 

necessary language knowledge and to develop skills in using the language as a means of communication. 

Students are offered lessons in computer laboratories, in which multimedia learning packages and on-line 

materials on the Internet are used according to the modern trends in foreign language teaching. 

Key elements are the motivation factors. In class students participate in role-plays, pair and group activities and 

they are encouraged to work on their own on their translation assignment. The oral exam covers the topics 

discussed during the semester. 







Department of Numerical Methods and Statistics 


Lecturers: 

Prof. Luben Georgiev Vulkov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, tel.: 082 888 725, 

Е-mail: vulkov@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assist. Krasimira Zlateva Zlateva, MSc, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, tel.: 082 888 466, 

Е-mail: kzlateva@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to give the students the necessary knowledge and skills for solving engineering 

problems which require using a function of a complex variable, Furie’s rops, operational calculation and application 

of the most often applied numerical methods from linear algebra and mathematical analysis, of the mathematical 

apparatus of the probability theory, the methods of mathematical statistics for the processing of data received 

experimentally. 


Equations of a stationary and non-stationary thermal field, wave equation. Function of a complex variable, Furie’s 

rops. Operational calculation and application. Numerical methods for solving systems of linear equations, nonlinear 

equations, systems of non-linear equations, method of the smallest squares for approaching the data given 

in a table form. Elements from the probability theory, elements from the mathematical statistics, elements from the 

regression and correlation analysis, main concepts from planning the experiment. 


The lecture material is illustrated with example problems, connected with the speciality of the students. The 

degree of the learning of the material is tested during group work. Application problems are solved with the 

programming medium MATLAB during the laboratory sessions. Method of assessment: written and oral exam. 

Final assessment is done by an exam, held in a written form, by giving problems and questions. The continuous 

assessment is done with two written tests with a duration of two hours. 

61



3145 Theory of Electrical Engineering 2 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikola Kolev Armianov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: armianov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Tania Metodieva Stoianova; MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: tstoynova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretic Electrical Engineering 2 course familiarizes the students with the main methods for the analysis of 

transient modes in linear electric chains and with the main methods for analysing settled and transient processes 

in a chain with distributed parameters and in non-linear electric chains. 


Transient processes in linear electric chains - introduction; classical method; operator method; frequency method; 

transient quantities, Duamelle integral; method with state variables. 

Chains with distributed parameters - main concepts; differential equations of a homogeneous line; settled sine 

process in a homogeneous line, input impedance; line with no losses, standing waves. 

Non-linear electric chains - constant modes, main laps and methods for analysis; periodic modes, electric chains 

inertia and non-inertia non-linear elements, analysis methods; resonance phenomena; transient processes, 

methods. 


At the beginning of the semester each student is given an individual problem as course work. It is to be presented 

at the end of the semester in written form and is defended orally. 

Final assessment is done at the exam (written and oral), which consists of solving problems and answering 

questions. 

3146 Electrical Measurements 






Department of Theoretical and Measurement Electrical Engineering 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Rashkow Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measurement Electrical 

Engineering, tel.: 082 888 265, Е-mail: grashkov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Tosho Yordanov Stanchev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measurement Electrical 

Engineering, tel.: 082 888 502, Е-mail: tys@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject Electrical Measurements has the objective to acquaint the students with the main methods and means 

for learning the electrical units and with the processing of results from the measurements. Considerable attention 

is paid to the structures of the measurement devices for measurement of current, voltage, the parameters of the 

electric circuits, the base devices for measurement in computing, automatics and electronics – daq systems, 

digital frequency meters, oscilloscopes, virtual measurement systems. The pre-requisite for the subject is 

knowledge of Mathematics, Physics and Theory of Electrical Engineering. 


Processing results from measurements. Structures of the measurement devices for measuring voltage and 

current. Measurement of the parameters of the electric circuits. Measurement of electrical power and energy. Base 

devices for measurement in computing, automatics and electronics. Measurement interfaces. Virtual 

measurement systems. 


The lectures last two hours and are delivered once a week. The laboratory exercises are of a duration of two hours 

and are closely connected with the lectures, consolidating and widening the students’ knowledge of the particular 

topics. 

62



3147 Technical Mechanics 






Department of Technical Mechanics 

Faculty of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering 

Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Velina Stoyanova Bozduganova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Technical Mechanics, 

tel.: 082 888 572, E-mail: velina@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Veselin Nikolov Petrov, MEng, Dept. of Technical Mechanics, tel.: 082 888 622, 

Email: vеpetrov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Mechanical Engineering course consists of four main parts: cinematic, static, resistance of the materials and 

dynamics. The objective of this subject is to teach the main laps and methods of mechanics, so that the students 

are able to apply them by solving problems of electro-mechanical systems. Course pre-requisites include Physics 

and Mathematics. 


Point cinematic. Main notions and theoretical models of mechanics. Law of movement, speed and acceleration. 

Cinematic of hard body. Translation, rotation and flat movement. Cinematic of relative movement. Static. Static 

axioms. Equilibrium of a hard body in the general case. Equilibrium of a system of bodies. Material resistance. 

Tension, replacements and deformations. Static indefinite systems. Coefficient of security and acceptable tension. 

Dynamics of material point. Free and forced vibrations. Electro-mechanical analogy. Theorems in the dynamics of 

a material point. Dynamics of relative movement. Dynamics of a mechanic system. Main notions. Mass inertia 

moments. Steiner’s theorem. General theorems in the dynamics of a mechanic system. 


Teaching includes lectures and laboratory exercises. Every student does four written tests. The term is validated if 

classes are attended regularly and if students take active part during the classes. Assessment is done by using a 

score system. 

3229 Electronics and Microprocessor Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Borisov Evstatiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, tel.: 082 888 772, 

E-mail: ievstatiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 

E-mail: bnborisov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electronics and microprocessor systems course is aimed at students from the Electrical Power Engineering 

speciality, studying for Bachelor’s degree. It introduces the students into the semiconductor equipment, integral 

schemes, digital and microprocessor systems, most commonly used in the industry – amplifiers, generators, etc. 

The discipline is related with other disciplines – Automated systems in power supply, Electronic devices and 

systems in agriculture, Electrical transport and others. 


Current supply devices. Transistors and optoelectronic devices. Electronic amplifiers of alternating current signals. 

Operational amplifiers. Harmonic generators, Digital schemes. Microprocessor systems. PIC controllers. 

Programmable logical controllers. Electronic devices in power engineering. 


Basic topics from the course syllabus are discussed during the lectures. The seminars follow the lectures. The 

student prepares individual reports. The workshops’ evaluation is taken into account in the final assessment of the 

student. 

63



3230 Fundamentals of Automation 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Bogdanov Stoyanov, MEng, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 372, Е-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Donka Ilieva Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics , tel.: 082 888 266, 

Е-mail: divanova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject gives knowledge of automation control systems of the technological objects. During the lectures 

students are introduced into the principles and technical realization of transducers, controllers and actuators. The 

course is linked to the following subjects: Automation systems in power supply, Electronic devices and systems in 

agriculture and food production, etc. 


The structure of an automation system. Types. Transfer function. Dynamic characteristics. Models and dynamic 

elements connection. Technology processes and objects for control. Automation measurements of basic 

technology values. Industrial controllers. Actuators and valves. 


Lectures introduce the basic topics from the course syllabus. The seminars follow the lecture topics. The student 

prepares individual reports. The workshops’ evaluation is taken into account in the final assessment of the student. 

3231 Electrical Machines I 






Department Electrical Power Engineering 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dimo Nejkov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 659, 

E-mail: dnd@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to acquaint the students with transformers and direct current machines arrangement, 

principle action, theory, characteristics and research methods. 

Course pre-requisites include Higher Mathematics, Physics and Theory of Electrical Engineering , Electrical 

Materials Science and Electrical Measurements. 

The course has output links with Electrical Machines 2, Electrical Transport, Electrical Drive and Electrical 

Equipment. 


General issues of the electrical machines theory. General knowledge of the machines. Structure and principle 

action of direct current machines. Armature windings. Inducing electromotive force in the armature windings. 

Electromagnetic torque. Commutation. Direct current generators and motors. Types. Characteristics. Special types 

of direct-current motors. Electrical machines with electronic commutation. Transformers arrangement and principle 

action. Modes of operation. Winding and group connection. Harmonic content of the magnetization current. Work 

in parallel. Special transformer types. 


The theoretical basic issues on all topics from the syllabus, presented at the lectures, are further practised during 

the laboratory exercise. The students must prepare for the laboratory exercise in advance. The exam is conducted 

in written form and consists of two subject questions. The final exam mark depends on the mark received on the 

laboratory exercise. 

64



3232 Electrical Networks and Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Hristo Georgiev Andreev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 661; E-mail: handreev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to provide knowledge and skills in the area of electrical networks. Issues about the 

stationary operation modes of both opened and closed networks and different methods for determining the cut of 

the air and cable electrical ducts are discussed. The study material is directly connected with all main subjects of 

the speciality. The course has input links with Theory of Electrical Engineering, Technical Mechanics and other 

subjects. It has output links with Electrical part of electrical power plants and electrical power stations, Power 

supply and Final year project. 


Constructive elements of electrical networks. Stationary operation modes of opened electrical networks. Voltage 

regimes, power and energy losses. Methods for determining the cut of the conductors. Closed electrical networks. 

Methods for determining power distribution. Voltage, power and energy losses. Regulating the voltage and 

frequency in electrical systems. United energetic systems. 


Along with the classical lecture forms, visual aids are used for some parts of the syllabus. The laboratory practice 

follows the lecture material in a synchronized way. Students are supposed to be acquainted with the main issues 

of the previous lecture in advance. The lecturer provides continuous assessment of the learning process of the 

taught material via the learners’ participation in the laboratory practice. 

3233 Electrical Networks and Systems, Course Project 


Weekly classes: 0lec+0sem+0labs+2cw 

Assessment: project defence 

Type of exam: course project presentation 




Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course project aims at consolidating the engineering knowledge and skills in the field of design of electrical 

networks. It is developed in two parts. Part one includes design of an electrical low voltage network for electrical 

supply of a small settlement, and Part two – providing outside electrical power supply for an industrial power user 

through medium and high voltage electrical pipelines. There are input links with the Electrical networks and 

systems course. There are output links with Electrical power supply and the Final year project. 


The following developments are drawn up using determined parameters and situational plans: for Part one – the 

power consumption of a small settlement, maximum and minimum power mode. The low voltage network and the 

type of switchgear supplying the settlement are designed. For Part two – three versions of electrical power supply 

for an industrial user through medium and high voltage electric pipelines. 


Each student receives an individual assignment and methodological instructions for developing a course project 

on electrical networks. In the course of the semester individual consultations are provided weekly and systematic 

monitoring of the project work is executed. The semester certification determines that the minimum technical 

requirements are met and the student has worked on the project systematically. When it is ready, the project is 

defended. 

65



3153 Economics 






Department of Economics 

Faculty of Business and Management 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Emil Georgiev Trifonov, MEcon, PhD, Department of Economics, tel.: 082 888 557, 

E-mail: е_trifonov@abv.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Dyanko Hristov Minchev, MEcon, PhD, Department of Economics, tel.: 082 888 557, 

E-mail: dminchev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Economics is a fundamental economic discipline that examines the general principles and problems of 

contemporary market economy at micro- and macro level. It gives knowledge of the economic system functioning, 

and it is fundamental for the formation of economic expertise. 


Essence of Economics. Measuring Economic Activity: Incomes and Products Circulation. Goods and Services 

Production. Market and Market Mechanism. Demand and Supply Elasticity. Costs and Revenues of the Company. 

Competition and Market Behavior. Pricing and Income of Production Factors. Government Intervention in the 

Economy. Market Economy, Money Supply and Bank system. Macroeconomic and Policy Economic Theory. 

Economy Management (Fiscal and Monetary Policy). Government Policy and International Exchange. Rates of 

Exchange and Their Mechanism. 


The teaching process in Economics is accomplished by lectures, seminars and controlled extracurricular work. 

The lectures present the logic of the discipline principles and illustrate it by appropriate examples. The seminars 

are based on the lectures and synchronized with their consistency. There are two tests as part of the continuous 

assessment on microeconomics and macroeconomics carried out during the seminars. The active form of the 

tuition in Economics is an essay whose topic is submitted in the first week of the course during the seminars. 

Countersign in the discipline is given to students that have been present at the two tests and have delivered selfelaborated 

essay. The final assessment of the student is formed by the results of the two tests and the essay. 

3234 Machine Elements and Mechanisms 






Department of Theory of Mechanisms and Machines and Materials-handling Equipment 

Faculty of Agricultural and Industrial Engineering 

Lecturers: 

Prof. Ognian Liubenov Alipiev; MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theory of Mechanisms and Machines and Materials-handling 

Equipment, tel.: 082 888 593, E-mail: oalipiev@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Georgiev Spasov; MEng, PhD, Dept. of Science, Machine elements and Technical Drawing, tel.: 

082 888 235, E-mail: igs@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course introduces the students to the main laps of structure and development of the mechanic systems, made 

of mechanisms, in which the variety of mechanic elements are connected in a different way. Through the course 

the necessary knowledge is formed for investigating and designing of mechanisms and machine elements. Main 

topics of theory, practicing, and constructing different mechanic systems are studied in the course. Course prerequisites 

include Informatics, Technical Mechanics and some other subjects. 


Basic concepts; Structure and classification of mechanisms; Analysis of lever, cam, toothed gearing and special 

mechanisms; Involute tooth transmission-geometric theory, kinetostatics, figuring out the contact strength and 

sagging; connections; elements of rotational motion – axis, shafts, bearings and connectors. frictronal and 

straptional transmissions; Dynamics of electromechanical systems; Balancing of mechanisms. 


The theoretical terms given at the lectures are acquired practically and assimilated in laboratory practical work and 

in developing course assignments. The lecture material and practical work are visualised with a variety of 

kinematic models , makets of real mechanisms and machine elements, computer programs for stimulation of 

different processes and phenomena, installations and stands. Students also use paper and high-technological 

electronic carriers of information for self-training. Their knowledge is checked by 3 tests and 3 assignments. Final 

rating ends with a current mark or test. 

66



3235 High Voltage Technique 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Kyril Aleksandrov Sirakov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 364, E-mail: csirakov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Anka Hristova Krasteva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 301,E-mail: akrasteva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject includes: mechanism of the progress of discharge and pierces in gaseous, solid and liquid dielectrics; 

kinds of voltage, reasons for their advent and their impact on technical devices and biological objects; technical 

instruments for protection from over voltage. The students receive theoretical and practical knowledge needed for 

the design and exploitation of the electro-energetic system and its elements. Course pre-requisites include 

Electrical materials, Theoretical electrical engineering, Electrical networks and systems and others. The course 

outcomes are connected with subjects as Electric part of the power plants, Relay protection, Electrical power 

supply, Diploma thesis. 


Sources for high voltage. Mechanism of the electric discharge in gases. Electrical catenary. Corona during high 

voltage. Discharge in gaseous, solid and combined isolation. Electric wave transitional processes. Breakdown 

voltage. Atmospheric over voltages, lightning and lightning protection. Protection from over voltages. Coordination 

of the isolation. 


Teaching is based on lectures and laboratory exercises. The laboratory exercises are conducted at an interval of 

two weeks and last two academic hours. The first exercise is preceded by safety instructions for working with high 

voltage devices. 

Continuous assessment is done through examining the students before the particular exercise and students are 

then expected to submit a report on the exercise. The exam is based on two questions from the lecture material 

supplemented by an oral exam on some of the main problems of the subject. 

3236 Electrical Machines 2 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dimo Nejkov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 659, 


Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to acquaint the students with the induction and synchronous machines arrangement, 

principle action, theory, characteristics and research methods. 

Input links include: Higher Mathematics, Physics, Theory of Electrical Engineering and Electrical Machines 1. 

Output links include: Automatic Electric Drive, Electrical Equipment and Electrical Transport. 


General issues of the alternative current machines theory: windings, electromotive force, magnetomotive force, 

magnetic fields and inductive reactance of the alternative current windings. Induction machines arrangement and 

principle action. Modes of operation. Circuit and vector diagrams. Electromagnetic torque. Starting and speed 

control. Special types of induction machines. Synchronous machine arrangement and principle action. Types. 

Modes of operation. Synchronous generators. Vector diagrams. Work in parallel. Angular characteristics. Static 

stability. Synchronous motors. Starting. Special types of synchronous machines. Collector alternating current 

motors. 


The theoretical basic issues on all topics from the syllabus, presented at the lectures, are further practiced during 

the laboratory exercises. Learning practice consists also of preparing course work. The students must prepare for 

the laboratory exercise in advance. The exam is conducted in written form and consists of three subject questions. 

The final exam mark depends on the mark received for the laboratory exercises and course work that is submitted 

before the beginning of the exam session. 

67



3237 Electrical Apparatuses 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Kondju Jordanov Andonov, MEng, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 749, Е-mail: kandonov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Krasimir Velikov Martev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 749, 082 888 280, Е-mail: kmartev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The suggested course discuses questions connected with the theory of electrical machinery for high and low 

voltages, their purpose, types, structure, choice and tuning. Both Bulgarian and foreign (imported) electrical 

machinery are taken into consideration. 

Course pre-requisites: physics, electro-technical materials, electrical machines, heat engineering and heat 

energetic, theoretical electrical engineering, electronics, electrical measurements. 

The course has connections with: Electric equipment, electric energy supply, electrical part of power stations, relay 

protection, graduation design. 


Classification of the electrical machinery. Electrical contacts, electric arc, electromagnetic circuits. Attracting 

forces. Electric insulation. Heating. Electrical machinery for distribution systems for low and high voltage. 

Automatic breakers for low and high voltage. Electrical machinery for protection and control in low and high 

voltage installations. Controllers, end and path micro breakers. No contact and hybrid electrical machinery. 

Electromagnetic connectors. Load lifting electromagnets. Sensors. Electrical relays – electronic, electromagnetic, 

time relays, photo relays, etc. 


The lectures are delivered to the students at the beginning of the term in hard copy and electronic format. 

Discussions of themes include use of technical means as projectors and other media, and materials from 

commercial companies (prospects, leaflets, etc.). During the laboratory exercises students use personal 

computers. Each exercise is provided with methodological instructions and appropriate laboratory model. 

The exam includes two questions to be answered in written form and oral discussion. 

3238 Electrical Part of Power Stations 








Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Liudmil Dosev Mihaylov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 616 

Е-mail: lmihaylov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

With the suggested course, the students gain knowledge needed to design and use the electrical part of power 

stations. Course pre-requisites include Higher mathematics, Electro technical materials, Theoretical electrical 

engineering, Electrical machines, Electrical measurements, Electrical safety, Electrical apparatuses, Electricity 

supply networks and systems and Technique of higher voltages and short circuits. 

The course has connections with Electrical part of power stations – course work, Relay protection, Electric 

equipment, Electricity supply, Electricity supply networks in living areas. 


Production of electric energy. Exploitation regimes of work for distribution systems. Heating and electrodynamics 

of current-carrying parts and machines. Power transformers and autotransformers. Electrical machinery for high 

voltage in distribution systems. Electrical schemes, construction and structure of distribution systems. 


Teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogical forms. The discussion of themes includes the use of media 

and materials from commercial companies (prospects, leaflets, etc.).The duration of the majority of the laboratory 

exercises is two academic hours. Calculation of the experimental results and design of the scientific report is done 

at the end of the exercise and if necessary is finished later. Continuous assessment in the discipline is based on 

the answers of the students during the laboratory exercises. 

68



3239 Electrical Part of Power Stations – Course Work 








Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Liudmil Dosev Mihaylov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 616, 

Е-mail: lmihaylov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the course work is to improve student’s knowledge in designing the electrical part of distribution 

power system 110/6-20 kV. 

Course pre-requisites: Electro technical materials, Theoretical electrical engineering, Electrical machines, 

Electrical measurements, Electrical apparatuses, Electricity supply networks and systems and Technique of higher 

voltages and Short circuits. 

Outgoing connections: Relay protection, Electric equipment, Electricity supply. 


Electrical research involving: choice of the primary (major scheme) of the power station; calculating the current 

during normal regimes and short circuit in the distribution systems high and middle voltage; choice of exploitation 

regime for work of the star centre for the networks high and middle voltage. 

Choice of: commutation apparatuses (circuit-breakers and disconnectors); current and voltage measuring 

transformers; flexible and hard connectors for electric circuit for high and middle voltage; insulators; fuse for 

protection of the circuits "own needs" and "measurement"; serge arresters for protection from overload. The 

graphical part of the course work includes: full one line scheme of the PowerStation; preliminary plan for covered 

distribution system; diagrams of cells for middle voltage; scheme for control, measurement lock. 


The designing of the course work is performed through individual assignment, which includes: the parameters of 

the distribution system high and middle voltage of the power station; calculated powers and length of the network’s 

middle voltage, powered by the PowerStation; the relays supply turn-off times. 

The course work is handed over at the end of the term. The final exam mark is complex and depends on the 

design and the defence of the course work. 

3240 Electrical Drive 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dimo Nejkov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 659, 


Abstract: 

The subject acquaints the students with the mechanics and energetics of the electrical drive, electromechanical 

characteristics of the DC and AC electrical drive as well as different operating modes of the electrical machines. 

The purpose of the subjects is for the students to receive practical and theoretical knowledge of different kinds of 

electrical drives and their application. 

Course pre-requisites: Mechanical Engineering, Mathematics, Physics and Electrical machines. 

Output links: Electrical Equipment and Electrical Transport. 


Mechanics of the electrical drive. Energetic of the electrical drive. Electromechanical characteristics of DC and 

induction electrical drive. Special electrical drives. Electrical drives with static power converters. 


The theoretical basic issues on all topics from the syllabus that are presented at the lectures are further practiced 

during the laboratory exercises through investigation of the examined electrical drives and formulation of individual 

reports and through the course assignment. Students should prepare in advance for the laboratory exercises. The 

exam is conducted in written form and consists of two subject questions. The final exam mark depends on the 

mark from the laboratory exercises and the course assignment, which has to be submitted before the start of the 

exam session. 

69



3241 Electrical Power Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Ivan Jordanov Palov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 364, 

E-mail: ipalov@uni-ruse.bg 



Abstract: 

The objective of the subject is the acquisition of knowledge about the electric equipment of specific common 

production aggregates and gaining understanding about their management schemes. Course pre-requisites 

include Electrical machines, Electrical apparatuses, Electrical drives, Hydro- and pneumatic machines. The course 

has connections with Industrial enterprises electric equipment, Agricultural and food Industry electric equipment, 

Electrical power supply and the Final Year project. 


Management schemes compilation principles. Heating devices, cranes, ventilators, pump aggregates electric 

equipment. Electric equipment of machines with programmable logical controllers. 


Visual aids are used during the lectures. Operative models are used during the laboratory exercises. Oral 

discussions and short tests (up to 5 minutes) are done during the lectures and laboratory exercises. Report 

submission is required for the acceptance of the laboratory exercises. The semester can be validated if all 

exercises are done, submitted and defended and if the student has attended more than 50% of the lectures. The 

exam is based on two topics from the course prospectus and is followed by oral discussion on parts of other 

topics. 

3242 Electrical Power Equipment – Course Project 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Ivan Jordanov Palov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 364, 




Abstract: 

The objective of the subject is systematizing, assimilating and increasing students’ theoretical and practical 

knowledge, checking the students’ ability for independent creative decisions on engineering tasks. The tasks might 

be training, educational or practical. Course pre-requisites include Electrical apparatuses, Electrical machines and 

Electrical drives. The course is connected with the Final Year project. 


The subject matter of the thesis is about the development of electric equipment and scheme compilation. 

Schemes might be for management of upswing-transporting machines, flow lines, industrial, agricultural and food 

industry technological processes, metal cutting machines, etc. 


The project assignment is proposed at the beginning of the semester with exact ingoing data and schemes for 

each student. Every week the student must present work done on which he/she will be examined. The course 

project must be submitted in the last week of the semester and after being checked by the lecturer, it must be 

defended. 

70



3243 Lightening and Installation Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Orlin Lubomirov Petrov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 301, E-mail: opetrov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The lecture course has a general engineering character. Issues about the lightening and installation equipment are 

discussed which are the base for studying special issues from the same sphere and which are discussed during 

the higher stages of the degree course. The subject is based on knowledge, acquired during the courses in Higher 

Mathematics, Physics, Theory of Electrical Engineering, Company Management and Economics. It is a 

prerequisite for the courses in Lightening Equipment, Electrical power supply, Technical exploitation of electrical 

devices and the Final year project. 


General notions, values and parameters in the lightening and installation equipment. Lightening sources. 

Lightening equipment. Systems and types of lightening. Quantity and quality indicators of the lightening 

equipment. Lightening calculations. Electrical installations – classification and basic elements. Electrical 

installation items. Choice of the elements of the electrical installations. Protection from damage of electrical 

current. Special design of electrical installations. Regulation requirements in designing of lightening equipment and 

electrical installations. Content and implementation of the graphic and text documents of the projects of lightening 

equipment and electrical installations. 


Teaching is based on using classical and modern forms. Acting models and natural patterns are used during the 

laboratory exercises. The subject includes a course assignment, consisting of a project development of lightening 

equipment and electrical installation of a small industrial site. The exam includes: a) written part on topics from the 

study material; b) submitting and presentation of the course assignment. Different marks are received for these 

activities, from which a total mark is formed (the emphasis of the marks are: 0,6 – on item a; 0,4 – on item b). 

3244 Electrical Transport 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Konstantin Georgiev Koev, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 661, E-mail: kkoev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at providing knowledge in the field of electric transport. Different systems for electrical supply of 

electrical transport are reviewed. The main types of electronic converters used in electrical transport are reviewed. 

Some attention is given to accumulator batteries. 

Course pre-requisites include Electrical machines, Electronics and microprocessor systems, Theory of Electrical 

engineering, etc. The course is a pre-requisite for the Final Year project. 


Traction substation supply systems. Mains supply systems. Electronic converters. Batteries. Chargers. 


Instruction is carried out through lectures. Lab exercises follow the lectures. Active models are used in the lab 

exercises. Three written tests are administered. The continuous assessment of each student is based on the 

results from the lab work and the tests. 

71



3245 Short Circuits 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The lecture course includes symmetrical and asymmetrical short circuits. The characteristics of the short circuits 

process are discussed, as well as the changes in electric currents of short circuits and the influence of different 

factors over these processes. The students acquire knowledge about practical methods for the calculation of 

currents of short circuit in low and high voltage electrical circuits. 

Course pre-requisites include Theory of electrical engineering, Electrical machines, Electrical apparatuses, 

Electrical networks and systems. 

The course has connections with: Electrical part of power stations, Relay protection, Electrical power supply, 

Electrical equipment, Assembly and operation of electrical networks and Final year project. 


Types of short circuits. Three-phase short circuits. Practical methods for calculation of three-phase short circuits. 

Asymmetrical short circuits. Standardization and limitation of the currents of short circuits. 

Teaching assessment: 

The lectures are delivered to the students at the beginning of the term in hard copy and electronic format. 

Discussions of themes include use of technical means as projectors and other media. The laboratory exercises 

include use of personal computer and software for calculation of currents of short circuit. Two preliminary tests are 

to be held during the semester. 

3246 Hydraulics Machines and Pneumatics 






Department of Thermotechnics, Hydro- and Pneumotechnics 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Gencho Stoikov Popov, MEng, PhD, tel.: 082 888 766, E-mail: gspopov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course provides fundamental instruction in the basic laps of fluid movement, canal and pipe flops, and 

calculation of pipeline parameters. It includes some principal issues concerning the construction and utilization of 

different types of hydraulic and pneumatic machines in electrical power engineering, in industry and agriculture. 

The course also examines some hydro-systems and some fluid-power drive machines. course prerequisites 

include Mathematics and Physics.This subject is a prerequisite for the subjects Electrical equipment and the Final 

Year project. 


Fluid properties. Basic equation of hydrostatics. Bernoulli’s equation. Modes of movement and hydraulic 

resistance. Computing of hydro- and air-pipes. Structure and working principles of turbo-machines, displacement 

machine-pumps, fans, compressors and fluid-powered engines. Structure, adjustment and performance of 

machine systems. Hydraulic elements. Some hydraulic systems used as machine driving force. 


Teaching is by lectures; lectures precede laboratory sessions, which take place when students already have some 

theoretical knowledge of the subject matter. During the laboratory sessions students have access to experiment 

stands and are able to find out for themselves how the basic hydraulic machines and systems function. The exam 

is both written and oral. The final mark is formed after oral discussion with the student. 

72



3247 Practice 2 


Weekly classes: 3 weeks х 30 hours 






Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to teach the students how to implement practically the knowledge, acquired at the 

university in the sphere of industry, distribution and use of electrical energy. 

The subjects: Electrical machines, Electrical apparatuses, Electrical networks and systems, Electrical part of 

electrical power stations, Technical exploitation of electrical devices are the prerequisites for the Diploma practice. 


Safety at work and introduction to the structure of the electrical power plant. Diagnostics and repair of electrical 

machines and equipment. Control and measurement of the parameters of the main electrical equipment. 

Introduction to the function and organization of the control section of the electrical power plant. 


Students are instructed on safety at work before the Diploma practice. After that they are placed in the different 

departments of the electrical power plant. They participate directly in the industrial process and keep a diary about 

the completed activities. The lecturer, who monitors the practice, carries out daily control by discussing the given 

assignments orally. At the end of the practice there is an oral exam on the topics, marked in the diary and the term 

is validated. 

3248 Electrical Power Supply 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Stefan Petrov Stefanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 616, E-mail: stefanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Vyara Sabova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 616, E-mail: vruseva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Electrical supply is one of the main disciplines of the subject. The aim of the course is the study of basic questions 

from the theory and practice of designing, exploitation and management of the Electrical Power Supply Systems. 

The subject is based on knowledge received in the courses of Theoretical Bases of Electrical Engineering, Electric 

measurements, Electrical machines, Electrical apparatuses, Electrical networks and systems, Electrical part of 

electrical power plants and Electrical power stations, Relay protection, Lightening and installation equipment. The 

Electrical power supply course is a prerequisite for the specialist subjects and the Final Year project. 


Basic elements and working regime of the Electrical Supply Systems. Classification and characteristics of the 

recipients of electrical power. Electrical load. Reliability of the electrical power supply. Quality of the electrical 

power. Schemes of electrical supply systems. Compensating reactive loads. Starting and self-starting of electrical 

machines. Protection of the electrical networks for low voltage. Electrical power management. 


Suitable technical devices and prospective materials of foreign and Bulgarian companies are used for visualizing 

the lecture material. The laboratory exercises are held as cycles. Every exercise begins with an oral exam and 

finishes with the submitting of a report. During the seminar exercises, the students work on solving practical 

problems that assist the development of the course project of the subject. The exam consists of a written part on 

two topics based on the lecture material, which is followed by an oral exam. 

73



3249 Electrical Power Supply- Course Project 



Assessment: Project defence 

Type of exam: Course Project Presentation 




Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The Course Project on the subject Electrical Power Supply is elaborated for the purpose of assimilating the 

application of the basic methods, approaches, solutions, structures and elementary base during the designing of 

the electrical supply complex of the users of electrical power. 

Course pre-requisites include Technical Documentation, Electrical Apparatuses, Electrical Networks and Systems, 

Electrical Part of Electrical Plants, Lightening and Installation Equipment, and Relay Protection. The course is a 

pre-requisite for Technical Exploitation of Electrical Arrangements in the Industrial and agriculture enterprises, 

Automatic systems in the Electrical Power Supply as well as the Final Year project. 


There are two detached parts in connection with the Course Project: Part one – designing of the electrical supply 

system on low voltage for a differentiated user (manufacturing department, agricultural object) Part two – 

designing the electrical supply system of a business establishment. The textual and graphical documents specified 

in the designing practice should be worked out for both parts. 


The development of the course project is done as an individual assignment based on a weekly schedule. The 

transitional results and the next problems are checked and specified during the period for individual week 

consultations. The Course Project should be submitted and defended in front of the manager of the project. 

3250 Relay Protection 








Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Liudmil Dosev Mihaylov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 616, Е-mail: lmihaylov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject gives students the opportunity to gain knowledge and engineering skills, needed in the choice, the 

tuning and the exploitation of relays protection. 

Course pre-requisites include Electrical measurements, Technical security, Electrical materials, Electrical 

machines, Electrical apparatuses, Electrical part of power stations and Short circuits. 

The course is a pre-requisite for Electrical power supply, Automation of power supply systems and the Final Year 

project. 


The course content includes the use of relay protection for electrical circuits, transformers, electrical motors, 

generators, and other types of electrical users. 


Teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogical forms. Discussion of themes includes various media and 

materials from commercial companies (prospects, leaflets, etc.).The duration of most laboratory exercises is two 

academic hours. They are taught in cycle and finish with the submitting of a report. The continuous assessment in 

the discipline is based on the answers of the students during the laboratory exercises. The discipline finishes with 

an exam, which includes two questions in written form and oral discussion. The teaching process on the subject is 

organized using both classical lecture forms and visual materials for the main parts such as slides and OHP. The 

students must be prepared for each laboratory exercise in advance. The course finishes with an exam. 

74



3251 Energy Technology 








Lecturers: 


tel.: 082 888 280, 082 888 749, e-mail: kmartev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at acquainting the students with the main issues connected with the different types of energy and 

energy resources, their rational usage, electrical power supply and protection of the environment in the 

enterprises, farms and companies. 

The course is based on knowledge acquired on the courses in Physics, Heat Engineering, and Theoretical 

Electrical Engineering. It is a pre-requisite for the Final Year project. 


Types of energy resources. Energy balance of the enterprise and the company. Power supply of the enterprises 

and the farms (heat energy, compressed air, water, oxygen, fuel oil, gas etc.). Rational use of energy. Secondary 

energy resources. Model and balance of the systems ”Energy - environment”. Optimum technologies and systems 

of power supply. 


The teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogic forms. Every topic is supplemented by audio-visual 

materials and videos. Two planned tests are administered during the semester. During the exam the students 

work on two questions in written form, which help to estimate their degree of knowledge, followed by an oral exam. 

3252 Management of Electrical Engineering 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The subject acquaints the students with the methods and means of management in electrical engineering by the 

production, transfer, distribution, sale and use of the electrical energy. Therefore the following topics are 

discussed: branch structure; optimization of the energy balance; energy marketing and goods policy; price policy 

and fees for the electrical energy; energy market prognosis; methods, systems and algorithms for electrical 

engineering management. The prerequisites for this subject are Economics, Electrical networks and systems, and 

Electrical machines. The subject is a prerequisite for Electrical power supply, Lightening and installation 

equipment, Exploitation of electrical equipment and the Final Year project. 


Condition and development perspectives of the national energetics. Organizational structure of the branch. Energy 

balance. Electrical energy value. Innovations, price and goods policy in energetic. Energy market prognosis. 

Methods, systems and algorithms for electrical engineering management. Regime management of electrical 

consumption. 


The teaching process is based on using classical pedagogic forms. Visual aids, such as video films, are used for 

the presentation of some topics. The seminar exercises follow the lecture topics in a chronological order and they 

have practical orientation. The final mark is formed on the basis of two written tests, administered during the 

semester. 

75



3253 Heat-energy 






Department of Thermotechnics, Hydro- and Pneumotechnics 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Vasilev Bobilov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Thermotechnics, Hydro- and Pneumotechnics, 

tel.: 082 888 844, E-mail: jdg@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course provides some fundamental knowledge of the main principles of thermotechnics ; it deals with the 

structure of heat generating equipment, the most economical methods of heat generation, its conversion and 

utilization in industry, agriculture and everyday life. 

Good knowledge of Mathematics, Physics, Mechanics and Electrical engineering is a prerequisite for working 

successfully in this course. 


Basic concepts of thermodynamics. First law of thermodynamics. Formulation of the first law of thermodynamics 

for open and closed systems. Specific heat capacity, thermodynamic bases of equilibrium conditions. Second 

fundamental law of thermodynamics. Mathematical expressions of the second law of thermodynamics. Entropy, 

convertibility and inconvertibility of processes. Thermodynamic consummation of processes, calculation of 

strength and energy. Thermodynamic processes of real gases. Heat exchange: basic concepts and definitions. 

Complex heat exchange and heat transmission. Heat insulation. Thermodynamics of a cooling machine. 

Basic concepts of the drying process. Drying methods. Ventilation devices. Alternative energy sources and 

methods for their utilization. 

Teaching and assessment: Lectures are meant to provide theoretical knowledge which is extended at laboratory 

sessions. Students submit reports with the experimental data compiled during laboratory sessions as well as 

analysis and conclusions on the experiment results. Assessment is based on students’ performance at laboratory 

sessions and their test results. 

3259 Technical Exploitation of Electrical Equipment in Industry 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to increase students’ knowledge, obtained during the course of study and to give 

them skills in taking design, installation and exploitation decisions in the sphere of the electrical devices in 

industry. The subject has the following prerequisites: Electrical networks and systems, Electrical machines, 

Electrical part of electrical power plants and stations, Electrical apparatuses, Electric equipment and others. The 

subject is a prerequisite for the Final Year project. 


Methods for organizing, planning, managing, constructing, exploiting and repairing of electrical devices in industry. 

Methods for control and diagnostics of electrical devices and equipment. Methods and technologies for evaluation 

and improvement of the exploitation condition of the electrical devices and the service quality. Problems of 

technical safety, explosion and fire safety. 


The teaching of the students is done via lectures, laboratory and practical exercises and study tours. 

The exam includes a written part on topics from the study material, which is followed by an oral discussion. 

76



3260 Automatic Systems in the Electrical Power Supply 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Vyara Sabova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 


Abstract: 

The subject is studied in order to give the students the needed engineering knowledge and expertise in the sphere 

of the automation of the electrical supply systems for the purpose of assuring quality in the electrical power 

systems. The subject includes the basic theoretical questions, model schemes and realization of the anti-failure, 

turning on and off automatics. Course pre-requisites include Fundamentals of automation, Electric part of electric 

power plants and substations, Relay protection, Current short-circuit, Electrical power supply, programming and 

others. The course is a pre-requisite for the final thesis. 


General information, classification and requirements of the automatic systems. Application of: automatic reclosure; 

automatic starting of the reserve power supply; automatic frequency and current unload. Automatic starting of 

synchronous machines in a parallel working regime. Automatic regulation of voltage and reactive power. 

Automatic management of lighting systems. Systems for automatic control of electric loads and electric usage. 

Methodological bases of automated design of power supply. Management of specialized systems for automated 

design. 


Because of the nature of the subject, the lecture material is presented with the help of visual instruments, 

company information and others. The exercises are three types: practical with the usage of laboratory devices; 

object-based for introducing acting power devices and companies; exercises in computer rooms, where students 

can use specialist software applications customised for Electrical Engineering. 

The exam is based on two questions from the lecture material supplemented by an oral exam. 

3261 Industrial Enterprises Electric Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Ivan Jordanov Palov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 364, E-mail: ipalov@uni-ruse.bg 



Abstract: 

The specific electric equipment of machines operating in industrial and chemical enterprises, their electric engines 

and management scheme’s choice methods are studied in the subject. Attention is paid to the new trends in 

electric equipment. Course pre-requisites include Electrical appliances, Electrical machines, Automatic electrical 

movement, Electronics, Electric equipment and Electrical power supply. The course is a pre-requisite for the Final 

Year project development. 


Machines with continuous transport, electric trucks, elevators, compressing appliances, smithy-press and metal 

cutting machines and machines and appliances in the chemicals industry. 


Different visual aids such as slides and OHP are used during the lectures. Short written tests are administered 

during the lectures. Each exercise begins with an oral introductory testing. Students who have shown 

unsatisfactory knowledge cannot attend the laboratory exercise. The laboratory exercises are carried out using 

real industrial models with real electric equipment. The exam includes a written part, consisting of two questions 

and oral exam on topics from the conspectus. 

77



3262 Lightening Equipment 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to give the students theoretical knowledge and practical experience in the sphere of 

lightening equipment. Issues about the norms and the lightening and electrical parts of lightening equipment are 

discussed. Attention is paid to the design of lightening equipment and systems with concrete designation. The role 

of lightening as an ergonomic and energy economic factor is discussed. The subject is based on knowledge, 

obtained from the basic courses in Lightening and Installation Equipment, Physics, Higher Mathematics and 

Electrical Power Supply. The subject is a prerequisite for the Final Year project. 


Lightening as an ergonomic factor. Norms of lightening equipment. Specialized lightening element base of 

lightening equipment. Calculation of street and projector lightening equipment. Joint design of artificial and natural 

lightening. Electrical parts of the lightening equipment. Lightening as an energy and economic factor. 


Teaching is based on using both classical and modern forms. WEB site of the subject is used, which contains all 

basic parts according to the syllabus. Acting models are used during the laboratory exercises and specialized 

object exercises are envisaged. The students’ preparation on the particular study material is checked before each 

laboratory exercise. The final mark is formed on the basis of the results from: a) two tests for the two halves of the 

study material; b) development of an individual practical assignment; c) solving and forming the problems from the 

exercises. The total mark has the following proportions: item a – 0,35 for each of the two tests; item b – 0,2; item c 

– 0,1. 

3263 Technical Exploitation of Electrical Equipment in Agriculture and Food Industry 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to increase students’ knowledge, obtained during the study course and to develop 

skills for making design, installation and exploitation decisions in the sphere of electrical devices in agriculture and 

food industry. 

The subject has the following prerequisites: Electrical networks and systems, Electrical machines, Electrical 

apparatus, Electrical part of electrical power plants and stations, Electrical equipment in agriculture and food 

industry, and others. The subject is a prerequisite for the Final Year project. 


Organization, planning, management, construction, exploitation, control, diagnostics and repair of classical 

electrical devices in agriculture and food industry. 

Exploitation of special electrical devices in agriculture and food industry. Power heating and heating devices and 

equipment in agriculture and food industry. Devices for using heating energy. 


The teaching of the students is done via lectures, laboratory and practical exercises and study tours. The exam 

includes a written part on topics from the studied material and their oral presentation. 

78



3264 Electronic Devices and Systems in Agriculture and Food Industry 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering,tel.: 082 888 843, 




Abstract: 

The subject acquaints the students with the basic electronic devices and computer systems, which have 

application in agriculture and food industry. The material is studied in such a volume, which provides the 

necessary basic knowledge for the Bachelor of Electrical Engineering degree on the technical exploitation and 

maintenance of electronic and computer systems. Course prerequisites include Electronics, Electrical equipment 

in agriculture and food industry and Electrical measurements. 


Electronic devices for automation in plant growing – soil treatment, irrigation, harvest gathering. Computer 

systems for process control by keeping, processing and drying of agricultural produce. Process control in stockbreeding 

– regulation of the microclimate in stock-breeding buildings, feeding, milking, physiological parameter 

control, manure cleaning. Electronic control systems of the quality of raw materials in food industry. Protection and 

diagnostics of power electrical equipment. 


Teaching is done by using classical methods.Different visual aids such as OHP and video films are used during 

the lectures. Company catalogues, prospects and demo versions of software applications are prepared for the 

laboratory exercises. The term is validated according to the Inner rules of the University. Assessment includes a 

written exam on two topics from the prospectus. 

3265 Electrical and Power Equipment in Agriculture and Food Industry 








Lecturers: 




tel.: 082 888 364, E-mail: csirakov@ uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Specific electric equipment of agricultural and food industry machines, their electric engines and management 

scheme’s choice methods is studied in the subject. Attention is focused on new trends in this direction. Course 

pre-requisites include Electrical appliances, Electrical machines, Electrical drives, Electronics, and Electric 

equipment. The course is a pre-requisite for Electrical power supply, Technical exploitation of electrical appliances 

in industry and agriculture and the diploma thesis development. 


Electric equipment for farming purposes: seed cleaning and drying installations, greenhouses. Electric equipment 

in stock-breeding: food preparation and distribution aggregates, shearing, ventilation and heating systems in 

stock-breeding and poultry, Electric equipment of metal cutting machines and food industry machines. 


Lectures are illustrated with the help of slides and pictures. Laboratory exercises are carried out using industrial 

models. Following the lectures students take short tests. Students are allowed to attend the exercises if they have 

shown enough knowledge in the preliminary oral exam. Through the exercises students receive tasks for 

nonstandard scheme decisions of management schemes. The exam consists of a written part based on two 

questions and an oral discussion. 

79



3266 Electrical technologies in agriculture and food industry 




Type of exam: written (written control in class) 




Lecturers: 


tel.: 082 888 302, 082 888 749, E-mail: kandonov@uni-ruse.bg 



Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarise the students with the new applications of electrical power and 

electromagnetic energy in the technological processes in agriculture and food industry. Course pre-requisites 

include Physics, Theoretical electronics 1 and 2, and Electronics. 

The course is a pre-requisite for the diploma thesis development. 


Biological objects influence. Electro physical factors in nature and their influence on biological objects. Electrical 

power, electromagnetic poles, electrical and electrical spark infilling, magnetic treatment, UV and infrared 

irradiation application. No biological objects Influence. Electromagnetic and electronic ray influence methods. The 

application of electro- technological processes in repair activities. Sources of electromagnetic energy. 


Lectures cover specialized literature materials, as well as the findings of other lecturers and scientists. Exercises 

are carred out with actual working models, most of them recognized as patents and inventions. Assessment is 

carried out through the laboratory exercises, for each of which a report must be made and submitted. Students 

take 3 written tests in class, the results of which are used for final evaluation. 

80



UNDERGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

ELECTRONICS 

81





ELECTRONICS 

Degree course: Electronics 

Degree awarded: Bachelor of Engineering (BEng) 

Professional Qualification: Electronics Engineer 

Duration: 4 years (8 terms) 

The main goal of the Electronics degree course is to prepare highly-qualified engineers with a BEng 

degree. 

The professional suitability of a Bachelor of Engineering in Electronics is to accomplish a survey, to 

design, to adopt, to exploit different electronic devices and systems, to carry out investigations, to 

implement and utilize, to perform manufacturing, technological, company and service activities related 

to electronics and the application of electronics. 

A Bachelor of Engineering in Electronics should possess high professional expertise and 

considerable linguistic competence as well as knowledge in the area of economics, management and 

marketing. 

His/her education should be based on: 

• broad-based training that includes the study of mathematics, physics, electrical engineering, 

electronics, general engineering subjects, foreign languages, etc.; 

• specialised training which includes the study of signals and systems, semiconductor components, 

computer architecture, analog circuits, theory of control engineering, digital devices, power 

supply, microprocessor systems, design and technology of electronic systems, measurements in 

electronic conversion equipment, design and technology of electronic elements, automation of the 

design in electronics, electronic control devices, electronic regulators, optoelectronics and laser 

devices in industry, special and power semiconductor components, electronic converters of 

signals, industrial controllers, special topics on microprocessor systems, broadcasting equipment, 

television and video equipment, audio engineering, microwave equipment, etc. 

A Bachelor of Engineering in Electronics should have the following skills: 

• to apply creatively in practice the acquired knowledge; 

• to apply complex technical and economical approaches and modern methods and tools for solving 

engineering tasks. 

• to design and maintain modern electronic systems; 

• to develop and adapt creatively electronic systems for different industry sectors, medicine and 

social life. 

• To be able to accomplish investigation, exploitation, maintenance and management in small and 

medium-sized companies, as well as to be able to organize and manage his/her own electronics – 

based business. 

82



CURRICULUM 


ELECTRONICS 

First year 


2519 Mathematics I 7 0846 Mathematics II 6 

2520 Programming and computer 5 1045 Programming and computer 5 

applications I 

applications II 

2521 Physics I 5 1022 Physics II 5 

2522 Technical documentation 5 0411 Electrical Materials 5 

2523 Teaching Practice 3 0377 Electrical Engineering I 5 

0133 Work Safety 2 

Elective groups of courses 


0424 

0523 

0760 

0683 

Foreign languages: 4 

English 

German 

Russian 

French 

0761 

0763 

0842 

0764 

Foreign languages: 4 

English 

German 

Russian 

French 


Second year 

Code Third term ЕСТS Code Fourth term ЕСТS 

3035 Mathematics III 5 3196 Computer Organization 7 

3192 Signals and Systems 7 3193 Analog Circuits I 7 

3148 Semiconductors 5 3194 Theory of Control Engineering 6 

3145 Electrical Engineering II 5 3195 Electromechanical Devices 7 

3146 Electrical Measurements 4 3153 Economics 3 

3191 Mechanical Engineering 4 3197 Logic Design 7 


Third year 

Code Fifth term ЕСТS Code Sixth term ЕСТS 

3198 Digital Devices 7 3204 Microprocessor Systems 5 

3199 Analog Circuits II 5 3206 Design and Technology of 

6 

Electronic Systems 

3202 Optoelectronics 4 3203 Measurements in Electronics 4 

3200 Power Supply 7 3205 Conversion Equipment 6 

3201 Theory of Electronic Devices 7 3207 Electronic Control Devices 4 

3208 Course project on Analog Circuits 5 


83



Forth year 

Code Seventh term ЕСТS Code Eighth term* ЕСТS 

3210 Automation of the Design in 

6 3220 Microelectronic Schemes Design 5 

Electronics 

3212 Microelectronics 4 3221 Electronic Security Equipment 3 

3211 Industrial Controllers 4 3222 Diploma practice 4 

3213 Course project on Microprocessor 

Systems 

4 

Elective groups of courses 12 Elective groups of courses 8 

3216 Electronic Regulators 3 3223 Special Microprocessor Systems 5 

3214 Electronic Signal Converters 6 3224 Industrial Electronics 3 

3215 Special and Power Semiconductor 3 3226 Mobile Cellular Radionetworks 3 

Components 

3217 Broadcasting Equipment 6 3225 TV and Video Equipment 5 

3218 Electromagnetic Waves 

3 

Propagation and Antennas 

3219 Audiosystems 3 3227 BACHELOR THESIS 10 

Total: 30 Total: 30 

Total for the training course : 240 ECTS credits 

* - During the eighth semester 10 weeks are for direct contact classes, 2 weeks for diploma practice and 3 

weeks for the preparation for a state exam or a Final year project 

84



2519 Mathematics I 







Faculty of Natural Science and Education 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tsetska Grigorova Rashkova, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Algebra and Geometry, 

tel.: 888 489, Е-mail: tcetcka@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject is fundamental and is a basic course from the mathematical study. It has the objective to give students 

the necessary knowledge for learning the following mathematical, fundamental and special subjects. 


The Mathematics 1 course includes: Complex numbers and multinomial. Matrixes, determinants. Systems of linear 

algebra equations. Vectors. Equations of a straight line in a plane, straight line and a plane in space, curves and 

surfaces. Linear spaces, linear operators, basic vectors and basic values. Number sets. Functions, back 

trigonometric functions. Number rops, convergence. Function limits, continuous systems. Differential calculation of 

a function of one variable. Main theorems of the differential calculation. Function research. Indefinite integral. Main 

methods of integration. 


Lectures focus on problems and examples with the minimum of proofs. At the seminars students acquire skills to 

solve problems on the corresponding material.The student prepares a course work, which consists of solving 

computational and theoretical problems. Continuous assessment is based on the results of the tests and the 

course work. It participates in forming the final mark for the course. If the test mark of a student is at least 5 (on a 

scale from 2 to 6) the student is allowed to take a preliminary exam on the basic theory of the chapter. If the 

student passes successfully this exam, he/she gets a mark for this chapter (at least 5). In this way the student can 

get a final mark for the course before the exam session. The final exam consists of 6 problems (computational and 

theoretical). To pass, at least 3 of them must be solved. The final mark is formed after a discussion. 

2520 Programming and computer application I 








Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Margarita Stefanova Teodosieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 888 464, Е-mail: mst@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc.Prof. Petar Stephanov Sigalov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 888 470, Е-mail: sigalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The first part of the lectures has the objective to acquaint the students with the computer as a technical device and 

with the different kinds of software applications. The second part of the lectures is an introduction to the 

programming of Pascal and aims at developing students’ skills for building up algorithms and computer 

programmes with medium level of difficulty. 


Characteristic of the computer generations. Classification of computers. Central processor, Random Access 

Memory, representing information in the computer. Input/ output devices. Outer memory. Local and global 

computer nets. Internet. Operational systems and operational media with a friendly graphical interface - Windows. 

Application programmes - word processing systems, electronic sheets, data bases, systems with artificial intellect, 

graphical computer systems. 


The lectures are 2 hours a week. The practice sessions take place in computer labs and the students work on the 

above topics under the lecturer’s supervision. At the end of each stage the practical skills of the students are 

tested. At the end of the semester students’ knowledge of the first part of the course is examined using a computer 

test of 50 questions. Students also do a test on the second part of the lecture material. The final mark includes a 

contribution from continuous assessment, the test marks and the evaluation of the course work. 

85



2521 Physics I 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0sem+2labs+0ps+0.5p 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna Pencheva, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, 

tel.: 888 218, E-mail: tgp@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarizing the students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in nature 

and the methods of their investigation, with the most general properties of the matter and material objects. The 

laboratory exercises aim at creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 


Measuring physical quantities. Mechanics of material point and rigid body. Gravitation. Work and energy. Laps of 

conservation in mechanics. Molecular physics and thermodynamics. Electric field and electric current. 



processes. At the laboratory exercises the student works independently and investigates particular physical 

phenomena. 

The knowledge of laboratory exercises is tested regularly. 


2522 Technical Documentation 






Department of Technical Drawing 


Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Daniela Aleksandrova Belkinova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Technical Drawing, 

tel.: 888 352, Е-mail: r240@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc.Prof. Trifon Ivanov Trifonov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Technical Drawing, 

tel.: 888 437, Е-mail: trifonow@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Technical Documentation course teaches the designing methods, the regulation documents and the rules for 

working out and reading of constructing documents, the symbols for expressing specific details from the electrical 

industry and the possibilities and means for computing documentation, as well. 


Main characteristics and importance of the documentation of technical solutions. General requirements for the 

preparation of technical documents. Depicting of geometrical and technical objects (views, cuts). Complexity of the 

technical documentation. Drawing of details. Drawings of a jointed unit. Peculiarities in making drafts of items with 

electrical mounting, printing knot, integrated circuit, etc. Electrical schemes. 


The lectures contain the theoretical material, which gives the grounding for the drafting of the technical 

documents. During the laboratory exercises problems are solved and directions are given for the working out of 

the documents from the course assignments. Method of assessment - continuous assessment. It is based on the 

results shown by the students at the completion of the course assignments and the two tests. 

86



2523 Teaching Practice 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Plamen Ivanov Daskalov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Informatics, 

tel.: 888 747, Е-mail: daskalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Senior Assistant Seher Jusnieva Kadirova, DEng, Dept. of Electronics, tel.: 888516, 

Е-mail: skadirova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Teaching Practice course aims to give first year students some introductory theoretical knowledge in the field 

of Electronics, Automation and Computing as well as to give beginners practical skills bearing in mind the different 

level from which the students start their studies at the university. 


Standard design documents in radio-electronics. Notation of elements in electrical circuits. Basic elements in 

electrical circuits, ways of connection. Types of electric measuring devices, measuring units, measurement errors. 

Basic elements in the systems for automatic control. Technologies for producing printed circuit boards. PC 

components, characteristics of the basic modules. Control computers. 


Lectures are delivered every week for the first eight weeks. The practical sessions are conducted on a rotational 

principle in three specialized labs at the Departments of Electronics, Automation and Computing. 

The final mark is formed during the last session. Each student must solve a test and a practical problem. 

0133 Technical Safety 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 888 201, 

E-mail: mihailov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 888 843 

Abstract: 

The main objective of the course is to enable the students to assimilate the principles, approaches and methods 

for safety of technical and manufacturing systems. This objective is realised through the following activities: 

Studying the terms, definitions, aims and tasks of technical safety in accordance with state and European 

legislation; Methodological fundamentals for creating safe technical and manufacturing systems; Principles, 

methods and tools of mechanical, electrical, electro-magnetic, emission, vibration and noise safety; Ergonomics of 

engineering, efficiency and control of technical safety. Course prerequisites: knowledge of Physics, Machine 

Science and Materials Science. The course is a prerequisite for the specialist compulsory and optional courses, 

including the managerial ones. 


Technical safety – main terms and definitions. Methodological fundamentals of creating safe technical and 

manufacturing systems. Mechanical safety. Electrical safety. Electro-magnetic safety. Emission safety. Noise and 

vibration safety. Ray safety. Ergonomic fundamentals of the safety of technical and manufacturing systems. Safe 

activity. Evaluation of the efficiency of making the manufacturing equipment and processes safe. Control of labour 

safety. 


The lectures are supported by examples in accordance with the specifics of the course. Laboratory work has 

experimental and investigative character. The students are required to be prepared in advance, which is checked 

by test questions. Two written tests are conducted on questions given in advance. The final mark is formed taking 

into account the results from the tests and student participation in the sessions. 

87



Foreign Language I 

0424 English; 0523 German; 0683 French; 0760 Russian 








Lecturers: 

English Language: Lecturer Yordanka Vasileva Marinova, Dept. of Foreign Languages, 

tel.: 888 803, Е-mail: ymarinova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

German Language: Lecturer Sergei Bartenev, Dept.of Foreign Languages, 

tel.: 888 824, Е-mail: tkaraivanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

French Language: Lecturer Rumiana Ivanova Milanova, Dept. of Foreign Languages, 

tel.: 888 230, Е-mail: rmivanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Russian Language: Lecturer Iliana Gancheva Benina, Dept. of Foreign Languages, 

tel.: 888 230, Е-mail: Ibenina@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The teaching of foreign languages aims to give knowledge to the students about the main grammar patterns and 

lexical structures. The communicative-functional method is used to develop speaking skills through mastering the 

lexico-grammatical minimum; it also has the aim to develop skills for using literature in the foreign language. The 

course focuses on the professional interests and realization of the students. Course prerequisite is the knowledge 

of the relevant foreign language obtained in secondary school. 


Greetings and introductions - asking for information; conversations on personal topics; describing houses and 

flats; life history; likes and dislikes; daily routines; announcements and messages (formal and informal); making 

suggestions and plans. The grammar material is connected with the lexical topics and situations. 


The aim of the teaching methods is to provide the optimal amount of knowledge necessary for communication in a 

real situation. Key elements are the motivation factors. Teaching is based on work done in class as well as on selfstudy 

using practical and situational exercises. 

0846 Mathematics II 


Weekly classes: 3lec+1sem+0labs+1ps+p 






Lecturers: 

Prof. Stepan Agop Terzian, MSc, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, 

tel.: 888 226, Е-mail: terzian@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Mathematics 2 course acquaints the students with the main issues of the mathematical analysis which are 

necessary for the further study of Mathematics III, Applicable Mathematics, Theory of electrical engineering, etc. 

Course prerequisite is Mathematics 1. 


Main topics: Definite integral and applications. Function of many variables. Differential equations. Multiple 

integrals. Curve and surface integrals. Field theory. Functional and degree rops. 


The study material is presented in the lectures logically with the proper examples. Problems with theoretical and 

applicational character, aiding the understanding of the theoretical material, are solved during group work. The 

students’ knowledge is checked by administering three tests during the semester which are held during the 

lectures. Method of Assessment: The final assessment is done by an exam held in a written form, by giving 

problems and questions. The requirements for certifying the attendance meet the Inner Academic Regulations of 

the University - regular attendance of the seminars. 

88



1045 Programming and Computer Application II 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Margarita Stefanova Teodosieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 888 464, Е-mail: mst@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc.Prof. Petar Stephanov Sigalov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 888 470, Е-mail: sigalov@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective is to learn the main data structures (multitudes, records, files) and to develop students’ skills to build 

up complex algorithms and computer programmes using such structures. Course prerequisite is the knowledge of 

Programming principles and computer application 1. 


Procedures and functions. Programme libraries - standard programme libraries, programme libraries of the 

programmer. Creating and using libraries. Recursion. Symbol sequence. Multitudes. Records. Files. Text files. 


The lectures are given every other week with a duration of 2 hours. They discuss the theoretical side of the topics 

and include enough examples. That gives the students the possibility to prepare for the laboratory sessions in 

advance and then to work on their own during these sessions. Classes are led in laboratory rooms equipped with 

personal computers and involve practical work for creating and adjusting Pascal programmes. 

Method of Assesment: written and oral exam of a duration of 2 hours. 

1022 Physics II 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarizing the students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in nature 

and the methods of their investigation, with the most general properties of the matter and material objects. The 

laboratory exercises aim at creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 


Magnetic field and electromagnetic induction. Mechanical oscillations and waves. Optical phenomena and laps. 

Elements of quantum mechanics, solid state physics and laser physics. 



processes. At the laboratory exercises the student works independently and investigates particular physical 

phenomena. 

The knowledge of laboratory exercises is tested regularly. 


89



0377 Electrical Engineering Theory I 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikola Kolev Armianov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering, tel.: 888 502, 

E-mail: narmianov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Tania Metodieva Stoianova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering, 

tel.: 888 502, E-mail: tstoianova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretical Electrical Engineering 1 course familiarizes the students with the main methods for analysis of 

settled and transient modes in linear electric chains. The acquired knowledge is the basis for Electrical 

Engineering 2 and all electrical courses. 


Physical fundamentals of electro-magnetic field – main concepts, electro-magnetic field, Gauss’ theorem and 

Maxwell’s postulate, electric current, electric voltage, electric potential, magnetic field, principle of continuity of 

magnetic flow, intensity, law of the full current, law of electro-magnetic induction, electric and magnetic energy. 

Settled modes in linear electric chains – main concepts and laps, constant modes in electric and magnetic chains, 

conversion, methods of analysis, principle and theorems for electric chains, sine modes and quantities, sine 

modes in serial and parallel RLC bi-pole, laps of Ohm and Kirhof in complex fashion, resonance phenomena, 

three-phase chains, periodic non-sine modes, quadripoles. Transient processes in linear electric chains - 

introduction, classical method, operator method, frequency method, transient quantities, Duamelle integral, 

method with state variables. 


Lectures present the teaching material according to the syllabus. At the seminars students solve problems 

covering the topics of the syllabus. At the beginning of the semester each student is given an individual problem 

as course work. It has to be presented at the end of the semester in written form and is defended orally. Final 

assessment is accomplished via an exam, conducted in written and oral form. 

0411 Materials Science in Electronics 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 888 843 

Abstract: 

The Materials Science course aims at familiarizing the students with the main electrical materials. They study the 

more important processes in the dielectrics, semi-conductors, conductors and magnetic materials and explore 

their main characteristics and parameters. The main processes in dielectrics, semiconductors, conductors and 

magnetic materials are studied; their main characteristics and parameters are examined. 

Course prerequisites include Mathematics and Physics and it leads to the courses in Electrical Measurements, 

Electrical Engineering, Semiconductors, etc. 


Polarization of dielectrics in a constant and alternating electric field. Dielectricity of some materials. Electric 

conductivity of dielectrics. Dielectric losses. Break in the dielectrics. Conductors. Main dielectric and magnetic 

materials. Magnetic conductors. Active dielectrics. Semi-conducting materials. Influence of the exploitation on the 

properties of semi-conductors. Semi-conducting chemical compounds. 


Teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogic forms. Some topics are illustrated by visual materials and 

videos. The laboratory exercises follow the lecture topics and have practical orientation. When exploring the 

properties of semi-conductors, computer modelling is utilized. Early taking of the exam is not allowed. At the exam 

the students work on two questions, which help to estimate the degree of knowledge, after which an oral interview 

is conducted. 

90



Foreign Language II 

0761 English; 0763 German; 0764 French; 0842 Russian 








Lecturers: 


Abstract: 

The teaching of foreign languages has the objective to give knowledge to the students about the main grammar 

patterns and lexical structures. The communicative- functional method has the aim to develop speaking skills 

through mastering the lexico-grammatical minimum; it also has the aim to develop skills for using specialist 

literature in the foreign language. The course focuses on the professional interests and realization of the students. 

Knowledge of the relevant foreign language, obtained in secondary school, is a course prerequisite. 


Greetings and introductions - asking for information; conversations on personal topics; describing houses and 

flats; life history; likes and dislikes; daily routines; announcements and messages (formal and informal); making 

suggestions and plans. The grammar material is connected with the lexical topics and situations. 


The aim of the teaching methods is to provide the optimal amount of knowledge necessary for communication in a 

real situation. Key elements are the motivation factors. Teaching is based on work done in class as well as selfstudy 

using practical and situational exercises. 

3191 Machine Science 






Department of Machine Science and Machine Elements 


Lecturers: 

Prof. Ognian Liubenov Alipiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, 

tel.: 888 593, E-mail: oalipiev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course familiarises the students with the main topics in the field of engineering, connected with the 

investigation of mechanisms, machines and machine elements. It is designated to give an overview of the 

machine sciences in order to enable professional dialogue and cooperation in multifunctional teams consisting of 

mechanical and electronics engineers. Course prerequisites include knowledge of Mathematics, Physics, 

Materials Science and Technical Documentation. The knowledge acquired on this course is in turn a prerequisite 

for the courses in Electrical Engineering, Electrical Measurements, Technical Safety, etc. 


Structure, classification analysis and synthesis of mechanisms. Evolved cogged gearing. Force analysis and 

mechanical efficiency. Dynamics and equilibrium of mechanisms. Strength of machine elements. Connections. 

Elements of rotational motion. Mechanical gears. 


The lectures give a logical presentation of the material supported by examples and models of moving mechanisms 

and machine elements, demonstrated by an OHP. The lecture topics are assimilated better at the laboratory 

sessions by using a series of kinematical models, models of real mechanisms and machine elements, and stands 

for experimental investigations. The current preparation of students is controlled at the labs through tests and test 

problems. Student evaluation finishes with a continuous assessment. 

91











Lecturers: 

Prof. Liuben Georgiev Valkov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 888 466, Е-mail: vulkov@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Krasimira Zlateva Zlateva, MSc, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 888 466, Е-mail: kzlateva@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Course in Mathematics 3 is to equip students with knowledge and skills needed to solve 

engineering problems requiring the use of Complex variable functions, Fourier series, Operation calculus and 

applications; the most common numerical methods of linear algebra and mathematical analysis; Mathematical 

apparatus of the probability theory; the methods of mathematical statistics for processing experimental data. The 

courses of Mathematics 1 and 2 are prerequisites for Mathematics 3. 


Equations of stationary and non-stationary heat field, wave equation. 

Function of complex variable, Fourier series. 

Operation calculus and applications. 

Numerical methods for solving systems of linear equations, non-linear equations systems of non-linear equations, 

least squares method for approximation of tabulated data. 

Elements of the theory of probability, elements of mathematical statistics, elements of regressions and correlation 

analysis, main concepts of experiment planning. 


The lectures present the material theoretically and illustrate it with appropriate example problems. At the seminars 

the assimilation of the material is checked. At the workshops application examples are solved with the help of the 

programming environment MATLAB and namely: functions of complex variable, Fourier series, operation calculus, 

numerical methods of algebra and analysis, mathematical statistics. 

Two tests, of 2 hours each, and checking of the course assignment are conducted during the semester. The final 

mark is formed on the basis of the written exams, taking into consideration the results of the tests, too. 

3192 Signals and Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Borisov Evstatiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 772, E-mail: ievstatiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Senior Assistant Yavor Branimirov Neikov, MEng, Dept. of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 772, E-mail: yneikov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Signals and systems course has the objective to acquaint the students with the main principles of creating, 

processing and transferring the electrical signals for the needs of communication, informatics and automatics. The 

subject requires knowledge of physics. 


General introduction into the information theory. Electrical signals - types, main characteristics. Spectral analysis 

of periodic signals and non-periodic signals. Correlation analysis. Discreteness. Signal linear conversions. Input 

and output immittance of a quadripole. Analog and digital filtration. Modulation and demodulation. Coding. Signal 

conversions. Course assignment - harmonic analysis of periodic and non-periodic signals. Application of the 

theorem of Naikuist - Kotelnikov. 


The lectures have two hours duration and are given according to the following scheme: the first week one lecture 

with two hours duration, the second week two lectures with two hours duration. The laboratory exercises are done 

frontally. Manual calculations, study via computer analysis and laboratory measurements are done during the 

laboratory exercises. The students prepare a report for each laboratory exercise. The course assignment is done 

by the students independently. It helps for the knowledge consolidation of periodic and non-periodic signal 

harmonic analysis and the Naikuist - Kotelnikov theorem application. 

92



3148 Semiconductors 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Krasimira Stefanova Shtereva MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 381, Е-mail: KShtereva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to familiarize the students with the main active semiconductors. It covers the physical principles 

of operation, structure, characteristics and the parameters of the discrete elements. The course deals with the 

practical application of semiconductors, the ways to connect them in electronic circuits and calculate their working 

modes. 


Physical principles used in semiconductors. Semiconductor diodes. Semiconductor voltage – regulator diodes. 

Tunnel diodes. Bipolar transistors: characteristics, parameters of the transistors as quadripole, frequency 

characteristics of the transistors; dynamic and key operation mode of the transistor. Field-effect transistors: fieldeffect 

transistors with p-n junction. MOS-transistors. Thyristors. Optoelectronics. Principles of microelectronics; 

types of integrated circuits; fundamentals of constructing bipolar and МOS – integrated circuits. 


The lectures provide the theoretic aspects of the topics. Each lecture is supported by visual materials such as 

slides. Laboratory work involves 4 classes every second week and the whole sub-group does the same 

assignment. Each assignment is supported by a report which is defended before the lecturer. The results of 

students’ performance are taken into consideration when forming the final mark at the exam. It is written and 

involves two questions from the syllabus followed by an oral quiz. 

3145 Electrical Engineering II 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikola Kolev Armianov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering, 

tel.: 888 502, E-mail: narmianov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Tania Metodieva Stoianova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering, 

tel.: 888 502, E-mail: tstoianova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretic Electrical Engineering 2 course familiarizes the students with the main methods for analysis of 

settled and transient processes in a chain with distributed parameters and in non-linear electric chains and with 

the methods of analysis of electric fields. 


Chains with distributed parameters - main concepts, differential equations of a homogeneous line, settled sine 

process in a homogeneous line, input impedance, line with no losses, standing waves. Non-linear electric chains - 

constant modes, main laps and methods for analysis, periodic modes, electric chains inertia and non-inertia nonlinear 

elements, analysis methods, resonance phenomena, transient processes, methods. Theory of 

electromagnetic field – Maxwell’s equations, scalar and vector potential, intensity of electric field, constant and 

magnetic fields in polarizing environments, potential fields, equations of Poisson and Laplace, Furrier’s method, 

method of mirror images, of complex variable function, polarized ellipsoid, potential and charge equations, partial 

capacities, electromagnetic parameters, capacity, inductivity, mutual inductivity, transforming the energy of electromagnetic 

field, Pointing theorem, transmitting energy over a two-wire line and transformer connection, alternating 

electro-magnetic fields, electromagnetic potentials, D’Alambere’s equations, emitting electro-magnetic waves. 


The continuous assessment is conducted at the laboratory exercises by an oral discussion and submission of 

reports. The final assessment is done at the exam (written and oral), which consists of solving problems and 

answering questions. 

93









Department of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Rashkov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretical and Measuring Electrical Engineering, 

tel.: 888 412, E-mail: grashkov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electric Measurements course aims at familiarising the students with the main methods and tools for studying 

electric circuits and for processing measurement results. The main attention is focused on the structure of 

measuring tools for measuring current and voltage, parameters of electric circuits, basic tools for measurement in 

computer engineering and electronics - daq systems, digital frequency meters, oscilloscopes, and virtual 

measuring systems. 


Processing of measurement results. Structure of measuring tools for measuring current and voltage. Measuring 

parameters of electric circuits. Measuring electric power and energy. Basic measuring tools in computer 

engineering and electronics. Measurement interfaces. Virtual measuring systems. 


Lectures last two hours and are conducted once a week. The laboratory sessions are two hours too. They are 

connected with the lectures and they are meant to consolidate and deepen students’ knowledge of specific topics. 

Two planned tests are conducted during the semester. 

3196 Computer Organization 


Weekly classes: 3lec+1sem+0labs+1ps+cw 






Lecturer: 

Prof. Angel Sotirov Smrikarov, MEng, PhD, Department of Computing, 

tel.: 888 743, E-mail: ASmrikarov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Computer organization course is for the students to familiarize themselves with the arithmetic 

and algorithmic fundamentals of computer circuitry and most of all - with the structure and way of operation of the 

CPU. The following is considered in details: structure and way of operation of Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Control 

Unit, registers, RAM, cache, interrupt system. Modern RISC and CISC/RISC processors are analysed. 

The course has input and output links with the courses “Logic Design”, “Microprocessors”, “Computer Peripherals”, 

“Computer Architectures”, etc. 


Arithmetic basis – counting systems, arithmetic computations, presentation and coding of numeric, character and 

logic data. CPU - definition, classification, main components. Structure of an arithmetic and logic unit. Structure of 

a control unit. Memory structure – registers, cache, RAM. Structure of an interrupt system. Example RISC and 

CISC/RISC processors. 


At the lectures the students are familiarized in a theoretic aspect with the structure and way of operation of 

different CPU components. At the seminars there are discussions on the lectures and, if necessary, additional 

information is given about specific processors. At the workshops, hardware and software models of main 

processor units and blocks are explored. 

94



3193 Analog Devices I 








Lecturers: 

Ass.Prof. Anelia Vladimirova Manukova DEng, Dept. of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 375, 888 682, Е-mail: amanukova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject gives the students the necessary minimum of knowledge of analog devices. It discusses the factors 

and methods for the realization of the most often used low-level and power amplifiers and generator stages in a 

discrete and integral input; methods for dc and ac analysis of the discussed circuits, as well as instructions for their 

design are used. 


General information about the amplifying engineering; main characteristics and operation modes. Back-coupling in 

the amplifiers; influence of the negative back-coupling on the main values of the amplifiers. Resistance of the 

amplifiers. Aperiodic amplifiers of small signals with a common emitter, common base and common collector by 

middle, low and high frequencies. Cascade circuits. Aperiodic amplifiers of power. Main elements from the analog 

devices of analog integrated circuits. Differential amplifiers. Direct current amplifiers. Operational amplifiers - 

general characteristics and main circuits. 


2 hours of lectures according to the following scheme: one week 2x2 lectures, another week 1x2 lectures. 3 hours 

exercises carried out in two stages: analysis, design and measurement of the discussed device and/or computer 

analysis. 

Course assignment is involved. The continuous assessment during the exercises is done by oral discussions, 

checking of homework and presentations of the course projects. 

Method of assessment: a two hours’ written exam which accounts for 80 % of the mark and a course project which 

accounts for the other 20 %. 

3194 Theory of Control Engineering 

ECTS credits:6 







Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Lubomirov Lehov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 888745, Е-mail: glehov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theory of Control Engineering course acquaints the students doing the Bachelor of Engineering in Electronics 

with the main concepts and methods for analysis and synthesis of control systems. The knowledge obtained has 

wide application in the different fields of engineering, helps develop a systematic approach and is a prerequisite 

for a large number of other courses. The knowledge of Signals and systems and Mathematics is a necessary 

course prerequisite. 


Control systems - main concepts, control principles, kinds of control systems. Linear control systems - 

mathematical models, stability, quality of the transition processes, accuracy in a stable regime, methods for 

synthesis. Discrete control systems. Application of types of control laps. Non-linear control systems. 


The main issues from the syllabus are discussed thoroughly during the lectures. Computers with the appropriate 

software applications are used during the tutorials. The students’ preparation is checked before starting them. The 

students present a report for each exercise. 

Method of Assessment: 

A written exam. The exam material includes the solving of two problems and theoretical questions which require a 

short answer. The evaluation of the knowledge of the studentsis based on a 6- scale marking system. 

95











Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Emil Georgiev Trifonov, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 888 557 

Abstract: 

The Economics course considers the fundamentals and problems of modern market economy. In this way it 

creates a basis for all the other economic courses, as well as general knowledge of economics, which is 

expressed in forming an alternative way of economic thinking and capabilities for making an independent choice in 

a market environment. 


Introduction – fundamentals of the economic theory. Main problems for every economy. Market mechanism. Public 

sector and tax system. Supply and demand on the individual markets. Consumer behaviour. Production, expenses 

and income of a firm. Imperfect competition and offering. Price-forming of manufacturing factors. Gross domestic 

product (GDP) and economic growth. Economic cycle, unemployment and inflation. Macroeconomic equilibrium. 

Fiscal policy. Budget policy. Macroeconomic policy in an open economy. 


The teaching is organised on the basis of lectures and exercises, which further deepen some of the questions 

discussed at the lectures. The participation of students in the seminars is accomplished by oral reports and 

essays, prepared by the students as their own choice or assigned as tasks by the lecturer. 

Assessment is continuous. Its components are two tests and student participation in classes. At the end of the 

semester the final mark is formed as an average of the three. 

3195 Electromechanical Devices 


Weekly classes: 3lec+0sem+0labs+3ps+ca 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Venelin Iliev Yakov, MEng, PhD, Dept of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 888 269. 

Abstract: 

Main constructive elements in modern equipment in the field of automatics, electronics, computing and 

communication engineering are the different kinds of electrical machines, transformers, operation apparatuses, 

safeguards, signalling, etc. The subject has the objective to acquaint the students with the operational principles, 

the structure, the application and the characteristics of the above mentioned devices which is a prerequisite for a 

succesful career as future specialists. 


General information about the production and transmission of electric power. Electrical apparatuses, low 

operational voltage, safeguarding and signalling with non-automatic and automatic operation. Transformers - 

structure, main dependences, operation regimes, characteristics, kinds. Electrical machines for direct and 

alternating current - main principles, kinds, operation regimes, characteristics, application fields. 


The process of teaching includes teacher-centred and learner-centred methods. The teacher-centred activities 

include lectures and laboratory exercises. The lectures are accompanied with a lot of visual aids, patterns, models, 

slides, etc. The laboratory exercises concern the main topics. The main characteristics of the researched devices 

are measured experimentally. 

The subject has continuous assessment which is determined on the basis of the written test done at the end of the 

semester and the results from the continuous assessment from the laboratory exercises during the semester. 

96



3198 Digital Devices 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ioana Emilova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, 

tel.: 888 677, E-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistent Volodia Hristov Tsonev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, 

tel.: 888 471, Е-mail: vol@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Digital Devices course has the task to acquaint the students with the main issues of digital electronics. The 

main principle is to connect the functional possibilities of digital elements with their microelectronic base on the 

one hand, and on the other hand – with their application by the building of impulse and digital devices. Course 

prerequisites include knowledge in Semiconductor components, Theory of electrical engineering and Analysis and 

synthesis of logical circuits. 


Forming circuits. Logical circuits. TTL integrated circuits. CMOS logical integrated circuits. Triggers. Schmidt’s 

triggers. Multivibrators. Blocking generators. Generators of linear change voltage. Impulse circuits with operational 

amplifiers. Circuit peculiarities of integrated circuits with middle degree of integration. Interface circuits. 


The lectures give the students the possibility to get theoretically acquainted with the main issues of digital devices 

before participating in tutorials. The exercises are done using a direct method. The students have to be 

theoretically prepared for doing the labs and they prepare a report for each of them. The course assignment is 

done by the students on their own. 

The students sit for an exam after submitting the course assignment. 

3199 Analog Devices II 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+ca 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof.. Anelia Vladimirova Manukova, MEng, MEng, Dept. of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to acquaint the students with the methods of analysis and design of receiveramplifier 

systems with a large dynamic range, low basic noise and slight non-linear distortions and analog 

integrated circuits with a relatively high degree of integration and special purpose. The knowledge of Analog 

devices 1 is a course prerequisite. 


Basic noises in the bipolar and field transistors and operational amplifiers; methods for minimization. Ways for 

noise penetration in the receiver-amplifier systems and methods for overcoming them. Amplifiers with slight 

intermodulating distortions, determined according to the two-signal method. Main parameters, structure and 

application of analog integrated circuits with special purpose; analog multipliers-dividers, modulators, mixers, 

circuits for phase automatic maintaining of the frequency, etc. Design of analog devices with special integrated 

circuits and/or discrete elements. 


Lectures are of a duration of two hours. The exercises last four hours every other week and are carried out in two 

stages: analysis design and measurement of the discussed device, and/or computer analysis. For creating skills 

for self-study homework is given periodically. 

97



3200 Power Supply 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Michail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Department of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, 

Е-mail: miliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Power Supply course has the objective to acquaint the students with the structure and operation principles of 

the different kinds of sources and transformers of electric power which provide the power supply of the electronic 

devices. 


General characteristics of power supply. Uncontrolled rectifiers, working by active character of the load. 

Uncontrolled rectifiers, working with reactive character of the load. Special rectifiers. Smoothing filters. Regulating 

the output voltage of the rectifiers. Converters of direct voltage into alternating voltage. Voltage and current 

stabilizers. General characteristics of voltage and current stabilizers. Compensational direct voltage and current 

stabilizers with uninterrupted action. Impulse direct voltage stabilizers. 


The topics of the lecture material enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the structure and 

operation principles of power supply, used in practice. Experiments are made during the laboratory exercises. 

Evaluation of their qualities and the fields of their practical application is also done. The laboratory exercises are 

done every other week with a duration of 2 hours. The laboratory exercises are done in cycles, 4 in a sequence. 

Each student receives a methodological manual and instructions. The preparation is done during the exercises. 

3201 Theory of Electronic Circuits 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Avram Sabetay Levi, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 375, Е-mail: alevi@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theory of Electronic Circuits course has the objective to acquaint the students with the modern methods for 

analysis, synthesis and optimisation of a wide range of linear and non-linear electronic circuits. The laboratory 

exercises consolidate the knowledge acquired during the course of lectures and give practical skills for work with 

specialised software applications for analysis and synthesis of electronic circuits. The course assignment helps to 

form the necessary skills for independent work. The knowledge of Analog devices and Theory of electrical 

engineering are course prerequisites. 


Types of electronic components and circuits. Method of the equivalent circuits. Matrix methods for analysis. 

Topological methods for analysis. Amplifying circuits OE, OB, OC and their secondary parameters by low 

frequency - comparative analysis. Circuits with field transistors. Back-couplings. Stability. Circuits with operational 

amplifiers. Simulation of differential equations with OY. Hybrid circuits with OY. Filter theory. Butterward’s filters, 

Chebishev’s filters. Synthesis and realisation of active filters with one-loop and multiloop connection. Sensitivity of 

the electronic circuits. 


Computers and specialised apparatuses are used during the exercises. The exam is written. 

98



3202 Optoelectronics 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Petko Hristov Mashkov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, 

tel.: 888 219, E-mail: pmashkov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with complex theoretical, methodological and apparatus problems in 

resent coherent and incoherent optoelectronics, at introducing the students into different application areas of 

optoelectronics devices and systems. 

The laboratory exercises aim at creating skills for experimental investigation of optoelectronics phenomena and 

solving of practical problems. 


Basic properties and characteristics of optical radiation; incoherent optoelectronics; optical sources, 

photoreceivers; optrons; integrated optoelectronics; coherent optoelectronics: light amplification and generation, 

types of coherent light sources (lasers), comparison of their characteristics, laser emission control, coherent light 

propagation through the atmosphere and in optical waveguides; main application areas of optoelectronics and 

laser systems and devices in industry. The course focuses on elemental composition and working principles of 

optoelectronics devices, their basic parameters and specific application areas. 


Lectures give the main theoretical material, supported by some demonstrations of optoelectronics phenomena and 

processes. At the laboratory exercises the student works independently and investigates particular optoelectronics 

phenomena, optoelectronics elements, devices and systems. The knowledge of lecture material and laboratory 

exercises is tested regularly. During the semester the students have two test papers. The final mark is formed 

after a discussion with the student. 

3204 Microprocessor Devices 








Lecturers: 


tel.: 888677, Е-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, 

Tel: 888 841, 276 Е-mail: nbencheva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Microprocessor Devices course aims to acquaint the students with the characteristics, organization, functioning 

and usage of the microprocessor and microcontroller systems. 

The practical exercises have the objective to create skills for experimental research and usage of modern 

microprocessor systems, as well as skills for using the development media and setting of the software applications. 


The main structure scheme of the microprocessor and microcontroller. Programming pattern. Addressing types. 

Instruction system. Interruptions. Main structure scheme of a microprocessor system. Memory organization. 

Components of the microprocessor systems (parallel interface, series interface, timers). Main stages and principles 

of designing the apparatus part and programming. 


The topics of the lectures enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the main issues of the 

microprocessor devices before doing the practical exercises. Students develop and set programs for exploring the 

components of the microprocessor system or the modules of one-chip controller. 

Assessment is based on a written and oral exam. 

99



3206 Design and Technology of Electronic Systems 








Lecturers: 


tel.: 888 772, Е-mail: ievstatiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject aims to acquaint the students with the modern methods, devices and element base for design of 

electronic systems and calculating their reliability. The requirements for exploitation of the designed systems and 

the modern engineering methods for analysis, synthesis and optimization of their parameters are discussed. 

Knowledge of Physics and Theory of Electrical Engineering are course prerequisites. 


Conditions for exploitation and classification of electronic systems. Reliability of electronic systems. Analysis of the 

accuracy in the design of electronic systems. General issues of the cooling of electronic systems. Electromagnetic 

rectifiers and commutators. Prevention of the electronic systems from factors causing instability. Element base 

used in the production of electronic systems. Constructional measurement and functional knots. 


During the lectures the main issues included in the syllabus are discussed by focusing mainly on the physical gist 

of the processes. The exercises are connected with defining the characteristics of the electronic systems, 

measurement/calculation of the parameters and according to external factors. At the end of the semester the 

lecturer determines a mark based on the students’ results from their participation in the exercises which influences 

the forming of the final assessment in this subject. The exam is a written and oral one on 2 questions from the 

course prospectus. 

3203 Measurement in Electronics 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Venelin Borisov Dimitrov, MEng, PhD, Dept.of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 382, Е-mail: vdimitrov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject aims to acquaint the students with the main methods and electronic devices for the measurement of 

the parameters and the characteristics of electrical signals, and passive bipolar measurement. The new 

generation of electronic measurement apparatuses with microprocessor operation and their connection with 

automatic systems for research and production control is discussed, too. Course prerequisites include knowledge 

of Electrical measurements, Semiconductor components, Analog devices and Digital devices. 


Main characteristics of the measurements in electronics. Generating of electrical signals. Devices for observation 

and registration of the form of the electrical signals. Curves in the reproduction of oscillograms. Analog and digital 

measurement of voltage, current and power. Methods and equipment for measuring of frequency-temporary 

parameters. Measurement of non-linear curves, spectrum analysis and measurement of the parameters of 

modulated signals. Bipolar measurement. Programmed measurement devices for automation of the electronic 

measurements. 


The topics of the lectures allow the students to become theoretically acquainted with the main issues of electronic 

measurements and to choose the methods and methodologies of measurement according to the given accuracy. 

The exercises are done in cycles. The students must be theoretically prepared for the exercises and for the tasks 

that they must accomplish during the exercise as well as for their practical implementation. 

The exam is both written and oral on 2 questions from the course prospectus with a duration of 2 hours. 

100



3205 Conversion Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Michail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, 

tel.: 888 673, Е-mail: miliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject aims to acquaint the students with the electronic devices alternating one kind of electrical power into 

another and with the methods for designing and constructing such devices. Course prerequisite include knowledge 

of Mathematics, Theory of electrical engineering, Microelectronics and Power supply. 


Operated rectifiers. Mode by active-inductive load. General characteristics of m-phase operated rectifier. Mode of 

operated rectifiers in inventor regime. Reversing rectifiers. Rectifiers of frequency with series connection. 

Alternating current regulators. DC - DC rectifiers. Autonomous inverters. Modulating of the output voltage of 

autonomous inverters. Operating systems of electronic rectifiers. 


The topics of the lectures equip the students with theoretical knowledge about conversion equipment. 

The continuous assessment is done during the laboratory exercises and includes: in-coming control, giving 

assignments to the students and checking their completion. There are tutorials in connection with the lectures. 

After finishing the laboratory exercises the students prepare reports which are signed by the lecturer. Method of 

assessment: a test consisting of 10 questions, 2 hours of a written and oral exam, 3 questions from the course 

prospectus, 1 report from the laboratory exercises. 

3208 Course Project in Analog Devices 


Weekly classes: 0lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+cp 

Assessment: official defence 





Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Anelia Vladimirova Manukova, MEng, Dept. of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The course project on the subject “Analog Devices” aims to consolidate the knowledge of the students from the 

Electronics course about the main issues of analog electronics and to create skills to apply the theoretical 

knowledge in practice in terms of synthesis, measurement and simulation/checking of the achieved quality 

indicators of electronic analog devices. 


Analysis and design of analog devices with discrete elements and integrated circuits with low and medium 

integration degree. 

The explanatory notes of the course project contain all the calculations and the motivation for the choice of the 

components and the regimes of work. The graphical part includes a block and principle circuit and the results from 

a computer simulation everywhere, where possible (amplitude and phase frequency characteristics, time charts, 

etc.) 

Teaching and learning methods : 

The students receive individual assignments, containing particular data for the required indicators. The project 

work is done according to a weekly timetable, which shows the interim stages of the design process. Always, 

whenever possible, the traditional calculations are done via computer simulation, and for separate cases – with 

development of a laboratory model. Apart from the regular classes, weekly individual tutorials are envisaged, as 

well. 

101



3207 Electronic Control Devices 








Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Avram Sabetay Levi, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 


Assoc.Prof. Valentin Angelov Mutkov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 246, Е-mail: vmutkov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Anelia Vladimirova Manukova, MEng, Dept. of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The Electronic Control Devices course aims to acquaint the students with the devices and apparatuses for control 

and measurement with application in industry and in other branches of the economy. The laboratory exercises 

give practical skills for work with specialised devices and apparatuses. Course prerequisites include the 

knowledge of Electrical measurements as well as Analogue and Digital Devices. 


Classification of the electronic control devices. Types of primary transmitter elements. Measuring bridges and 

amplifiers. Generator circuits in the electronic devices. Automatic measurement devices with or without follow-up 

balancing. Digital meters for control and measurement and electromedical meters. Electronic devices for control of 

dimensions, levels and drifts. Electronic devices for control of temperature and humidity. Introduction to the 

industrial introscopia. X-rays. Application of the X-ray diagnostics in medicine. Introduction to the electrography. 

Parameters of the ecological control. 


Computers and specialised apparatuses are used during the exercises. The students must be theoretically 

prepared for the exercises and must be computer literate. 

Method of assessment: a written exam. 

3214 Electronic Signal Converters 


Workload per week: 3lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+cw 

Assessment exam 





Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Venelin Borisov Dimitrov, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 382, Е-mail: vdimitrov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Avram Sabetay Levi, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The optional subject of Electronic Signal Converters aims to acquaint the students with the main methods and 

electronic devices for converting and processing of analog and digital signals. The static and dynamic errors of the 

electronic converters and the receiving of the real parameters are discussed, both of the analog and digital signals 

in the presence of distortions under the influence of noises or changes in the characteristics of the transfer media. 


Principles of the non-linear analog devices. Static and dynamic errors of the converters with following equalizing 

and methods for decreasing the dynamic errors. Converters with developing equalizing. Realization of non-linear 

functions, linearization, multifunctional devices, synthesis of digital filters and programming realization, digital 

filtration. The subject includes a course work. 


The lectures enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the contemporary methods for analyses and 

syntheses of the different non linear electronic devices and digital filters. 

The lectures last two hours and follow an alternating schedule: the first week 2x2 hours, the second week 1x2 

hours. The exercises last two hours, too. The continuous assessment on the subject is done during the seminars 

and includes an entry test, tasks for completion and their practical implementation and submission of the reports 

from the labs. Method of Assessment: Two hours of a written and oral exam, which includes 2 questions from the 

course prospectus. 

102



3210 Automation of Design in Electronics 


Workload per week: 3lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+cw 






Lecturers: 


tel.: 888 772, Е-mail: ievstatiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject Automation of Design in Electronics has been included as a compulsory one in the syllabus of fourth 

year students of Electronics. It acquaints the students with the theoretical grounding, the structure of the 

programmes and their application for the automation of the design of electronic apparatuses with the help of 

electronic - computing devices. Course prerequisites include the knowledge of Mathematics, Analog devices and 

Theory of electronic devices. 


General characteristics of the automation of the design. Methods for machine analysis. Numerical methods for 

solving the equations of linear circuits and devices. Frequency analysis of electronic circuits. Stability of the 

electronic circuits. Non-linear direct current analysis of electronic circuits. Analysis of transition processes in 

electronic circuits. Tolerance analysis of electronic circuits and devices. Optimisation of electronic circuits and 

devices. Automatization of the design of constructive documentation. Automatization of the design of bare printed 

plates. 


Lectures last 2 hours (the first week 2x2 hours, the next week 1x2 hours), an average of 3 hours per week. The 

exercises are of a duration of 4 hours and are conducted every other week. After each laboratory exercise the 

students prepare and present reports which are signed by the lecturer. The reports are used by the students 

during the exam. The continuous assessment is done during the exercises and includes pre-lab testing, giving 

assignments and checking their completion. 

3216 Electronic Regulators 







Faculty of Electrical Engineering and Automation 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Venelin Iliev Yakov, MEng, PhD, Dept of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 888 269. 

Abstract: 

The Electronic regulators course aims to acquaint the students of Electronics with the principles and practical 

implementation of electronic regulators for operating of technological processes and objects. Apparatus devices 

and the algorithms for their functioning are discussed. Special attention is paid to the linear digital and the 

specialized local devices, and to the multichannel regulating devices, as well. 


Regulating devices – types. Main characteristics. Position regulators. Element knots and basic structure schemes 

of linear electronic regulators. Transitive processes, functional dependencies and back connections in the 

industrial regulators. Principle schemes of industrial regulators. Digital regulators. Formation of operational 

algorithms. Exthermal regulators. Main types. Regulators with alternating structure. 


During the lectures the main topics of the study material are discussed. 

Seminars are conducted in cycles and the students are divided into subgroups. 

The students’ preparation is checked at the beginning of each practice session. The students prepare an individual 

report after a given model for each of the practice sessions. 

Method of assessment: continuous assessment based on two tests. 

103



3213 Course Project on Microprocessors 


Weekly classes: 0lec+0sem+0labs+0ps+cp 






Lecturers: 


tel.: 888 677, Е-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, 

Tel: 888 841, 276 Е-mail: nbencheva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course project on the Microprocessor Devices course consolidates the acquired knowledge and gives skills to 

the students for independent solving of engineering problems, connected with the design of different 

microprocessor systems, their repair and exploitation. 


Example topics, connected with the design of microprocessor devices of one-chip computers, are discussed; for 

example, with universal PID controller (the equation of the PID algorithm is given, which must be programmed). 

The project assignment includes hardware design (synthesis of the structure circuit and choice of the operating 

processor; analysis of the work regimes and software applications; tasks division of the processor in the time as 

main program and subprograms, interrupting programs). 


The students receive individual assignments, containing particular data for the required indicators. Apart from the 

regular classes, weekly individual tutorials are envisaged, as well. The explanatory notes of the project contain 10- 

15 pages with the following compulsory parts: hardware design, programming and arguments about the chosen 

structure, graphical part. The explanatory notes contain a list, which includes details about the assembling of a 

given subprogram or interrupting program. 

The project is presented during the last week of the semester in front of the lecturer, who evaluates it with a 

complex mark, which is formed on the basis of its development and presentation. 

3215 Special and Power Semiconductor Components 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Yordanov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 772, Е-mail: vdimov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Special and Power Semiconductor Components course aims to acquaint the students with the operating of 

indicators, power devices, Gunne diodes, solar cells, IMPATT and other semiconductor devices. 

The practical exercises aim at consolidating the knowledge from the lectures. They are also an application of the 

lectures for solving particular technical problems and include calculation of the parameters of the studied devices. 


Diode processes at high fields. Silicon powerful transistors and high voltage transistors. Charge connection 

devices. Gunne diodes. Powerful MOS transistors. Statical induction transistor. MOS with short channel and with 

vertical structure. Light diodes. Liquid crystals. Solar cells. IMPATT diodes. Safety equipment for working in high 

voltage and high current. 


The lectures enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the main physical principles of power 

semiconductor devices. Practical exercises show real-life application of the mentioned devices, teach students to 

estimate basic parameters of the devices. The continuous assessment in the subject is done during the practice 

sessions and includes an entry test, tasks for completion and their practical implementation and submission of the 

reports from the practice sessions. The method of assessment includes two written tests, which are held in the 

middle and at the end of the semester. 

104



3218 Electromagnetic Waves Propagation and Antennas 








Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Krasimir Petrov Manev, MEng, PhD, Dept of Telecommunications, 

tel.: 888 841, Е-mail: kmanev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electromagnetic Waves Propagation and Antennas course aims to acquaint the students from the degree 

course in Electronics with the peculiarities of the electromagnetic waves propagation in different media and with 

the parameters of some types of antennae, antenna grades and transmitter lines. The subject requires knowledge 

of Physics and Theory of electrical engineering. 


Main notions and equations of the electromagnetic field. Flat electromagnetic wave in unlimited medium. 

Polarization of electromagnetic waves. Reflection and penetration of an electromagnetic wave into the border 

between two media. Influence of the earth surface over the propagation of the electromagnetic waves. The 

ionosphere and its influence over the propagation of the electromagnetic waves. Peculiarities of the propagation of 

the electromagnetic waves with frequencies under 30MHz. Peculiarities of the propagation of the electromagnetic 

waves with frequencies over 30MHz. Transmitter lines: waveguides, lines with surface waves. Compatibility and 

symmetry of the lines with the load. Emission from linear conductor. Symmetrical vibrator. Vibrator system – 

reflectors and directors. 


Lectures last 2 hours each (1x2 hours). The exercises last 4 hours and are held every other week. The mark is 

formed as a total mark on the basis of two written tests, the first one is done during the 7 th week of the semester, 

and the second test is done during the 15 th week of the semester. Each test has a duration of 2 hours. 

3217 Broadcasting Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Valentin Angelov Mutkov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The subject aims to acquaint the students with the theory and structure of broadcasting equipment. The devices, 

the analysis and synthesis methods, the principles and operation regimes of the different equipment are studied. 


General information, main functions and structure circuits of the radio broadcasting devices. High quality power 

amplifiers. Electronic generators. Frequency synthesizers. Modulations in the radio broadcasting devices. 

Amplitude modulation. Frequency modulation devices. Phase modulation devices. Stereophonic frequency radio 

broadcasting. Radio receiving devices. Block circuits. Input devices of the radioreceivers. devices. Medium 

frequency amplifiers in the radio receiving devices. Frequency converters in radio receiving devices. Detection in 

radio receiving devices. Amplitude detectors. Frequency demodulators. Regulations in radio receiving devices. 

Stereophonic radioreceivers. 


Lectures are delivered with a duration of two hours and four hours alternatingly every other week. The practical 

exercises are held every week and have a duration of two hours.The measurements are made on specially 

developed models – radioreceivers and a radiotransmitter. 

105



3212 Microelectronics 








Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Krasimira Stefanova Shtereva MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The aim of the subject is to acquaint the students with the major circuit design engineering of bipolar, MOS and 

CMOS technologies for analog and digital integrated circuits and systems design. 


Current mirrors. Current sources. Constant voltage sources. Transistor couples. Level shifting circuits. 

Overvoltage, current and temperature protection integrated circuits. TTL logical integrated circuits. ECL logical 

integrated circuits. MOS and CMOS integrated circuits. Operational amplifiers. Power low frequency amplifiers. 

Broad band amplifiers. Stabilizers. Analog-to-digital and Digital -to- analog integrated circuits. 


Lectures are of a duration of two hours and are delivered according to the following scheme: the first week two 

lectures with a duration of two hours, the second week one lecture with a duration of two hours. 

The practice sessions are of a duration of four hours and are conducted every other week. 

Method of assessment: The final mark is formed on the basis of a written exam which accounts for 80% of the 

mark and includes 4 questions and an assignment which accounts for 20 % of the mark. 

3211 Industrial Controllers 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The subject aims to acquaint the students with the structure, means and ways for programming and the 

applications of the programmable logic controllers SIMATIC S5 - 90 (95) U, S7 214, LOGO (simulator) of the firm 

SIEMENS AG and SYSMAC C28 of the firm OMRON as a universal technical device for industrial automatisation. 

Course prerequisites include knowledge of the Theory of automatic control and Digital devices. 


Industrial controllers - general characteristics. Architecture of the programmable logic controllers. Activity of the 

programmable logic controllers. Programming of the programmable logic controllers. Types of programmable logic 

controllers. Programming of the programmable logic controllers. Binary logic operations. Help flags (markers, 

internal relays). Timers and counters in the different PLC. Digital operations. Communication and intelligent 

modules in PLC. 


Lectures last two hours and are delivered twice a week. 

The laboratory sessions last three hours. They are held at PLC SIMATIC S5 - 90 (95) U of the firm SIEMENS. 

Method of Assessment: 2 hours of a written and oral exam which includes 2 questions from the course 

prospectus. 

106



3219 Audiosystems 


Weekly classes: 2lec+ 0sem+0labs+ 1ps 

Assessment: current control 

Type of the exam: current mark 




Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Angelov Mutkov, PhD, MSc, Department of Electronics, 

tel. 888 246, email: vmutkov@ ecs.uni-ruse.bg. 

Senior Assistant Yavor Branimirov Neikov, MSc, Department of Electronics, 

tel. 888 772, email: yneikov @ ecs.uni-ruse.bg. 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize students with sound and sound field, rooms’ acoustics, physiological 

acoustics, electroacoustical transformers, digital sound system’s blocks, methods for analyzing of audio signals. 

Practical exercises include computer animations, acoustic demonstrations and electroacoustic measurements in 

connection with the lectures. 


Sound and sound field’s characteristics. Physiological acoustics. Humans hearing properties. Room’s acoustics. 

Electroacoustical transformers. Microphones, Loudspeakers. Sound systems, Audio-signals processing systems. 

Preamplifiers and sound mixers. Filters and equalizers, Parameters, Audiosystems’ distortions. Analog to digital 

and digital to analog conversion of audio signals. Discrete Fourier Transform. Main functions and methods for 

audiosignals’ design and analysis with Discrete Fourier Transform. Cepstral analysis of audiosignals. Digital 

audiosignal processing with DSP processors. Computer based audiosystems. 


The lectures are going 2 hours per week during the winter term (seventieth) for fourth course students, specialty of 

Electronics. Most of the lectures are ready for a multimedia presentation. Lectures introduce the students with the 

theoretical aspects of the problems. Practical exercises are going 2 hours every second week. During the 

exercises the students learn electrical schemes, doing calculations or use a computer models (MATLAB). The 

students are prepared for each exercise using the literature recommendable by the teacher. The current control is 

carried out during the exercises. The current mark is based on the result of paperwork. During the term the 

students are given home works in a form of papers. The term of presentation depends on the topic of the paper. 

3223 Special Microprocessor Systems 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The subject Special Microprocessor Systems aims to acquaint the students with the characteristics, organization, 

functioning and usage of special one-chip microcomputers. Main issues, connected with universal microcontrollers 

and systems for digital program control are discussed, as well. 

The practical exercises have the objective to create skills for experimental research and usage of the modern 

microprocessor systems, as well as skills for using the development media and setting of the software 

applications. 


One-chip microcomputers with von Neuman architecture. One-chip microcomputers with Harvard architecture. 

One-chip microcomputers for digital processing of analog signals. Universal PID controllers. Systems for digital 

program control. 


The topics of the lectures enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the main issues of the special 

microprocessor systems before doing the practical exercises. Lectures discuss mainly the design of the apparatus 

part, while the practical exercises focus on the design of the programming of the microprocessor systems. 

The method of assessment is continuous assessment. 

The final mark on the subject is formed on the basis of two written tests and the continuous assessment done 

during the exercises. 

107



3225 Television and Video Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Angelov Mutkov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The subject aims to give the students knowledge about the technical devices, the organization of the television 

systems and their subsystems: forming, keeping, transferring, reproducing and controlling the television signals. 


Television signals and systems. Analog-digital and digital-analog conversion. Source and channel coding for 

connection. Error protection by transferring the digital television signal. Characteristics of Digital Video 

Broadcasting signals. Transfer via air, cable and satellite distributing networks (DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C). General 

information about the digital modulations. Phase manipulation. Square amplitude modulation. OFDM. Modulation 

of type 8VSB. Television program transfer via MMDS. Video signal coding by standard MPEG-2. Profiles and 

levels. Digital video recording. Video taperecorders. 


Lectures are delivered with a duration of two hours and four hours alternatingly every other week during the 8 th 

semester which continues for ten weeks. The practical exercises are held every week and last four hours. The 

measurements are made on specially developed laboratory models and television apparatuses. The course 

finishes with a written exam. 

3221 Electronic Security Equipment 


Workload per week: 3lec+0sem+0labs+2ps 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Yordanov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 

tel.: 888 772, E-mail: vdimov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The compulsory course helps students to gather theoretical knowledge about the basics, working methods and 

types of electronic security equipment and to obtain practical skills to use it. The main learning tasks are the study 

of specific components and devices used for alarm, security and protection of different objects and bringing in 

mind techniques for analysis and design of electronic security equipment. 


Introduction to electronic security equipment. Distance operating security systems. Detecting units in electronic 

security systems. Alarm transmission devices and indicators. Access control systems and devices. TV monitoring 

control systems. Car alarm systems. Fire alarm electronic devices. Fire prevention electronic systems. 


This subject is taught during the last semester the duration of which is 10 weeks. The lectures are 3 hours per 

week. Visual aids are used such as presentation boards, charts, diagrams, etc. The students regularly get 

consultations on the learning material. The practical exercises are 3 hours per week. They are conducted together 

with the lecture material. 

The final mark is formed on the basis of the marks from the tests. If the mark is not satisfactory, then the student 

sits for a written exam, which includes two questions from the course prospectus. 

108



3220 Microelectronic Schemes Design 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Krasimira Stefanova Shtereva, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, 


Abstract: 

The compulsory subject Microelectronic Schemes Design aims to acquaint the students with the main 

technological processes for manufacturing of electronic elements and integrated circuits (IC), and the main rules 

and output data in the design of bipolar, metal-isolator-semiconductor, hybrid integrated circuits and microwave 

devices. Course prerequisites include knowledge of Physics and Semiconductor Devices. 


Diffusion and Ion Implantation. Epitaxy. Oxidation. Lithography. Vacuum processes. Standard planar-epitaxial 

process. p- MOS and CMOS -process. Integrated bipolar transistors. Integrated diodes resistors and capacitors. 

Logical integrated circuits: TTL, ECL I 2 L, n MOS and CMOS logic series. Programmable logic devices. GaAS 

integrated circuits. Hybrid integrated circuits and microwave devices. Semiconductor sensors. Vacuum and Gas 

field devices. 


This subject is taught during the last semester, the duration of which is 10 weeks. The lectures last two hours and 

are delivered according to the following scheme: the first week one lecture with a duration of two hours, the 

second week two lectures with a duration of two hours. 

The practice sessions last four hours and are conducted every other week. Evaluation is done via continuous 

assessment. The final mark is formed on the basis of 2 tests during the semester and an assignment. The tests 

account for 80 % of the mark and the assignment accounts for 20 %. 

3226 Mobile Cellular Radionetworks 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Michail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Communications, 

tel.: 888 673, Е-mail: miliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Mobile Cellular Radionetworks is an optional subject that belongs to group B /Radio and TV broadcasting/ and is 

studied during the last semester /for 10 weeks/. It aims to acquaint students with the means and technologies in 

mobile communications. It focuses on digital cell systems for GSM mobile communications. 

Architecture, interface and protocol organisations, technologies etc. are also examined. Prerequisites for this 

subject are Electromagnetic Waves Propagation, Antennas and Microwave Equipment, Broadcasting Equipment, 

and Special Microprocessor Systems. 


An introduction into mobile telephony. Standards for cell mobile links. Features of propagation of electromagnetic 

waves, radio channels, multiple use of frequencies, clusters of cells, speed and major problems in broadcasting in 

cell systems. Methods of channel broadcasting. Mobile tels – functional architecture, identification module, 

properties. Access networks, basic networks, interfaces, mobile networks Databases in mobile networks. Basic 

functions in the mobile networks. Signalling in the mobile networks. Intelligent networks, operation services. 

Interrelation between networks. Perspectives in new generation mobile communication systems. 


Lectures last 2 or 4 classes every other week during the last semester. Practice sessions occupy 2 classes every 

week. Measurements are carried out with specially designed laboratory equipment and devices. 

The final grade is based on a written exam. 

109



3227 Bachelor Thesis / State exam 








Consultants: 

All lecturers from the Department of Electronics 

Abstract: 

The Final Year Project is a self-independent creative assignment, which is fulfilled under the supervision of a 

research lecturer and if necessary, under the guidance of a research consultant. Its objective is to enable the 

students to show the accumulated knowledge and skills during their studies for the purpose of achieving the 

objectives and tasks of the Final Year Project and presenting their creative development successfully in front of a 

board of examiners. 

The state exam is held in front of the State board of examiners in accordance with the approved conspectus, 

which includes main topics from all the fundamental courses. 


The Final Year Project contains: calculation explanatory note – it includes all the main literature data, ideas, 

existing solutions, analyses, calculations, explanations and conclusions; the graphical part includes principal 

electrical circuits of knots, devices, block and structure circuits, graphical dependencies from experiment tests of 

developed devices; a developed model or device by the final year student, if this is part of the assignment. The 

model development is the final stage from the design work of the final year student. 


The supervising Department of Electronics provides: the organization connected with collecting, confirming and 

announcing of theme suggestions for Final Year Projects; the distribution of the students per theme and their 

research supervisors; the diploma practice organization; the guidance, review and presentation of the Final Year 

Projects. 

Weekly tutorials with the research supervisors are envisaged for the students. Then the process of the fulfillment 

of the given assignment is monitored. 

The final year student presents the Final Year Project or takes the State exam in front of the State board of 

examiners. 

110



UNDERGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

AUTOMATICS 

AND 

MECHATRONICS 

111





AUTOMATICS AND MECHATRONICS 

Subject: Automatics and Mechatronics 


Professional Qualification: Automation Engineer 


The main goal of the Automatics and Mechatronics degree course is to prepare highly-qualified, wideprofiled 

specialists with solid general technical skills and extensive knowledge of automatics, 

mechatronics and modern information and control systems. The speciality meets the specific needs in 

different fields like industry, communications, transport, ecology, agriculture and follows the dynamics of 

their development. 

General and specialist training. 

• A Bachelor of Engineering in Automatics and Mechatronics obtains basic engineering training in 

mathematics, physics, mechanics and mechanical systems, programming and computer 

applications, electrical engineering, electronics, microprocessors, electrical machines and devices, 

economics. 

• The special training includes obtaining of thorough knowledge in the area of control systems, 

process control, sensors, mechatronic systems, control of electromechanical systems. It focuses 

on the study of computer programming, control system modelling and simulation, CAD systems, 

application of computer control and measurement systems, modern approaches for signal and 

data processing, system identification and control system design. 

General and specialist skills. 

A Bachelor of Engineering in Automatics and Mechatronics acquires general and specialist skills such 

as: 

• design of elements and systems for process control and mechatronics; 

• implementation, adjustment and support of automation systems and mechatronic systems; 

• programming, test and tuning of computer control and measurement systems; 

• use of advanced PC – based technologies for data acquisition and signal processing; 

• development and application of quality control systems; 

• application of computer software MATLAB, LabView, and the programming language C++. 

Career opportunities. 

The wide-profiled qualification and profound knowledge in the field of automatics, information and 

control systems provides the bachelor with the opportunity to find employment in different areas of the 

economy such as in: 

• firms and enterprises as designers and industrial automation engineers and mechatronic 

engineers; 

• firms and enterprises with special measurement and control system departments, mechatronic 

departments, power sections, measurement and control system labs and quality control labs; 

• small and medium enterprises as test and implementation engineers of automation systems and 

mechatronics; 

• industrial enterprises as operators of automation systems; 

• industrial enterprises as managing engineers of production workshops. 

112



UNDERGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

AUTOMATICS, 

INFORMATION 

AND 

CONTROL ENGINEERING 

113





AUTOMATICS, INFORMATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING 

Subject: Automatics, Information and Control Engineering 


Professional Qualification: Automation Engineer 


The main goal of the Automatics, Information and Control Engineering degree course is to prepare 

highly-qualified, wide-profiled specialists with solid general technical skills and extensive knowledge of 

automatics and modern information and control systems. The speciality meets the specific needs in 

different fields like industry, communications, transport, ecology, agriculture and follows the dynamics of 

their development. 

General and specialist training. 

• A Bachelor of Engineering in Automatics, Information and Control Engineering obtains basic 

engineering training in mathematics, physics, programming and computer applications, electrical 

engineering, electronics, microprocessors, electrical machines and devices, mechanics, and 

economics. 

• The special training includes obtaining of thorough knowledge of control system engineering, 

process control automation system components and control of electromechanical systems. It 

focuses on the study of computer programming, control system modelling and simulation, 

application of computer control and measurement systems and modern approaches for signal and 

data processing, system identification and automation system design. 

General and specialist skills. 

A Bachelor of Engineering in Automatics, Information and Control Engineering acquires general and 

specialist skills such as: 

• design of elements and systems for control and automation; 

• implementation, adjustment and support of automation systems; 

• programming, test and adjustment of computer control and measurement systems; 

• use of advanced PC – based technologies for data acquisition and signal processing; 

• development and application of quality control systems; 

• application of computer software MATLAB, LabView, and the programming language C++. 

Career opportunities. 

The wide-profiled qualification and profound knowledge in the field of automatics, information and 

control systems provides the bachelor with the opportunity to find employment in different areas of the 

economy such as in: 

• firms and enterprises as designers and industrial automation engineers; 

• firms and enterprises with special measurement and control system departments, power sections, 

measurement and control system labs and quality control labs; 

• small and medium enterprises as test and implementation engineers of automation systems; 

• industrial enterprises as operators of automation systems; 

• industrial enterprises as managing engineers of production workshops. 

114



CURRICULUM 


AUTOMATICS, INFORMATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING 

First year 

Code First term ECTS Code Second term ECTS 

2519 Mathematics -1 7 0846 Mathematics - 2 6 

2521 Physics -1 5 1022 Physics - 2 5 

2520 Programming and Computer 5 1045 Programming and Computer 6 

Application-1 

Application-2 

0592 Teaching Practice 3 0377 Electrical Engineering -1 5 

0133 Electrical Safety 2 0437 Electrical Materials 4 


5 

0366 Computer Graphics 

Foreign Language – 2: 

0424 

Foreign Language – 1: 

English Language 

0761 

0763 


German Language 

4 

0523 

0683 

0760 


French Language 

Russian Language 

3 0764 

0842 




Second year 

Code Third term ECTS Code Fourth term ECTS 

3055 Mathematics - 3 5 3150 Digital Electronics 6 

3145 Electrical Engineering - 2 5 3151 Analog Electronics 6 

3146 Electrical Measurements 4 3152 Control Theory - 1 7 

3147 Mechanics 4 3153 Economics 3 

3148 Semiconductors 6 3154 Electromechanical Devices 6 

3149 Signal and Data Processing 6 

3155 

3156 

3157 

3158 

3159 

3160 

3161 

3162 

Foreign Language: 





Elective course: 

Marketing 

International Economics 

Company Management 

Industrial Economics 

1838 Practice - 1 2 


2 

Third year 

Code Fifth term ECTS Code Sixth term ECTS 

3163 Control Theory - 2 7 3198 Computer Control Systems - 1 6 

3164 Microprocessors 6 3169 System Identification 6 

3165 Measurentment of Non-electrical 6 3170 Control of Electromechanical 5 

quantities 

Systems - 2 

3166 Automation System 

6 3171 Intelligent Sensors and Systems 5 

Components 

3167 Control of Electromechanical 5 3172 Process Control - 1 4 

Systems- 1 

3173 Computer Control Systems – 

Project 

4 

3174 Practice - 2 3 


115



Fourth year 

Code Seventh term ECTS Code Eight term ECTS 

3175 Computer Control Systems - 2 6 3181 

Optional course: 

Quality Control 

3176 

Industrial Networks in Computer 

6 

Control Systems 

Elective course: 

Group A 

3177 Automation System Design 6 3182 

Digital Signal and Data 

Processing 

4 

3178 Pattern Recognition 4 3183 

Disributed Measurement 

Systems 

4 

3176 Process Control - 2 4 3184 Enviroment Monitoring Systems 4 

3180 

Automation System Design - 

4 

Project 

Group B 

3185 Process Control Systems 4 

3186 Oprimal and Adaptive Control 4 

3187 Mechatronic Control Systems 4 

3188 Graduation Work or 

4 

State Exam Work 

3189 Bachelor Thesis 10 


Total for the degree course : 240 ECTS credits 

4 

116



2519 Mathematics – 1 


Weekly classes: 3lec + 2sem+ 0labs+ 0ps+1ca 




Dept. Algebra and Geometry Faculty of Natural Sciences and Education 

Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Tzecka Grigorova Rashkova, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Algebra and Geometry, tel.: 082 888 489, 

E-mail: tcetcka@ami.uni-use.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is a basic one in the study of mathematics. It uses the mathematical knowledge acquired in 

secondary schools and revises some of it at a higher level. It is essential for the other mathematical 

subjects, Physics, Mechanics, TBE and others. 


Complex numbers. Systems of linear equations and determinants. Matrix calculus. Line in the plane. Lines 

and planes in space – forms of determining and common positions. Linear spaces and linear operators. 

Second order curves and surfaces. Functions and sequences. Limits and derivatives. Basic theorems of 

differential calculus. Applications of derivatives for investigating functions. Indefinite integral – definitions 

and basic properties; methods of calculation - integration by parts, integration by substitution, integration of 

rational, irrational and transcendental functions. 


The theory in the lectures is supported by many examples and problems. During the seminars the main 

focus is on getting knowledge for working on one’s own. Problems are given to this point aiming at the 

preparation for the next tutorials. Two tests are administered. A mark of at least 4,50 on any of them entitles 

the student to a preliminary oral exam on the corresponding theory. Thus the student can reduce the study 

material for the final exam or get his final mark earlier, at the end of the semester. The exam includes 

solving 6 elements (problems and theory) and to pass the exam the student has to solve at least 2 of them. 

A course assignment is done by every student. Its successful presentation and the student’s attendance at 

all tutorials are obligatory elements for the validation of the semester. 

2521 Physics - 1 


Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem+ 2labs+ 0ps+0.5p 






Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 082 888 218, 


Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in 

nature and the methods of their investigation, with the most general properties of the matter and material 

objects. The laboratory exercises aim at creating skills for experimental investigation of physical 

phenomena. 


Measuring physical quantities. Mechanics of material point and rigid body. Gravitation. Work and energy. 

Laps of conservation in mechanics. Molecular physics and thermodynamics. Electric field and electric 

current. 



processes. At the laboratory sessions the students work independently and investigate particular physical 

phenomena. Student knowledge of the theoretical material is tested regularly. At the exam the students 

answer two theoretical questions and do one laboratory exercise. 

117



2520 Programming and Computer Applications- part – 1 






Informatics and Information Technologies 


Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Tzvetomir Vassilev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 082 888 475, Email:tvassilev@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The first part of the course aims at giving knowledge about the computer as a technical tool and the software 

products which make it a priceless assistant to specialists in all fields. The second part is an introduction to 

programming and aims at giving students skills to develop algorithms and computer programmes with 

intermediate level of difficulty. Significant attention is paid to algorithm development. The C++ programming 

language is used as a tool, which is widely spread and also used in later courses. 


A brief history of computers. Classification. CPU, main memory. Input/Output devices. Secondary storage. 

Computer networks. Operating systems. Word-processing, Spreadsheets and Databases. Algorithms. 

Introduction to Pascal. General structure of a program. Operations. Built-in functions. Expressions. 

Branches. Repetitions. Arrays. Pointers. 


The lectures are 2 hours a week. The practice sessions take place in computer labs and the students work 

on the above topics under the lecturer’s supervision. At the end of each stage the practical skills of the 

students are tested. At the end of the semester students’ knowledge on the first part of the course is 

examined using a computer test of 50 questions. Students also do a test on the second part of the lecture 

material. The final grade is determined by the test mark, the continuous assessment at the practice 

sessions, the mark of the second test and the evaluation of the course work. 

0592 Teaching Practice 


Weekly classes: 1lec + 0sem+ 0labs+ 3ps 




Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Lecturers: 

1. Assoc.Prof. Plamen Ivanov Daskalov, MEng, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 668, E-mail: daskalov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc.Prof. Venelin Yakov, MEng, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 269, E-mail: iacov@uni-ruse.bg 

3. Principal Assistant Tzvetelina Dimitrova Draganova, MEng, PhD, Department of Automatics and 

Mechatronics, tel.: 082 888 668, E-mail: cgeorgieva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Teaching Practice course aims to give first year students some introductory theoretical knowledge in the 

field of Electronics, Automation and Computing as well as to give beginners practical skills bearing in mind 

the different level from which the students start their studies at the university. 


Basic elements in electrical circuits, ways of connection. Notation of elements in electrical circuits. Types of 

electric measuring devices, measuring units, measurement errors. Basic elements in the systems for 

automatic control. Technologies for producing printed circuit boards. CAD/CAM systems. Architecture and 

programming of programmable logic controllers. 


The educational process is carried out by lectures and practice work. The teaching material is theoretically 

presented and demonstrated by proper example problems in the lectures. Lectures are delivered every week 

for the first eight weeks. In the practice sessions, the understanding of the subject matter is monitored and 

skills for solving practical problems are developed. The practice sessions are conducted on a rotational 

principle in two specialized labs at the Departments of Automatics and Electronics. The final mark is formed 

by an oral exam. The exam test includes 15 problems and/or theoretical questions from the subject 

material, and one practical task to be solved. 

118



0133 Electrical Safety 


Weekly classes: 1lec + 0sem+ 0labs+ 1ps 






Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 


2. Assoc. Prof. Ivaylo Stefanov Stoyanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 843, E-mail: stoyanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electrical Safety course is designed for the students studying in the Bachelor of Engineering courses in 

Electrical engineering, Electronics and Automation. It provides the students with knowledge and skills 

regarding the basic principles, methods and technical means of providing of electrical safety when working 

with electrical devices, appliances and installations. 


Basic terms and definitions of the protection and work safety. Degrees of protection provided by enclosures 

for electrical equipment against external mechanical impacts - IK code and IP code. Safety of electric 

appliances for measurement, control, management, and laboratory application. Safety of manual electric 

instruments. Electromagnetic compatibility of the devices. Fire safety and explosion-proof safety in the 

electric equipments. Protection for safety. Protection against over voltages of atmospheric origin or due to 

switching. 


The teaching is based on the usage of classical pedagogic forms. Some topics are supported by audiovisual 

materials and videos. At the exam the students answer two questions, which help to estimate their 

degree of knowledge. 



Weekly classes: 1lec + 0sem+ 0labs+ 1ps+2cw 




Department of of “Science, Machine elements and Technical Drawing” 

Faculty of Transport 

Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Daniela Aleksandrova Belkinova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Engineering Drawing, 

tel.: 082 888 352, E-mail: dbelkinova@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Peter Dimitrov Pantileev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Engineering Drawing, tel.: 082 888 491, 

E-mail: ppantileev@uni-ruse.bg 

3. Principal Assistant Krasimir Stankov Kamenov, MEng, Dept. of Engineering Drawing, tel.: 082 888 461, 

E-mail: kkamenov@runi-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Technical documentation course teaches methods for design, standard documents and rules for 

elaboration of design documents (drawings, schemes, text documents), notations when drawing specific 

parts from the electric industry, common assemblies in engineering, as well as the opportunities and tools 

for computer documentation. 


Main characteristics and importance of the documentation of technical solutions. General requirements for 

the prepation of technical documents. Complexity of technical documentation. Part drawing. Assembly 

drawing. Text documents. Making drafts of items with electrical mounting, electrical schemes etc., rules for 

working out and reading. Symbols for expressing specific details from the electrical industry, Use of 

programming products for electrical drawings with the application of a computer. 

Technology of teaching and assessment: 

The lectures present the theoretical material. At the workshops students solve problems and prepare to 

work on their course work. Three of the workshops are done in labs equipped with personal computers and 

the practical work is done under the leadership of a teacher on the above mentioned topics. The course 

work is elaborated out of classes and is checked, corrected and marked by the lecturer in the classes 

allocated for course work. The final mark is formed by the results of the course work and two tests. 

119



0366 Computer Application for Technical Documentation 


Weekly classes: 1lec + 0sem+ 0labs+ 2ps+2cw 



Methodology management: 

Department of “Science, Machine elements and Technical Drawing” 

Faculty of Transport 

Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Daniela Aleksandrova Belkinova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Engineering Drawing, 

tel. 082 888 352, E-mail: dbelkinova@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Peter Dimitrov Pantileev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Engineering Drawing, tel.: 082 888 491, 

E-mail: ppantileev@uni-ruse.bg 

3. Principal Assistant Krasimir Stankov Kamenov, MEng, Dept. of Engineering Drawing, tel.: 082 888 461, 

E-mail: kkamenov@runi-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Computer application for Technical documentation course aims to acquaint the students with the 

application of a computer as a technical device and with the different kinds of application of programming 

products for special electrical drawing and schemes Microsoft Visio. 


2-CAD Systems specific programming products for electrical drawings. General requirements for the 

preparation of technical documents. Text documents, electrical schemes etc., rules for working out and 

reading. Complexity of the technical documentation. Symbols for expressing specific details from the 

electrical industry, Making draft symbols of electrical elements. Use of programming products for electrical 

drawings with the application of a computer. 


The lectures present the theoretical material. The practice sessions are done in labs equipped with personal 

computers and the practical work is done under the supervision of a teacher on the above mentioned topics. 

The course work is elaborated out of classes and is checked, corrected and marked by the lecturer in the 

classes allocated for course work. The final mark is formed by the results of the course work and two tests. 

Foreign Language - 1 

0424 English, 0523 German, 0683 French, 0760 Russian 


Weekly classes:0lec + 0sem+ 0labs+ 4ps+0cw 






Lecturers: 

1. Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 816, 


2. Senior Lecturer Yordanka Vasileva Marinova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 816, 

E-mail: ymarinova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

3. Senior Lecturer, Sergei Vasilev Bartenev MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 230, 

E-mail: sbartenev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

4. Senior Lecturer Rumiana Milanova Ivanova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 816, 

E-mail: rmivanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 


specialism and the future job. The teaching objectives comprise the development of reading comprehension 

skills to handle specialist texts and the acquisition of communication skills to interact successfully in 

professional settings and everyday situations. 


Meeting people. Talking about the present and the past. Plans. Describing objects and places. Comparing 

things. Searching for information in catalogues. Linking facts and ideas. Applying for a job. The grammar 

material is connected with the lexical topics and situations. 



communication, a wide range of authentic and specially constructed texts as well as audio , video, and 

multimedia materials are used. Students are set an assignment to prepare a presentation on one of the 

studied topics. The final grade is based on the results of the test and the presentation. 

120



0846 Mathematics - 2 








Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Stepan Agop Tersian, MSc, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, 

tel.: 082 888 226; 082 888 587, E-mail: sterzian@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Julia Vancheva Chaparova, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, 

tel.: 082 888 226; 888 587, E-mail: chaparova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject is basic for the study of mathematics in engineering degrees. It gets the students acquainted 

with the basic notions of mathematical analysis such as definite integral, partial derivatives, double integrals, 

functions with complex argument, Laplace transformation, and gives them computational abilities (including 

computations with mathematical software) to solve ordinary differential equations and systems, find extreme 

and integrate functions of two variables, work with complex-valued functions. This knowledge is necessary 

for the further study of higher mathematics – part 3, physics, and computer sciences. 

Course content : 

Basic themes: definite integrals and applications, functions of two variables, ordinary differential equations 

and systems, functions of a complex argument. 


The teaching process is carried out by lectures and seminars. In the lectures the subject matter is 

theoretically presented and demonstrated by proper example problems. In the seminars the understanding 

of the material is monitored and skills for solving practical problems are developed. A term validation is 

obtained according to the Internal rules of the University for conducting educational activities. The exam test 

includes 6 problems and/or theoretical questions from the course material. 

1022 Physics - 2 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 082 888 218, 


Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in 

nature and the methods of their investigation, with the most general properties of the matter and material 

objects. The laboratory exercises aim at creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 


Magnetic field and electromagnetic induction. Mechanical oscillations and waves. Optical phenomena and 

laps. Elements of quantum mechanics, solid state physics and laser physics. 




phenomena. Student knowledge of the theoretical material is tested regularly. At the exam the students 

answer two theoretical questions and does one laboratory exercise. 

121



1045 Programming and Computer Applications- part 2 


Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem + 0labs + 2ps + 2cw 




Informatics and Information Technologies 


Lectors: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Tzvetomir Vassilev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 082 888 475, Email: tvassilev@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is a natural continuation of Programming and Computer Applications – part I. Its main objective 

is to study the main data structure (structures, files) and to help students develop skills to build complex 

algorithms and programs using such structures. 


Functions. Sorting and binary array search. Strings. Structures. Files. Classes and objects. MATLAB. 


The lectures clarify the theoretic aspect of the topics and provide a sufficient number of examples. This 

enables the students to prepare in advance for the practice sessions and to work independently during the 

classes. The practice sessions are held in computer labs. The students do practical work developing, testing 

and debugging Pascal programs. The exam is written. It comprises problems that require developing a 

program and a theoretic question. The problems have several items with an increasing level of difficulty. 

0377 Theoretic Electrical Engineering - 1 








Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Nikola Kolev Armianov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: narmianov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Tania Metodieva Stoianova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: tstoianova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretic Electrical Engineering 1 course familiarizes the students with the bases of the 

electromagnetism and with the main methods for analysis of settled modes in linear electric chains. The 

acquired knowledge is a basis for Electrical Engineering 2 and all electrical courses. 


Bases of electromagnetism – main concepts; electro-magnetic field; electric current; electric voltage, 

electric potential, electric moving voltage; magnetic field; law of electro-magnetic induction; electric and 

magnetic energy; Maxwell’s equations, scalar and vector potential; constant electric and magnetic fields in 

polarizing environments; potential fields; transforming the energy of electro-magnetic field, Pointing 

theorem, transmitting energy over a two-wire line and transformer connection; alternating electro-magnetic 

fields, electromagnetic potentials, emitting electro-magnetic waves. Settled modes in linear electric chains – 

main concepts and laps; constant modes in electric and magnetic chains; conversion, methods of analysis, 

principle and theorems for electric chains; sine modes and quantities, sine modes in serial and parallel RLC 

bi-pole, laps of Ohm and Kirhof in complex fashion, resonance phenomena; three-phase chains; periodic 

non-sine modes; quadripoles. 


Lectures present the teaching material according to the syllabus. At the seminar students solve problems 

covering the topics of the syllabus. The final assessment is accomplished via an exam, conducted in written 

and oral form. 

122



0411 Electrical Materials Science 


Weekly classes: 3lec+0sem+2labs+0ps+0,5p 






Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 843, 


2. Assoc. Prof. Ivaylo Stefanov Stoyanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 843, E-mail: stoyanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electrical Material Science course aims at familiarizing the students with the main electrical materials. 

They study the more important processes in dielectrics, semi-conductors, conductors and magnetic 

materials and explore their main characteristics and parameters. The main processes in dielectrics, 

semiconductors, conductors and magnetic materials are studied; their main characteristics and parameters 

are examined. 


Polarization of dielectrics in a constant and alternating electric field. Dielectrictricity of some materials. 

Electric conductivity of dielectrics. Dielectric losses. Break in the dielectrics. Conductors. Main Dielectric and 

magnetic materials. Magnetic conductors. Active dielectrics. Semi-conducting materials. Influence of the 

exploitation on the properties of semi-conductors. Semi-conducting chemical compounds. 


The teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogic forms. Some topics are supported by audio-visual 

materials and videos. The laboratory exercises follow the lecture topics and have practical orientation. When 

exploring the properties of semi-conductors, computer modelling is utilized. At the exam the students 

answer two questions, which help to estimate their degree of knowledge, after which an oral interview is 

conducted 

Foreign Language – 2 

0761 English, 0763 German, 0764 French, 0842 Russian 






Department of Foreign Languages, Faculty of Law 

Lecturers: 

1. Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 816 


2. Senior Lecturer Yordanka Vasileva Marinova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 082 888 816 

E-mail: ymarinova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

3. Senior Lecturer ,Sergei Vasilev Bartenev MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 230 

E-mail: sbartenev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

4. Senior Lecturer Rumiana Milanova Ivanova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816 

E-mail: rmivanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Foreign Language - module 2 is also aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the 

subject specialism and the future job. The teaching objectives comprise the development of reading 

comprehension skills to handle specialist texts and the acquisition of communication skills to interact 

successfully in professional settings and everyday situations. 


Higher education. Reading strategies. Note taking. Structure and organisation of a scientific text. Describing 

a process. Components and specifications. Describing graphs. Writing a CV. Announcements and 

messages (formal and informal). Enquiries, letters of complaint and orders. The grammar material is 





brochures, catalogues, manuals etc.) as well as audio , video, and multimedia materials are used. 

Continuous assessment involves at least two written tests and oral testing as well. 

123



3035 Mathematics - 3 





Меthodology management: 



Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Luben Georgiev Vulkov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 082 888 466; 082 888 725, Е-mail: lvalkov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Nikolinka Stoianova Strateva, MSc, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 082 888 466; 082 888 725; Е-mail: nstrateva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Course in Mathematics III is to equip students with knowledge and skills to solve 

engineering problems requiring: Fourier series; the most common numerical methods of linear algebra and 

mathematical analysis; Mathematical apparatus of the probability theory; methods of mathematical statistics 

for processing experimental data. 


Fourier series. Numerical methods for solving systems of linear equations, non-linear equations, systems of 

non-linear equations, least squares method for approximation of tabulated data. Elements of the theory of 

probability, elements of mathematical statistics, element of regression and correlation analysis, main 

concepts of experiment planning. 


The lectures present the material theoretically and illustrate it with appropriate example problems. At the 

seminars the assimilation of material is monitored. At the seminars application examples are solved with the 

aid of the programming environment MATLAB and namely: Fourier series, numerical method of algebra and 

analysis, mathematical statistics. Two tests, of 2 hours each, are administered during the semester. The 

final mark is formed by written and oral exams, taking into consideration the results from the tests. 

3145 Theoretic Electrical Engineering - 2 








Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Nikola Kolev Armianov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: narmianov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Tania Metodieva Stoianova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, E-mail: tstoianova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretic Electrical Engineering 2 course familiarizes the students with the main methods for analysis 

of transient modes in linear electric chains and with the main methods for analysis of settled and transient 

processes in a chain with distributed parameters and in non-linear electric chains. 


Transient processes in linear electric chains - introduction; classical method; operator method; frequency 

method; transient quantities, Duamelle integral; method with state variables. Chains with distributed 

parameters - main concepts; differential equations of a homogeneous line; settled sine process in a 

homogeneous line, input impedance; line with no losses, standing waves. Non-linear electric chains - 

constant modes, main laps and methods for analysis; periodic modes, electric chains inertia and non-inertia 

non-linear elements, analysis methods; resonance phenomena; transient processes, methods. 


At the beginning of the semester each student is given an individual problem as course work. It has to be 

presented at the end of semester in written form and is defended orally. The final assessment is done at the 

exam (written and oral), which consists of solving problems and answering questions. 

124











Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Georgi Rashkov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 265, Е-mail: grashkow@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Tosho Yordanov Stanchev, MEng, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 502, Е-mail: tys@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electrical Measurements course aims to acquaint the students with the main methods and means for 

learning the electrical units and with the processing of results from the measurements. Considerable 

attention is paid to the structures of the measurement devices for measurement of current, voltage, the 

parameters of the electric circuits, the base devices for measurement in computing, automatics and 

electronics – daq systems, digital frequency meters, oscilloscopes, virtual measurement systems. The 

knowledge of Mathematics, Physics and Theory of Electrical Engineering is a course prerequisite. 


Processing the results from the measurements. Structures of the measurement devices for measurement of 

voltage and current. Measurement of the parameters of the electric circuits. Measurement of electrical power 

and energy. Base devices for measurement in computing, automatics and electronics. Measurement 

interfaces. Virtual measurement systems. 


Lectures last two hours and are delivered once a week. The laboratory exercises last two hours and are 

closely connected with the lectures, consolidating and widening the students’ knowledge on the particular 

topics. 

3147 Engineering Mechanics 


Weekly classes:2lec+2sem+0labs+0ps+0.5p 


Type of exam: tests 


Department of Technical Mechanics 

Faculty of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering 

Lecturers: 

1. Principal Assistant , Velina Stoyanova Bozduganova MEng, PhD, Dept. of Technical Mechanics, 

tel.: 082 888 572, E-mail velina@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Volodya Hristov Conev, MEng, Dept. of Technical Mechanics, tel.: 082 888 677, 

E-mail: vepetrov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course has four parts: Static, Strength of Materials, Kinematics, and Dynamics. The aim of the course is 

to get the students acquainted with the basic laps and methods of Engineering Mechanics in order to apply 

them when they solve electromechanical problems. Preliminary knowledge of Mathematics and Physics is 

necessary for this course. The discipline is fundamental for the engineering courses in Electromechanical 

Devices, Engineering Devices for Automation, Control of Electromechanical Systems and others. 


Equilibrium of a rigid body. Equilibrium in the presence of friction. Basic definitions and principles in Strength 

of Materials. Tension and compression. Particle kinematics. Translational, rotational, and plane rigid body 

motion. Particle dynamics. Rigid body dynamics. 


Lectures elucidate the theoretical basis of the course topics, while their application is illustrated by examples. 

Numerical examples are solved in seminar exercises. Self-study is provided by preparing a course paper. 

The paper is graded. The final evaluation of student’s knowledge is based on tests. 

125




ECTS credits: 6 Weekly classes: 3lec + 0sem+ 2labs+ 0ps+ 0,5p 






Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Krasimira Stefanova Shtereva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Elektonics, 

tel.: 082 888 366, E-mail: kshtereva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize the students with the main active semi-conducting elements used in all 

electronic and computing devices and tools for communication and automation. The physical principles are 

studied as well as the structure, characteristics, and parameters of discrete elements – diodes, transistors, 

thyristors, opto-electronic elements, etc. Specific applications of elements, ways of connection, and methods 

of operation mode computation are addressed. Brief information about the technology of manufacturing of 

discrete elements and integrated circuits is given. 


Physical fundamentals of semi-conductors: conductivity, non-equilibrium state, contact metal-semiconductor; 

p-n transition. Semiconductor diodes: volt-ampere characteristics of idealised and real diode; rupture in 

diodes; operation in impulse mode. Operation principle of transistors, main connection circuits, modes of 

operation and static volt-ampere characteristics; parameters of transistor as a quadripole; frequency 

properties of transistors; dynamic mode of operation; transistor operation in switch mode. Field transistors: 

with control р-n transition; MOS- transistors. Thyristors. Optoelectronic elements. Fundamentals of 

microelectronics: types of integrated circuits; main principles of construction of bi-polar and МOS - integrated 

circuits. 


The lectures are two hours and alternate from one to two lectures a week. Each lecture is presented using 

audio-visual materials. The laboratory exercises are two hours a week. Before the exercise the preparation 

of students on the theoretical material and the methods for testing is checked. For each exercise students 

prepare a report, which is checked by the lecturer. The results of the assessment during the exercises are 

taken into account when forming the final mark at the exam. The final exam takes two hours, it is written and 

oral, and consists of 2 questions from the course prospectus. 

3149 Data and signal processing 


Weekly classes: 3lec + 0sem + 0labs + 2ps + 1ca 






Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Rusin Stefanov Tzonev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 379, E-mail: rtzonev@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Donka Ilieva Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.:082 888 266, E-mail: divanova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject aims to introduce the students to methods of processing of continuous and discreet signals. 

The devices dealing with analogue and digital signal processing are studied. The course introduces 

students to the theory of similarity, modeling, processing and generalizing of experimental data. Course 

prerequisites include profound knowledge of mathematics. The discipline forms knowledge and skills in 

system control. 


Information and signals. Fourier representation of periodical signals. Spectral analysis of non-periodical 

signals – right and conversely Fourier transformation. Discretisation of continuous signals. Kotelnikov – 

Shenon’s theorem. Laplas and Z – transformation. Analogue and digital filters. Modulation. Methods of 

modeling. Data processing. 


Lecture topics introduce the students to the methods of signals and data processing. The exercises follow 

the lecture material. To conduct them students are separated in subgroups. The students have to be 

prepared for the exercise and then submit a report on it. Assessment is based on the results of a written 

exam. 

126



3150 Pulse and Digital Electronics 




Type of exam: written test 




Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 082 888 276, 

Е-mail: nbencheva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Volodya Hristov Tsonev, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 082 888 677, 

Е-mail: vol@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The main objective of the course is to familiarize students with the main problems of digital electronics. It 

links the functions of digital elements with their microelectronic basis on one hand, and on the other hand – 

with their application when building pulse and digital devices. Profound knowledge in electrical engineering 

and semiconductors is an important course prerequisite. The subject helps to acquire knowledge in the field 

of hardware. 


Boolean algebra. Synthesis and analysis of combinational circuits. Digital circuits with memory. Forming 

circuits. TTL integrated circuits. CMOS logic integrated circuits. Triggers. Schmidt triggers. Multi-vibrators. 

Generators of linear voltage. Impulse circuits with operating amplifiers. Particularities of integrated circuits 

with a middle scale of integration. 


Lectures give the students the opportunity to get acquainted theoretically with the main questions of digital 

electronics before the laboratory exercises. The students must be prepared for each laboratory exercise and 

at the end prepare a report for each of them. The exam is held as a written test. 

3151 Analog Devices 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Avram Sabetay Levi, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, tel.: 082 888 375, 

Е-mail: alevi@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Anelia Vladimirova Manukova MEng, Dept. of Electronics, tel.: 082 888 375; 082 888 682, 

Е-mail: amanukova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject gives the students the necessary minimum of knowledge in analog devices. It discusses the 

factors and methods for the realization of the most often used low-level and power amplifiers and generator 

stages in a discrete and integral input, methods for dc and ac analysis of the discussed circuits, as well as 

instructions for their design. 


General information about amplifying engineering; main characteristics and operation modes. Back-coupling 

in the amplifiers; influence of the negative back-coupling on the main values of amplifiers. Resistance of the 

amplifiers. Aperiodic amplifiers of small signals with a common emitter, common base and common collector 

by middle, low and high frequencies. Cascade circuits. Aperiodic amplifiers of power. Main elements from the 

analog devices of the analog integrated circuits. Differential amplifiers. Direct current amplifiers. Operational 

amplifiers - general characteristics and main circuits. The subject includes a course assignment . 


Lectures last 2 hours and are delivered in an alternating mode: one week 2x2 lectures, another week 1x2 

lectures. Laboratory exercises last 2 hours and are carried out in two stages: analysis, design and 

measurement of the discussed device and/or computer analysis. A Course assignment is involved. The 

continuous assessment during the exercises is done by oral discussions, checking of homework and 

presentations of the course projects. Method of assessment: two hours’ written exam which accounts for 80% 

of the mark and a course project which accounts for 20% of the mark. 

127



3152 Control Theory - 1 





Departments involved: Department of Automatics and Mechatronics 


Lecturer: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Georgi Lyubomirov Lehov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 745, E-mail: glehov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims are to give knowledge and practical skills for modelling, analysis and synthesis of linear 

continuous-time control systems. Prerequisites to this course are Mathematics I, II, III courses. Control 

Theory I is a basis for a number of courses of the bachelor degree. 


Control systems: basic concept and definitions, classifications. Mathematical models of linear continuoustime 

control systems: differential equations, transfer functions, block diagrams. Time-domain and frequencydomain 

characteristics. Stability analysis. Dynamic performance analysis. Steady-state errors. Control 

systems design methods. State-space description of linear continuous-time control systems. State-space 

design of control systems. 


The lectures present the theoretic aspects of the addressed problems and illustrate them with appropriate 

examples. The aim of the practical exercises and the course work is to teach the students to apply creatively 

the acquired knowledge. They are conducted with the aid of MATLAB/SIMULINK software system. The 

students’ progress is checked in each exercise throughout the semester. A different topic for the course 

work is assigned to each student. The course ends with a written exam which consists of problem solving 

and question answering. In order to be allowed to take the exam the students have to attend all the 

exercises as well as to write a course work. The practical work mark and the course work mark are both 

taken into consideration when forming the final course mark. 



Weekly classes: 2lec + 1sem + 0labs + 0ps + 5se 



Methodic Direction: Department of Economics, Faculty of Business and Management 

Lecturers: 

1. Assoc.Prof. Emil Georgiev Trifonov, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 082 888 557, 

E-mail: е_trifonov@abv.bg 

2. Assoc.Prof. Dyanko Hristov Minchev, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 082 888 557, 

E-mail: dminchev@ uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Economics is a fundamental economic discipline that examines the general principles and problems of 

contemporary market economy at micro- and macro level. It gives knowledge of the economic system 

functioning, and it is instrumental for the formation of economic expertise. Thus, the discipline provides 

students with skills for correct orientation and independent choice in the market environment. These 

characteristics make the discipline a necessary component of every economic degree course that claims to 

have academic disposition. 


The Essence of Economics. Measuring Economic Activity: Incomes and Products Circulation. Goods and 

Services Production. Market and Market Mechanism. Demand and Supply Elasticity. Costs and Revenues 

of the Company. Competition and Market Behavior. Pricing and Income of Production Factors. Government 

Intervention in the Economy. Market Economy, Money Supply and Banking system. Macroeconomic and 

Microeconomic Theory. Economy Management (Fiscal and Monetary Policy). Government Policy and 

International Exchange. Rates of Exchange and Their Mechanism. 


The tuition in Economics is accomplished by lectures, seminars and controlled extracurricular work. The 

lectures present the logic of the discipline principles and illustrate it by appropriate examples from the 

economic reality in Bulgaria. The seminars are based on the lectures and synchronized with their contents. 

There are two tests on microeconomics and macroeconomics administered during the seminars. The active 

form of the tuition in Economics is an essay whose topic is submitted in the first week of the course during 

the seminars. The term is validated for students that have taken the two tests and have delivered a selfelaborated 

essay. The final assessment of the student is formed by the results of the two tests and the 

essay. Students that have poor marks on the two tests and/ or the essay have to take a written 

supplementary exam. 

128



3154 Electromechanical units 


Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem + 2labs + 0ps + ca 






Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Venelin Iliev Yakov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 269, Е-mail: iacov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electromechanical units course examines the basics of low voltage apparatuses, contactors, motor 

protection, motors, electrical drives (DC and AC), as well as the means and methods of automation. It 

studies the application of power engineering in electrical drives, as well as the selection of electric motors. 

Course prerequisites include Electrical engineering-1, Electrical measurements, Electrical engineering-2, 

Automatics. The course is linked to Control of electromechanical systems – 1, Control of electromechanical 

systems-2 and the Graduation thesis. 


Fundamentals of electric engineering. Low voltage apparatuses. Transformers. DC electric machines, AC 

electric machines. Single and special machines. 


The course is based on lectures and independent student work. Direct contact hours include lectures and 

laboratory practice. It makes use of industrial models, electrical drives, and special-purpose trial-pieces. 

Classes are visualized with prospectuses and company literature. Laboratory practice is conducted in 

cycles. The course is validated if all the lessons are attended. The final mark is based on the results of the 

written exam and participation in the laboratory exercises. There is an oral testing if needed. 

1838 Practice - 1 


Weekly classes: 0l + 0s + 0lab + 30p 

Assessment: colloquium 





Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Valentin Bogdanov Stoyanov, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

phone: 082 888 372; E-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Nikolay Petkov Valov, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

phone: 082 888 266; E-mail: npvalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Annotation: 

The main goals of this course are to improve the knowledge and skills of the students of the Department of 

Automatics and Mechatronics, which they got from the classes based in RU “Angel Kantchev” and to 

acquire and learn new, specific knowledge and skills in a real-life companies and organizations, involved in 

designing, development, production, operation and maintenance of automation systems, computer and 

office electronics and more. 

Syllabus contents: 

Production process of the factory or organization. Structure, tasks and organization of the work of different 

departments of the enterprise or organization. Structure, characteristics and parameters of the automation 

systems. Architecture, software programming, Input/output devices and abilities for expansion/updating and 

upgrading of computer systems. 

Teaching and learning methods: 

Training placement for the students takes place in enterprises, companies, organizations with wellorganized 

and modern industries or in companies and organizations which have signed a special contract 

with the department for practical training. The final grade is based on the review of the documentation 

gathered by the student during his work and training; discussions with the student and the head of the 

department in which was the training about the objectives achieved and acquired skills. 

129



3163 Control Theory - 2 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course aims are to give knowledge of discrete-time and nonlinear control systems, analysis and design. 

As a result of it the students gain theoretical and practical knowledge of how to use these methods in their 

further education and work. Course prerequisite: basic knowledge of Mathematics and Control Theory 1. 


Mathematical models of discrete-time control systems. Stability analysis. Dynamic performance analysis 

Control systems design methods. State space description of discrete-time control systems. State space 

design of discrete-time control systems. Description and stability of nonlinear control systems .Nonlinear 

control systems design methods. 


Lectures are delivered by using traditional teaching methods and aproaches. The aim of the practical 

exercises and course work is to teach the students to apply creatively the acquired knowledge .The 

students’ progress is checked in each exercise. All students prepare reports. Each student has to prepare 

an individual course work. The laboratory exercises and the course work are conducted with the aid of 

MATLAB software system.The laboratory work mark and the course work mark are both taken into 

consideration when forming the final mark. In order to be allowed to take the exam the students have to 

attend the course fully. 

3164 Microprocessors 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Lidiya Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 082 888 380, 

E-mail: LGeorgieva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Nikolay Valov, MEng, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 266, E-mail: npvalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Microprocessors course is a subject fundamental for the degree course. Its aim is to introduce the 

students to the field of microprocessors.The lectures introduce topics such as the architecture of 

microprocessors, memory, parallel and serial interfaces and timers. The interrupt system and the assembly 

language are studied too. 


Computer bus organization. Main signals and logic structure of the processor. Programming model and 

interrupt system. Assembly language. Addresses and memory. Parallel and serial I/O. Timer. Introduction to 

microprocessors applications. 


The lectures last two hours and are conducted every week. The lab exercises are three hours each. The 

final procedure of the course is a written exam. The students create a program in an assembly language 

which is used to check the knowledge they have acquired during the semester. 

130



3165 Measurement of Non-electrical values 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Valentin Bogdanov Stoyanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 372, Е-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Donka Ilieva Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, tel.: 082 888 266, 


3. Principal Assistant Nikolaj Petkov Valov, MEng, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, tel.: 082 888 266; 

E-mail: nvalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The topics of the course familiarise students with methods and technical devices for transformation and 

control of basic technological values in industry. The methods and measurement devices for transforming of 

non-electrical values to electrical signals, which are used in dependent technologies, are analyzed and 

compared. Course prerequisites include physics, electrical engineering, electronics, electrical 

measurements etc. 


Measurements transducers. Structure of transformation. Static and dynamic characteristics. Measurement 

of mechanical values – electrical - resistance, induction, capacitance, force and weight sensors, 

piezoelectric and other transducers. Level measurement – capacitance, manometer and ultrasonic level 

transducers. Flow meters - electromagnetic, ultrasonic flow meters with variable - pressure drop meters. 

Active and passive temperature transducers and radiation thermometers. Humidity measurement – 

resistance, capacitance, absorption transducers and psychrometers. Pressure and vibration measurements. 


The lecture themes are visualized with slides and company product catalogs for measurement transducers 

and devices. During the lab students use computers for investigation of some measurement transducers. 

The course assignment is connected with the design of secondary transducers. The written exam includes 

a number of problems with a different degree of difficulty. 

3166 Control Systems Components 








Lecturers: 


tel.: 082 888 372, E-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Nikolaj Petkov Valov, MEng, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, tel.: 082 888 372, 

E-mail: nvalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Through this discipline the students are introduced to the principles of design and formation of control laps, 

some particular constructions of electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic regulators, executive mechanisms and 

regulating devices. The course is a prerequisite for some disciplines, which will be studied later such as 

Special Controllers, Automatic Control Systems Design, and the Graduation Project. 


Properties of real regulators. Elements and assemblies of industrial electronic regulators. Industrial digital 

regulators. Operation of digital regulators in noisy environment. Pneumatic and hydraulic regulators. 

Executive mechanisms. Regulating devices. Transformers of the type of energy of signals. 


The students are acquainted with the course material through lectures. Practically the themes are carried 

out and developed through exercises and a course paper. An individual report is prepared for each 

exercise, which is assessed by the lecturer after defence. The course assignment includes calculation of 

regulator’s units. The final mark for the semester is formed by an exam, and the marks from the course 

paper and laboratory exercises are taken into consideration too. 

131



3167 Control of Electromechanical Systems – 1 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Emil Konstantinov Kuzmanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 269, E-mail: ekkuzmanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the course is to introduce the students from the department of AICT to the mechanics of electromotion, 

the electromechanical properties of induction motors, the power engineering of electro-motion and 

the bases of dynamics of electro-motion. The discipline is based on the knowledge, acquired during the 

following courses: Theory of Electrical Engineering, Electromechanical devices, and is also connected to 

Control of Electromechanical Systems-2. 


Basic equation of the electro-motion. Mechanical characteristics of the manufacturing mechanisms. 

Mechanical and electromechanical characteristics of current electricity motors. Mechanical and 

electromechanical characteristics of induction motors. Stopping of electric motors. Speed control of electromotion. 

Transitional processes in electro-motion. Thermal processes in electro-motion. Choice of power 

capacity of electric motors. 


Student assessment takes place both during lectures and practice classes and is combined with the results 

from the preliminary oral exam and 2 tests (one in the middle, and one at the end of the term). Point system 

for assessing students’ knowledge is also an option. If a student gets a poor mark on the first test, on the 

second test he should answer an additional question, based on the first-test material. If a student gets a 

poor mark on the second test, he has to go in for a supplementary exam. 

3168 Computer control systems - I 

ECST credits: 6 Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem + 3labs + 0ps + 0.5p 






Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Lidiya Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 082 888 380, 


2. Principal Assistant Nikolay Valov, MEng, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 266, E-mail: npvalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is a part of a group of subjects, which give knowledge in the field of microprocessors. Course 

prerequisites include the subjects Analog and Digital Electronics and Microprocessors. The organization, 

structure, functional algorithms and interaction between parts of the computer control systems are 

discussed. 


Organization of a computer control system. A/D and D/A converters. Structure of microprocessors and 

single - chip microcomputers. Memory organization: hierarchy, permanent and data memory, logic structure, 

address decoding etc. Input and output organization: software and hardware control of I/O, interrupt 

mechanism, special interface chips. Computer control systems design on the base of microprocessors and 

single - chip computers. 


The lectures and the labs are once a week. The exam is written. The students write on two questions from 

the course syllabus and solve a small task using assembly language for single-chip microcomputers, which 

is used in the control system. The final mark is formed considering the results from the semester and the 

exam. 

132



3169 System Identification 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

Knowledge in this area provides the skills needed to create mathematical models of a dynamic system 

based on measured input-output data. It is based on knowledge in Signals and data handling and Control 

theory. The result of these studies contributes to the further development of one’s knowledge in the subjects 

to be studied later and the diploma project 


Derivative methods for identification – through time and frequency characteristics. Handling of 

characteristics. Statistic methods for identification – Viener – Hopf equation. Discrete linear models. Linear 

and non-linear approach to evaluating regressional parametric models. Recurrent evaluation. 


Lectures introduce major questions concerning the curriculum. The practice sessions are conducted in subgroups. 

Every exercise is conducted on a separate computer as the students are required to know the 

theory for the proper execution. At the end of the exercises they are required also to present a thorough 

report. Each student is given an individual topic for their course project. The grades from the exercises and 

the course project plays an important role in the final grade for the semester. 

3170 Control of Electromechanical Systems - 2 

ECTS credits: 5 Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem + 2labs + 0ps + 0,5p 






Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Emil Konstantinov Kuzmanov, PhD, MEng, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

The Control of Electromechanical Systems-2 course is a continuation of the discipline Control of 

Electromechanical Systems-1. The aim of the course is to introduce the students from the department of 

AICT to the influence of different types of feed-back on the static and dynamic characteristics of closed 

electro-motion systems. It reviews the combined work of electric motors, converters and the specificity in the 

work of electromechanical systems. The course is a prerequisite for the Computer Control of 

Electromechanical Systems course (a discipline from the MSc DEGREE COURSE). 


Fundamentals of electromechanical systems and principles of building closed electromechanical systems. 

Electromechanical systems for current electricity. Electromechanical systems for alternating electricity. 

Frequency converters. Vector control of electromechanical systems for alternating electricity. Schemes. 


The practice classes are carried every week in a cycle (3 lessons form a cycle). Continuous assessment 

takes place during the practice classes. Students must attend all the practice classes and write a report for 

each of them. The final exam is a written one, followed by an oral discussion. 

133



3171 Intelligent Systems and Sensors 

ECTS credits: 5 Weekly classes: 3lec + 0sem + 2labs + 0ps + 0,5p 






Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Mirolyub Ivanov Mladenov, MEng ,PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 747, E-mail: mladenov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to give the students working knowledge in modern sensor technics and its application in 

the artificial intelligence systems. Focused on the following sensor groups: tactile sensors, F/T sensors, 

location sensors and visual sensors. It treats the following topics: structure, technical characteristics, basic 

principles and methods for processing sensor information and different aspects of sensor application, as 

well as modern principles and instruments for “sensor fusion”. 


Basic characteristics of the artificial intelligence systems. Tactile sensors, tactile matrices. Tactile 

information processing. F/T sensors – basic characteristics, analytical transformations, applications. 

Location sensors – applications, main characteristics. Ultrasonic and optical sensors. Speech sensors and 

speech recognition. Computer vision systems. Visual sensors. Image processing. Multifunctional sensor 

systems. Application of the Kalman filter and Bayes networks for “multisensor fusion”. 


The lectures present the main theoretic material using multimedia and illustrate it with appropriate example 

problems. Lecture materials are given out in advance to the students on CD. The laboratory exercises are 

held in a laboratory where the students use specialized equipment and software. They are provided with 

appropriate lab materials. The final mark is formed on the basis of two written exams during the semester 

and on the basis of the results from the labs. 

3172 Processes Control - 1 

ECTS credits: 4 Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem + 1labs + ps + 0.5p 






Lecturers: 


tel.: 82 888 372; E-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Martin Plamenov Deynov, MEng, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 678, E-mail: mdejanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Technological processes are examined in the lectures as objects of automation. The dynamics of the basic 

types of automation systems of technological processes is also considered. For example, monocontours, 

multiconnected and with additional information channels are presented. This subject is based on knowledge 

gained in the Control Theory module. The knowledge obtained in this subject is applied in the following 

modules: Processes Control – 2, Design of Automatic Control Systems and in the final Bachelor thesis. 

Course contents: 

Basic issues in automation of technological processes. Technological processes as automation objects. 

Systems for automation of technological processes with nonlinear positional controllers. Systems for 

automation with type of linear continuous controllers. Cascade control systems. Control of technological 

objects with a considerable delay. Control of technological objects with variable parameters. 


Lectures are presented in the traditional way and are visualized with slides. The laboratory sessions are 

conducted with the support of a laboratory manual and students work in teams in cycles of two hours every 

other week in the university laboratory on special stands and personal computers. The students prepare the 

reports and defend them. The final mark for the discipline is formed on the basis of knowledge shown in the 

written exam. 

134



3173 Computer Control Systems - Project 


Weekly classes: 0lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+3cp 

Assessment: 

Type of exam: defence of a project 




Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Plamen Ivanov Daskalov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

The project aims to equip the students with practical experience in the application of the knowledge of 

computer science and programming. The project helps the students to develop skills for solving technical 

problems independently. 


The project topics concern measurement systems and control systems. The project tasks are closely 

connected with hardware development of single-chip processor systems. Some tasks about systems 

software are considered too. 


The project is carried out in the following sequence: assigning of a project, studying of literature, designing 

the electrical schemes and software, finalizing and defence of a report. The students carry out practical 

exercises once a week at the lab and consultations are provided about 3 hours per semester. The final 

project assessment is based on the quality of the report. 

3174 Practice 2 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Valentin Bogdanov Stoyanov, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

phone: 082 888 372; E-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Nikolay Petkov Valov, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

phone: 082 888 266; E-mail: npvalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Annotation: 

The main goals of this course are to improve the knowledge and skills of the students of the Department of 

Automatics and Mechatronics, which they got from the classes based in RU “Angel Kantchev” and to acquire 

and learn new, specific knowledge and skills in a real-life companies and organizations, involved in 

designing, development, production, operation and maintenance of automation systems, computer and office 

electronics and more. 


Production process of the factory or organization. Structure, tasks and organization of the work of different 

departments of the enterprise or organization. Structure, characteristics and parameters of the automation 

systems. Architecture, software programming, Input/output devices and abilities for expansion/updating and 

upgrading of computer systems. 


Training placement for the students takes place in enterprises, companies, organizations with well-organized 

and modern industries or in companies and organizations which have signed a special contract with the 

department for practical training. The final grade is based on the review of the documentation gathered by the 

student during his work and training; discussions with the student and the head of the department in which 

was the training about the objectives achieved and acquired skills. 

135



3175 Computer Control Systems - 2 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

Basic intelligence about the architecture, technical data and operation of programmable logic controllers 

(PLC) are given in the course. The basic structure and operation of the main input-output PLC modules are 

considered in details. Specially attention is devoted to PLC programming and use of advanced graphic 

programming languages. Course prerequisites include Computer Control Systems-1, Microprocessor 

technics, Programming and Computer Control Systems – Course project. 


System architecture and functions of PLC. Analog input/output modules. Digital input/output modules. Basic 

PLC communications, interfaces and protocols. PLC software structure. Textual and graphics PLC IEC 

61131-3 programming languages. Ladder and Grafcet diagrams. 


The available technical teaching devices are used during the lectures. Laboratory exercises are organized 

and carried out in a teaching laboratory. Students are provided with user manuals for their preparation. 

Before the laboratory classes, the lecturer checks the students’ knowledge of the material to be worked on. 

The results of experiments and software developments are entered in individual reports. Final evaluation is 

based on the assessment of the laboratory exercises and a written exam. 

3176 Industrial Communication Networks of Computer Control Systems 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

Basic concepts concerning the architecture, communication standards and protocols of industrial 

communication networks are given in the course. Network topologies, models and transmission methods 

are considered in details. Specially attention is devoted to field-level and information level industrial 

networks. Course prerequisites include knowledge of Computer Control Systems-2 and Distributed 

Measurement Systems. 


Structure and architecture of computer control systems with industrial communication networks. Network 

models, standards and specifications. Open System Interconnect (OSI) network model. Network 

transmission methods. Media access methods - CSMA/CD, CSMS/CA, Token Passing, Demand Priority 

and CTDMA. Structure and basic characteristics of field-level industrial communication networks. Basic 

features of information level industrial networks. Network protocols ARP, TCP/IP and UDP. Basic OPC 

architectures and interfaces. 


The available technical teaching aids are used during the lectures. Laboratory exercises are organized and 

carried out in teaching laboratory. Students are provided with user manuals for their preparation. Before 

classes, the students’ knowledge is examined. The results of the experiments and software developments 

are entered in individual reports. Final evaluation is based on the assessment of the laboratory exercises 

and a written exam. 

136



3177 Process Control System Design 


Weekly classes: 3lec + 2sem + 0labs + 0ps 






Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Mirolyub Ivanov Mladenov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, tel.: 082 888 747, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to give the students working knowledge in the main stages and activities, concerning 

the process control systems design. Different problems connected with the choice of the system structure, 

the control algorithm and adjustment of the automatic control systems are taken into consideration, as well 

as the choice of components for system implementation. The students study the standards, concerning 

process control system design. 


Main stages in the process control system design. Selection of the system structure and control algorithm. 

Adjustment of automatic control systems. Selection of the components for system implementation. Basic 

standards, concerning the process control system design. 


The lectures present the main theoretic aspects of the automatic control systems design. At the seminars 

students acquire skills to solve problems, concerning systems design. The final mark is formed on the basis 

of the continuous assessment and a written exam. 

3178 Pattern Recognition 


Weekly classes: 2lec + 0sem + labs + 2ps 






Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course aims to give the students working knowledge of the basic principles and methods for pattern 

recognition, as well as typical applications of pattern recognition systems. Different methods for pattern 

recognition, based on discriminant functions, structural-linguistic analysis, cluster analysis, neural networks 

and genetic algorithms are considered. 


Introduction into pattern recognition theory. Principles and methods for recognition. Discriminant functions, 

linear discriminant functions, generalised discriminant functions. Object classification using distance 

functions. Object classification using clusters. Object classification using likehood functions. Bayesian 

classification. Structural-linguistic methods for recognition. Formal languages and grammars. Structural 

description and recognition. Modern instruments in pattern recognition systems: artificial neural networks, 

decision trees, genetic algorithms, Fuzzy logic. 


The lectures present the main theoretic material through the use of a multimedia system and illustrate it with 

appropriate example problems. Lecture materials are given out in advance to the students on CD. The 

practice sessions are held in a computer laboratory where the students use specialized software systems. 

They are provided with appropriate teaching materials. The final mark is formed on the basis of two written 

exams during the semester and on the basis of the results from the practice sessions. 

137



3179 Processes Control - 2 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Svetla Gancheva Stoyanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 372, E-mail: stoanova@uni-ruse.bg 



3. Principal Assistant Martin Plamenov Deynov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

The purpose of the discipline is to introduce the student to the systems for automatic control of basic 

technological parameters: temperature, level of liquid and embankmentable materials, pressure, fluids 

expenditure, composition, density, viscosity, humidity. The typical schemes which are considered, can be 

applied in different industries. This subject is based on knowledge gained in the modules: Control Theory, 

Processes Control – 1, etc. The knowledge obtained in this course is applied in modules: Design of 

Automatic Control Systems and in the final Diploma Project. 

Course contents: 

Automatic control of basic technological parameters. Automatic control of temperature. Automatic control of 

pressure. Automatic control of fluid’s expenditures. Automatic control of dosing of materials. Automatic 

control of level. Automatic control of composition, density, viscosity and humidity. Standard schemes. 


Lectures are presented in the traditional way and visualized with slides. The laboratory sessions are 

conducted with laboratory manual and work in teams in cycles of two hours every other week in a university 

laboratory. The students prepare the reports and defend them. The course assignment is developed by 

students themselves with the use of a computer and professor’s consultancy. The final mark for the 

discipline is formed on the basis of knowledge shown in the written exam. 

3180 Process Control System Design-Project 


Weekly classes: 0lec +0sem + 0labs + 2cp 


Type of exam: course project 




Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The course’objective is to systemise, strengthen and deepen theoretical and practical knowledge about a 

wide range of problems, related to control systems design, such as the choice of the system structure, the 

control algorithm, the control system adjustment, as well as the choice of the components for system 

implementation, schemes development. 


Smoothing and approximation of the experimental step response function industrial plant. Choice of the 

system structure. Choice and adjustment of the controller. Dynamic analysis. Control system engineering. 

Schemes development. Graphical performance. User manual development. 


Each student independently develops one task. The practice sessions are two hours a week. Consultation is 

provided in the computer labs. At the end of the semester the students prepare a written report for the work 

done. The project is defended in the last week of the semester. The final mark is formed on the basis of 

project implementation, its defence and the student’s work during the practice sessions. 

138



3181 Quality Control 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

Topics discussed are key elements, such as controlled object, base instruments for quality improvement 

and control, methods of standardization, certification of the measuring processes, analysis and 

improvements under the ISO 9000 certificate. Also commented are the uses of expert opinions during 

quality control, and development of concrete technical equipment for quality assessment. Key requirement 

for the course is knowledge of Mathematics, Control theory, Data and signal processing, System 

identification, and the course itself is a prerequisite for other courses and the diploma project. 


Quality as a tool for managing. Instruments for quality improvement. Quality control. Reliability of the end 

product as a measurement of quality. Systems for quality assurance. Applying expert opinions in the quality 

control. Examples of technical equipment for quality assessment. 

3182 Digital Signal and Data Processing 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Valentin Bogdanov Stojanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 



tel.: 082 888 266, E-mail: divanova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to introduce the students to the current methods for one-dimensional digital signal 

processing. It introduces knowledge of the mathematical methods for digital signal processing, design of 

finite and infinite impulse response filters, spectral transference, decimation and interpolation of digital 

signals. The discipline forms knowledge and skills which are applied in image identification, analysis of 

biosignals, etc. 


Introduction to digital signal processing. Digital representation of signals. Representation of discrete signals 

in the frequency domain. Definition of the Fourier transform of discrete signals. Fast Fourier transform. 

Design of the finite and infinite impulse response filters. Spectral transference. Decimation and interpolation 

of digital signals. Application of the digital signal processing. 


The subjects of the lectures introduce the students to the methods of digital signal and data processing. 

The exercises follow the lecture material. They are conducted after students are separated in subgroups. 

The students have to be ready for the exercise and they prepare a report on it. Assessment in this subject is 

based on the results of a written exam. 

139



3183 Distributed Measurement Systems 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

Basic concepts about the architecture, technical devices of the Distributed measurement systems (DMS) 

and methods for transfer and processing of the measurement information are considered in the course. 

Measurement methods and basic principles for development of data processing algorithms are given too. 

Special attention is devoted to the software of DMS and use of advanced graphic programming languages. 

The discipline is based on the knowledge acquired during the following courses: Signals and data 

processing and Industrial Networks. 


System architecture and functions of DMS. Network topologies and industrial network components. DMS 

software structure. DAQ Assistant and LabVIEW software. Virtual measurement instruments. Measurement 

channels and digital communication technologies. 


The available technical teaching devices are used during the lectures. Practical exercises are organized and 

carried out in a teaching laboratory. Students are provided with user manuals for their preparation. Before 

classes, the students’ knowledge is examined. The results of experiments and software developments are 

entered in individual reports. Final student assessment is based on the result of two test papers. 

3184 Automatic Control System for Environment Parameters 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Donka Ilieva Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, tel.:082 888 266, 

E-mail: divanova@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Principal Assistant Tzvetelina Dimitrova Draganova, MEng, PhD, , Department of Automatics, 

Information and Control Engineering, tel.: 082 888 668, E-mail: cgeorgieva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the Automatic Control System for Environment Parameters course is to acquaint the students 

with the air quality monitoring, natural and waste water monitoring and monitoring soil pollution. It is 

examines the methods and devices for monitoring of production damage, radiation and chemical pollution. 


Composition and properties of atmospheric air. Emissions. Qualitative indices of atmospheric air. Methods 

and devices of air quality monitoring. System for ecology monitoring. Water pollution and methods for 

purifying. Qualitative indices of water. Methods and devices for hydrophysical, hydrochemical and 

hidrobyological water indices monitoring. Methods and devices for soil pollution analysis. Methods and 

devices for monitoring of production damage, radiation and chemical pollution. 


The lectures topics introduce the main methods of air quality monitoring, natural and waste water 

monitoring and monitoring soil pollution and production damage, radiation and chemical pollution. The 

exercises follow the lecture material. The students have to be ready for the exercises and after their 

completion they have to prepare a report. Final assessment is based on the results of the written exam. 

140



3185 Process Control Systems 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Donka Ilieva Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, tel.: 082 888 266, 




Abstract: 

The purpose of this subject is to introduce the students to various technological processes and their control. 

The features of common technological processes in different industries are also examined. Types of 

schemes for automatic control and regulation are studied. The following modules should be competed 

before students enroll for this one: Processes Control part 1 and 2, Automation facilities, Automatic Control 

Systems Design. Knowledge gained in this subject will be applied in the diploma project and in the students 

future jobs. 


Systems for control of cooling, refrigerating and thawing. Systems for control of processes involving thermal 

treatment. Systems for control filtration, distillation, rectification and crystallization. Systems for control of 

drying. Systems for control of microclimate. . Systems for control of storage of farm produce. 


Lectures are delivered in the traditional way and are visualized with slides. Practice sessions comprise 3 

classes a week. It is held either in the laboratory or in factories and plants in the town of Ruse. The final 

mark for the subject is based on knowledge shown at the written exam. 

3186 Optimal and Adaptive Systems 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course aims to give knowledge and practical skills for analysis and synthesis of optimal and adaptive 

control systems. Prerequisites to this course are the Control Theory and System Identification courses. The 

acquired knowledge has application in various fields of engineering. 


General formulation of the systems optimization task. Optimal control with determined effects. Systems 

optimal control with casual effects. Systems optimization with single measured and multi measured target 

functions. Multi criteria optimization. Control of unknown and time-varying systems. Internal model control. 

Gain scheduling. Adaptive techniques. Model reference adaptive systems. The MIT rule. Design using 

Lyapunov theory. Robust adaptive control. Self-tuning controllers. 



examples. The aim of the practical exercises is to teach the students to apply the acquired knowledge 

creatively. They are conducted with the aid of MATLAB software system. The students have to attend all the 

exercises. The students’ progress is checked in each exercise throughout the semester. Two written tests 

are conducted. The mark from the practical work is taken into consideration when forming the final course 

mark. 

141



3187 Control of Mechatronics Systems 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Georgi Vasilev Nenov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Machine Tools and Manufacturing, 

tel.: 082 888 469, E-mail: gosho@roboman.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the course is to summarize and expand the students knowledge from the department of AICT to 

the area of Mechatronics. This course considers topics of electromechanical drives, operation of machines 

and robots, manipulators and etc. The discipline is based on the knowledge, acquired during the following 

courses: Theory of Electrical Engineering, Electromechanical Devices, and is also connected to Control of 

Electromechanical Systems-1 and 2. 


Introduction into mechatronics. Motion control devices. CNC devices. Programming of CNC. Uses of CNC 

for dimension control. Robots and manipulators. Communication protocol in mechatronic systems 


Continuous assessment takes place both during lectures and practice classes and is combined with the 

results from the preliminary oral exam and 1 test. Point system for assessing students’ knowledge is also an 

option. If a student gets a poor mark on the test, he has to sit for a supplementary exam. 

142



UNDERGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

COMPUTER SYSTEMS 

AND 

TECHNOLOGIES 

143





COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGIES 

Degree course: Computer Systems and Technologies 


Professional Qualification: Computer Engineer 


These standards define the requirements that the education of a Bachelor of Engineering in Computer 

Systems and Technologies should meet with respect to a successful career. 

Bachelors should possess fundamental knowledge in a wide range of topics within the Computer 

Systems and Technologies area and be prepared for employment in any area where they are used. 

In order to effectively render their role in the Information Society, bachelors of CST should possess the 

following key knowledge and skills: 

1. Key theoretical knowledge: 

A Bachelor of CST should: 

• acquire core knowledge in mathematics, physics, electrical engineering, electronics and digital 

circuits; 

• have in-depth knowledge of the hardware and architecture of computer systems; 

• have in-depth knowledge of the system and application software of computer systems; 

• have good command of the methods and tools for software development (procedural, objectoriented, 

declarative and other programming languages) under different operating systems, as 

well as for the Internet; 

• be familiar with the theory of computer networks and communications; 

• be familiar with the theory of databases and information systems; 

• have specialist knowledge in computer systems and/or computer technologies. 

2. Key practical skills: 


• be able to self-dependently solve problems by creatively applying the acquired knowledge, by 

using advanced methods and tools and by applying complex technical and economic approach; 

• be able to carry out research, development, manufacturing, maintenance and service activities, 

with respect to computer systems usage; 

• be able to develop system and application software for universal and specialised computer 

systems; 

• be able to take part in the design and administration of computer networks; 

• be able to take part in the creation and support of databases and information systems; 

• be able to adapt and deploy advanced computer technologies in various subject areas; 

• be proficient in English for Computing. 

3. Additional knowledge and skills: 


• be aware of legal and ethical aspects of the CST area; 

• have knowledge and skills for business communications and be able to carry out business 

negotiations and correspondence; 

• be able to work in a team with representatives of the same and different professions; 

• be able to seek, find and use information for solving problems in various areas; 

• be able to prepare working and technical documentation, deliver presentations, present their views 

of specific technical problems and their solutions before various audiences, using modern 

technical and software tools; 

• be able to self-dependently plan and accomplish the enhancement of their professional 

qualifications, as well as that of their colleagues, according to the life-long learning principle. 

Bachelors of Engineering in Computer Systems and Technologies must have a clear 

understanding of their place and role within the Information Society and the responsibilities 

associated with that. 

144



CURRICULUM 



First year 



0417 Programming 1 6 0420 Programming 2 6 

0418 Physics 7 0421 Electrical Engineering 8 

1068 Electrical Materials 4 0422 Electrical Measurements 4 

0413 Introduction to Communications and 4 0426 Semiconductors 4 

Computer Technologies 

0419 English Language 3 0427 English Language 3 


1925 Sports 1 1925 Sports 1 

Second year 


3035 Mathematics 3 5 3067 Discrete Structures and Modelling 6 

3062 Synthesis and Analysis of Algorithms 7 3068 Object Oriented Programming 5 

3063 Analysis and Synthesis of Logical 6 3072 Data Transmission and Computer 3 

Diagrams 

Communications 

3064 WEB Design 5 3069 Digital Electronics 6 

3065 Economics 3 3070 Computer Organization 6 

3066 Technical English 4 3071 Computer Graphics 

1841 Specializing practice I 

4 

3 



Third year 


3073 Software Engineering 6 3079 Programming Languages 5 

3074 System Programming 5 3080 Databases 6 

3075 Microprocessors 7 3081 Cryptography and Data Protection 4 

3076 Design Technology 5 3082 Computer Architectures 5 

3077 Computer Peripherals 4 3083 Reliability and Diagnostics of CS 

3086 Specializing practice II 

5 

3 

3078 Digital Signal Processing 3 Elective groups of courses 

(students elect a group) 

Group A 

3084 Computer Systems Design 5 

Total for the term for group A: 30 

Group B 

3085 Artificial Intelligence 5 

Total for the term: 30 Total for the term for group B: 30 


Optional courses 

2091 Company Culture and Business 

Ethics 

Business Communication and Public 

Relations 

Business Negotiations and 

Correspondence 

3 

3 

3 

Optional courses 

2390 Ecology Management 3 

145



Fourth year 

Code Seventh term ECTS Code Eighth term ECTS 

3087 Programming Technologies for the 5 3095 Local Area Networks 4 

Internet 

3088 Operating Systems 5 Elective courses 

(students elect one course) 

3089 Computer Networks 5 3097 Computer Telecommunication 

4 

Systems 

3090 Multimedia Systems and Technologies 5 3098 Computer Vision 4 

Group A 

3091 Computer Control Systems 5 Group A 

3092 Single-chip Microcontrollers 5 3099 Real Time Systems 4 

Total for the term for group A: 30 3100 Parallel Computer Systems 4 

Group B 

3093 Integrated Environments 5 Group B 

3094 Language Processors 5 3101 Information Systems 4 

Total for the term for group B: 30 3102 Computer Graphics Systems 4 


Optional courses 3096 Diploma Practice 4 

Introduction to European Integration 2 Graduation 

Institutions and Decision-Making in the 2 3103 Diploma work 10 

EU 

Intercultural Communication in the EU 2 

Total for the term: 30 


146



0413 Introduction to Communications and Computer Technologies 


Weekly classes: 1lec+ 0sem+ 0labs+3ps+0,5p 



Departments involved: Department of Computing, Department of Telecommunications 


Lecturers: 

Prof. Angel Sotirov Smrikarov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 249, 888 743, 

E-mail: asmrikarov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Prof. Mihail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, E-mail: miliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Lachezar Lazarov Yordanov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 859, 

E-mail: LIordanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to introduce first year students to the current state and trends in the ICT fields, as well as to give 

basic knowledge and skills for using a PC, working with DOS and Windows applications, the Internet, etc. The 

students will need these basic skills in their further education. 


Structure of a personal computer, motherboard; functions and characteristics of the main modules, computer 

periphery; technologies for design of printed circuit boards; basic elements of computer and communications 

equipment, connections and markings; MS-DOS operating system; Microsoft Windows operating system; 

Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, Power Point); telecommunications equipment and technologies (mobile cellular 

networks, wireless data transfer technologies); Internet and Internet technologies; browsers. 


Lectures last 2 hours and are delivered during the first eight weeks. The practice sessions are conducted in 

specialized labs at the departments of Computer Systems and Communications Engineering and Technologies. 

The final mark is based on a mid-term test and a presentation on a specified topic. The test includes theoretical 

questions and practical tasks. 






Department involved: Department of Algebra and Geometry 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Svetoslav Jordanov Bilchev, MSc, Ph.D., Dept. of Algebra and Geometry, tel.: 888 848, 

E-mail: slavy@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is fundamental and is a basic course in the study of mathematics. It is based on the mathematics 

knowledge from secondary school and it serves as a prerequisite for other mathematical, fundamental and 

specialized courses. The syllabus reflects the new requirements to the mathematical teaching of engineers. When 

the teaching material is properly assimilated it enables the students to progress into the theory of a series of 

modern technical sciences. 


The course of Higher Mathematics 1 includes: Complex numbers and polynomials. Matrices and determinants. 

Systems of linear algebraic equations. Vectors - scalar, vector, double vector and mixed products. Equations of a 

straight line and a plane in space, curves and surfaces. Linear spaces, linear operators, eigen vectors and eigen 

values. Numerical sets. Functions, inverse trigonometric functions. Numerical sequences, convergence. Limit of 

function. Differential calculus of functions with one variable. Base theorems of the differential calculus. Examining 

of the functions. Indefinite integral. Basic methods for integration. 


Lectures concentrate on problems and examples with the minimum of proofs. At the seminars students acquire 

skills to solve problems on the corresponding material. Recommended problems for homework are given and 

solutions checked. Three one-hour tests are administered. The student prepares a course work, which consists of 

solving computational and theoretical problems. 

Continuous assessment is based on the results of the tests and the evaluation of the course work. It participates in 

forming the final mark for the course. 

If the mark of a test is at least 5 (on a scale from 2 to 6) the student is allowed to take a preliminary exam on the 

basic theory of the chapter. If the student passes this exam successfully, he/she gets a mark for this chapter (at 

least 5). In this way the student can get a final mark for the course before the exam session. The final exam 

consists of 6 problems (computational and theoretical). To pass the exam at least 3 of them must be solved. The 

final mark is formed after a discussion. 

147



0417 Programming 1 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tzvetomir Vassilev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel.: 888 475, 888 827, E-mail: tvassilev@ami.uni-ruse.bg, tvassilev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is an introduction to programming and aims at giving the students skills to develop algorithms 

and computer programmes with intermediate level of difficulty. Significant attention is paid to algorithm 

development. The Pascal programming language is used as a tool, which was created especially to teach 

programming and which possesses all the features of the professional programming languages. 


Computer Classification. CPU, Main memory. Data representation. Program development process. Algorithms. 

Introduction to Pascal. General structure of a program. Operations. Built-in functions. Expressions. Branches. 

Repetitions. Arrays. Pointers. Procedures and functions. Strings. Records. Files 


The lectures are 2 hours a week. The practice sessions take place in computer labs and the students work on the 

above topics under the lecturer’s supervision. At the end of each stage the practical skills of the students are 

tested. At the end of the semester students’ knowledge is examined by a test. 

The final grade is based on the average mark of the continuous assessment at the practice sessions, the test 

mark and the evaluation of the course work. 

0418 Physics 


Weekly classes: 3lec + 0sem+ 3labs+0ps+0,5p 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dimitar Nedelchev Popov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 888 583, E-mail: dpopov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in nature 

and the methods of their investigation, with the most general properties of the matter and material objects. 

Laboratory work aims at creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 



conservation in mechanics. Molecular physics and thermodynamics. Electric field and electric current. Magnetic 

field and electromagnetic induction. Mechanical oscillations and waves. Optical phenomena and laps. Elements of 

quantum mechanics, solid state physics and laser physics. 




phenomena. Student knowledge of the theoretical material is tested regularly. At the exam the students answer 

two theoretical questions and do one laboratory exercise. 

148



1068 Electrical Materials 








Lecturers: 



Assoc. Prof. Ivaylo Stefanov Stoyanov, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 888 843, 

E-mail: stoyanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 888 843, 


Abstract: 


more important processes in dielectrics, semi-conductors, conductors and magnetic materials and explore their 

main characteristics and parameters. The main characteristics and parameters of above mentioned materials are 

examined. 

Course prerequisites include Mathematics and Physics and the course in turn is a prerequisite for the courses in 

Electrical Measurements, Electrical Engineering, Semiconductors, etc. 


Polarization of dielectrics in a constant and alternating electric field. Dielectric permittivity of some materials. 

Electric conductivity of dielectrics. Dielectric losses. Breakdown voltage in dielectrics. Conductors. Main dielectric 

and magnetic materials. Magnetic conductors. Active dielectrics. Semi-conducting materials. Influence of the 



The teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogic forms. Some topics are supported by multi media, audiovisual 

materials and videos. The laboratory exercises follow the lecture topics and have practical orientation. 

When exploring the properties of semi-conductors, computer modeling is utilized. At the exam the students work 

on two questions, which help to estimate the degree of knowledge, after which an oral interview is conducted. 

0419 English Language, part 1 







Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816 


Senior Lecturer Pencho Konstantinov Kamburov, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816 

E-mail: pkamburov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Senior Lecturer Diana Ilieva Stefanova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 230 

E-mail: dstefanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Lecturer Elitsa Dimitrova Georgieva, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816, 

E-mail: edgeorgieva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 










To acquire the necessary language proficiency and to develop skills in using the language as a means of 

communication, a wide range of authentic and specially constructed texts ( i. e. articles, diagrams and tables, 



Internet are used according to the modern trends in foreign language teaching. In class students participate in 

role-plays, pair and group activities and they are encouraged to work on their own on their translation assignment. 


149









Department of Mathematical Analysis, 


Lecturers: 

Prof. Stepan Agop Tersian, MSc, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, tel.: 888 226, 888 587, 

E-mail: Tersian@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Julia Vancheva Chaparova, PhD, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, tel.: 888 226, 888 587, 

E-mail: chaparova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg. 

Abstract: 

The subject is basic for the study of mathematics education in engineering sciences. It gets the students 

acquainted with the basic notions of mathematical analysis such as definite integral, partial derivatives, double 

integrals, functions of complex argument, Laplace transformation and gives them computational abilities to solve 

ordinary differential equations and systems, find extrema and integrate functions of two variables, work with 

complex-valued functions. This knowledge is a prerequisite for the further study of higher mathematics – part 3, 

physics, and computer sciences. 





The teaching process involves lectures and seminars. In the lectures the educational material is theoretically 

presented and demonstrated by proper example problems. In the seminars the understanding of the educational 

material is checked and skills for solving practical problems are developed. Term validation is obtained according 

to the Internal rules of the University for academic activities. The exam test includes 6 problems and/or theoretical 

questions from the course material. 









Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course is a natural continuation of Programming 1. The C++ programming language is studied, which is widely spread 

and used in later courses. 


Introduction to C++ programming language. Operations, expression. Assignment statement. Data input and 

output. IF and switch statements. Repetition. Arrays, pointers. Functions. Strings. Structures. Files. Classes 

and objects. 



students to prepare in advance for the practice sessions and to work independently during the classes. 

The practice sessions are held in computer labs. The students do practical work developing, testing and 

debugging C programs. 



150



0421 Electrical Engineering 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tanya Metodieva Stoianova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 888 502, E-mail: tstoyanova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Theoretic Electrical Engineering course familiarizes the students with the bases of electromagnetism and with 

the main methods for analysis of settled and transient processes in linear electric chains, in a chain with 

distributed parameters and in non-linear electric chains. The acquired knowledge is a basis for all electrical 

courses. 


Bases of electromagnetism – electric field and magnetic field; Maxwell’s equations; scalar and vector potential; 

constant and alternating electric and magnetic fields; potential fields; transforming the energy. 

Settled modes in linear electric chains – main concepts and laps; constant, sine, periodic non-sine modes; threephase 

chains; quadripoles. 

Transient processes in linear electric chains - introduction; methods for analysis. 

Chains with distributed parameters - main concepts; homogeneous line; line with no losses. 

Non-linear electric chains - constant and periodic modes; transient processes. 


Lectures present the teaching material according to the syllabus. At the seminar students solve problems covering 

the topics of the syllabus. The continuous assessment is conducted at the practical exercises by an oral 

discussion and submission of reports. At the beginning of the semester each student is given an individual 

problem as a course work. It has to be presented at the end of the semester in written form and is defended orally. 

Final assessment is accomplished by an exam, conducted in written and oral form. 





Type of exam: Written 




Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Rashkov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 


Abstract: 

The Electric measurements course aims at familiarising the students with the main methods and tools for studying 

electric chains and for processing measurement results. The main attention is focused on the structure of 

measuring tools for measuring current and voltage, parameters of electric chains, basic tools for measurement in 

computer engineering and electronics - digital frequency meters, oscilloscopes. 



parameters of electric chains. Measuring electric power and energy. Basic measuring tools in computer 

engineering and electronics. Measurement interfaces. 


Lectures last two hours and are conducted once a week. The exercises are two hours. They are connected with 

the lectures and consolidate and deepen students’ knowledge on specific topics. Two planned tests are 

administered during the semester. 

151









Department of Telecommunications, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Stoyan Antonov Kazandjiev, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 381, 

E-mail: SKazandjiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize the students with the main active semiconductor devices. The physical 

principles are studied as well as the structure, characteristic and parameters of discrete elements. Specific 

applications of elements, ways of connection, and methods of operation mode computation are addressed. Brief 

information about the technology of manufacturing of discrete elements and integrated circuits is given. 


Physical fundamentals of semiconductor devises. Semiconductor diodes. Semiconductor stabilitrons. Tunnel 

diodes. Bipolar transistors: characteristics; parameters of transistor as a quadripole; frequency properties of 

transistors; dynamic and switch mode of transistor operation. Field-effect transistors: junction-gate field-effect 

transistors; MOS-transistors. Thyristors. Optoelectronic devices. Fundamentals of microelectronics: types of 

integrated circuits; main principles of construction of bipolar and MOS - integrated circuits. 


The lectures give the students the opportunity to familiarize themselves theoretically with the main questions of the 

material. Each Iecture is presented using visual materials -slides. The laboratory exercises have a duration of 4 

hours every other week and the whole group does the same exercise. Before starting the laboratory exercises the 

students` preparation on the theoretical material and methodology of making the measurements is checked. The 

students prepare a report for each laboratory exercise which is checked by the lecturer. The results from the 

laboratory work are taken into consideration for determining the final mark at the exam. The exam is written with 2 

questions from the course syllabus which is followed by an oral discussion. 

0427 English Language part 2 







Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages tel.: 888 816, 


Senior Lecturer Pencho Konstantinov Kamburov, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816, 


Senior Lecturer Diana Ilieva Stefanova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 230, 


Lecturer Elitsa Dimitrova Georgieva, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816, 


Abstract: 

The foreign language module 2 is also aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the subject 





Higher education. Reading strategies. Note taking. Structure and organisation of a scientific text. Describing a 

process. Components and specifications. Describing graphs. Writing a CV. Announcements and messages 

(formal and informal). Enquiries, letters of complaint and orders. The grammar material is connected with the 

lexical topics and situations. 









152











Lecturers: 

Prof. Luben Georgiev Vulkov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 888 466, 888 725, Е-mail: lvalkov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Nikolinka Stoianova Strateva, MSc, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 888 466, 888 725, Е-mail: nstrateva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Mathematics III course is to equip students with knowledge and skills to solve engineering 

problems requiring: Fourier series; the most common numerical methods of linear algebra and mathematical 

analysis; Mathematical apparatus of the probability theory; methods of mathematical statistics for processing 

experimental data. 


Fourier series. Numerical methods for solving systems of linear equations, non-linear equations, systems of nonlinear 

equations, least squares method for approximation of tabulated data. Elements of theory of probability, 

elements of mathematical statistics, element of regression and correlation analysis, main concepts of experiment 

planning. 


The lecturers present the material theoretically and illustrate it with appropriate example problems. At the seminars 

the assimilation of material is checked. At the workshops application examples are solved with the aid of the 

programming environment MATLAB and namely: Fourier series, numerical method of algebra and analysis, 

mathematical statistics. Two tests, 2 hours each, are conducted during the semester. The final mark is based on 

written and oral exams, taking into consideration the results of the tests. 

3062 Synthesis and Analysis of Algorithms 





Department involved: Department of Computing 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tsvetozar Stefanov Georgiev, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel: 888827, 


Principal Assistant Emilia Georgieva Golemanova, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel: 888681, 

E-mail: EGolemanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Elena Diankova Yakimova, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888276, 

E-mail: ESimeonova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the subject is to provide students with fundamental knowledge about the theory of algorithms. The 

students will learn the main algorithms for dynamic data structures processing. The students will be familiarized 

with the notations as recursion, iteration and asymptotic analysis. 


Iteration and recursion. Dynamic memory, pointers, dynamic variables Main data structures – lists, queues, stack, 

deques, trees and graphs. Algorithms for linear and non-linear data structures processing. Sorting and searching 

algorithms. Hashing and hash-tables. Asymptotic analysis of algorithms. 


The lectures give the necessary theoretical information about synthesis and analysis of algorithms. The students 

have specific algorithms to implement on each workshop. The assessment is provided as written and oral exam. 

The written exam includes theoretical and practical parts. In the first week the course work topics are given out. 

Each student develops independently one problem and prepares a written report for the work done. The final mark 

is formed of two marks: mark during workshops and course work (weight 40%) and mark from the final exam 

(weight 60%). 

153



3036 Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Circuits 






Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering; 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Svilena Vasileva Todorova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Industrial Management, tel.: 888 265, 

E-mail: Svito@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Vladimir Mateev Mateev, PhD; Dept. of Physics, tel.: 888 583, E-mail: vmateev@uni-ruse.bg 

Senior Assistant Adriana Naydenova Borodzhieva, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 734, 

E-mail: ABorodjieva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Circuits course aims at familiarizing the students with the main rules and 

methods for design and analysis of logic networks, as well as with the theory of finite automata, presented in 

accordance with its application in the engineering methods for design and analysis of sequential networks. 


Boolean algebra: objects, operations, postulates, basic laps and theorems. Boolean functions; functional 

completeness. Logic gates. Minimum forms of switching functions. Simplification of incompletely specified 

functions. Combinational network design. Multi-level gate networks. Multi-output networks. Design with different 

types of logic gates. Static and dynamic analysis of combination networks. Binary adders, decoders, encoders, 

multiplexers, code converters. Sequential networks - main concepts. Flip-flops. Sequential networks design. 

Registers, counters. Analysis of clocked sequential networks. State machine design with algorithmic state machine 

charts. 


The teaching process is divided into lectures, practice classes and controlled self-dependent work (course paper). 

An active and regular participation in the learning process is required for validating the semester. The students can 

get up to 5 points for their participation in the lectures, up to 10 points for their work in the laboratory and up to 5 

points for theis course paper presentation. They can get up to 80 points for their exam presentation. The common 

number of points is to be turned into a mark based on a grading scheme of 6. If a resit has to be taken, the points 

from the semester work are not valid. The resit is written, too. 

3064 WEB Design 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Todorov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing; tel.: 888 744 

E-mail: GTGeorgiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize the students with the underlying technologies for creating a Web site 

(personal or for an SME) as well as with the good practices for achieving Web content accessibility, usability and 

credibility. A side objective of the course is to give the students hands-on experience with a Web content creation 

environment, such as Microsoft FrontPage and/or Macromedia DreamWeaver. 


A short history of Internet. Basic services and WWW. Introduction to HTTP. HTML. The need for stricter standards 

- from HTML to XHTML and benefits of the latter. Separating the document structure from the presentation - CSS. 

Client-side programming - the ECMAScript / JavaScript language. The Document Object Model (DOM). 

Fundamental design goals of a Web site - accessibility, usability and credibility. Publishing and publicising a Web 

site. 


Lectures are given as multimedia presentations. The students have specific tasks to solve in each practice 

session, using FrontPage or DreamWeaver. In the course of the semester, the students gradually build a complete 

site, enhancing it in each practice session. Each student is assigned an individual task, which they have to 

complete by the end of the semester. The final mark is a weighted average of three marks: activity during practice 

sessions, implementation of the individual task, and a written report. 

154








Departments involved: Department of Economics, Faculty of Business and Management 

Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Djanko Hristov Minchev, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 888 557 

E-mail: Dminchev@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc.Prof. Emil Georgiev Trifonov, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 888 557 

Abstract: 

The subject is concerned with the general problems, laps and categories of the contemporary market economy. 

Thus it creates a certain basis for the remaining economic objects. It also gives general knowledge, which is 

expressed in alternative ways of economic viewing and which forms and creates abilities for independent and 

expert choice in economic surroundings. Course prerequisite is knowledge of mathematics and it is related to 

concrete branch and functional economic subjects. 


Introduction – the economic system and the fundamentals of economic theory. 

Market mechanism. Public sector. Consumer demand and behavior. Manufacture, company assets and expenses. 

Imperfect competition and supplying. Price formation and incomes depending on production factors: Gross 

domestic product and economic growth. Economic cycles, unemployment and inflation. Taxation, budget and 

monetary policy. 


Course material is taught in two ways – lectures and practical classes, which elucidate and develop further some 

of the issues discussed at lectures. Continuous assessment is carried out. It includes two test assignments and 

student performance during the semester. Final assessment is the average of the above-mentioned components 

of evaluation. 

3066 English, part III for Computing and Communicating Technology 


Weekly classes: 0l+0s+0lab+4p 



Department involved: Department of Foreign Languages, Faculty of Law 

Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 816, 


Senior Lecturer Pencho Konstantinov Kamburov, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 816, 


Senior Lecturer Diana Ilieva Stefanova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 230, 


Lecturer Elitsa Dimitrova Georgieva, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 816, 


Abstract: 

The foreign language module 3 is also aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the subject 



settings and everyday situations. At the end of the module it is expected from the students to be able to give and 

find out information from different information sources: texts, tables, instructions, etc., as well as to use it for 

particular purposes; to express agreement or disagreement, to request or give permission for doing certain 

activities, to persuade, give advice, instruction, to express opinions, to build a range of vocabulary of the main 

terms from their speciality in the foreign language; to understand the gist of the text and to make a summary. 


Higher education. Types of computers and structure of the computer. Peripheral devices. Graphic user interface. 

Nets. Internet. Preparation of a presentation – instructions for material gathering; structure; developing 

presentation skills. Communications. Text processing. Data base and electronic tables. Data protection and antivirus 

software. Development of the information technologies. Professional development in the sphere of computing 

and telecommunications. 





offered lessons in computer laboratories, in which multimedia learning packages and on-line materials in Internet 

are used according to the modern trends in foreign language teaching. In class students participate in role-plays, 

pair and group activities and they are encouraged to work on their own on their translation assignment. 


155



3067 Discrete Structures and Modelling 




Type of exam: test 




Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Irina Ilieva Zheliazkova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 744, 

E-mail: Irina@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course gives theoretical knowledge and practical skills for modelling with systems of equations, graphs, sets, 

graphs, Petri nets, Markov chains, image recognition for analysis, synthesis, and optimization of complex systems. 

Course prerequisites include Advanced mathematics 3, Programming and Computer Applications, Synthesis and 

analysis of algorithms and is linked to Software engineering, Programming languages, and the work projects. 


Physical modelling with systems of equations. Data modelling with sets. Structural modelling with graphs. 

Behaviour modelling with Petri nets. Probability modelling with Markov chains. Modelling image recognition. 


The lecture material for the separated mathematical apparatus includes: definitions, types, properties, setting, 

algorithms and methodology for modelling. Practical exercises are reduced to the acquisition of algorithms for 

solving different types of problems with different tools. The results from each exercise for each student are 

assessed by the assistant. Course work includes implementation of a program for modelling using one of the types 

of sets, or one of the image recognition methods. The final assessment of the course is formed as an average of 

the practical exercises, course work, and a test on the lecture material marks. 

3068 Object-oriented programming 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Milko Todorov Marinov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 356, 

E-mail: mmarinov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Svetlana Petrova Stefanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 356, 

E-mail: sstefanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Julia Stoyanova Zlateva, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 681, 

E-mail: JZlateva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is for the students to familiarise themselves and to practically assimilate the methodology of 

object-oriented programming (OOP) as a basis of many modern languages and systems for developing computer 

applications. The course focuses on the practical application of the approach by using universal library functions 

as well as developing own functions. 


Introduction to OOP. Classes and objects – definitions. Constructors and destructors. Data members. Member 

functions. Overloaded functions. Inheritance. Multiple inheritance. Virtual classes. Virtual functions. Polymorphism. 

Template class library. Working with streams. 


The lecture topics give the main theoretic aspects of the problems. The practice sessions and course work classes 

are conducted in a computer lab. The students have to independently solve, encode and test with the aid of a 

specific programming environment elements of given problems. Each student is assigned an individual task, which 

they have to complete by the end of the semester. The final mark is a weighted average of four marks: activity 

during practice sessions, implementation of the individual task, written report and final exam. 

156



3069 Digital Electronics 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Yoana Emilova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 677, 

E-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Volodia Hristov Tsonev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 677, 

E -mail: vol@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to familiarize students with the main problems of digital electronics. It links the 

functions of the digital elements with their microelectronic basis on one hand, and on the other hand – with their 

application when building pulse and digital devices. In-depth knowledge of electrical engineering and 

semiconductors is necessary. The subject helps students to acquire knowledge in the field of hardware. 


Forming circuits. TTL integrated circuits. CMOS logic integrated circuits. Triggers. Schmidt triggers. Multi-vibrators. 

Generators of linear voltage. Impulse circuits with operating amplifiers. Particularities of integrated circuits with 

middle scale of integration. Interface circuits. 


The lectures give the students the opportunity to get acquainted theoretically with the main questions of digital 

electronics before the laboratory exercises. The students must be prepared for each laboratory exercise and at the 

end prepare a report for each of them. The exam is held as a written test. 









Lecturers: 

Prof. Angel Sotirov Smrikarov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 249, 888 743 

E-mail: ASmrikarov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Hovanes Mardiros Avakyan, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674 

E-mail: HAvakian@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 



CPU. The following is considered in details: structure and way of operation of Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Control 

Unit, registers, RAM, cache, interrupt system. Modern RISC and CISC/RISC processors are analysed. 

The course is linked to the following subjects: Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Circuits, Microprocessors, 

Computer Peripherals, Computer Architectures, etc. 



logic data. CPU - definition, classification, main components. Structure of arithmetic and logic unit. Structure of 

control unit. Memory structure – registers, cache, RAM. Structure of interrupt system. Example RISC and 



At the lectures the students are familiarized with the theoretic aspect of the structure and way of operation of 

different CPU components. At the practice sessions, hardware and software models of main processor units and 

blocks are explored. 

157



3071 Computer Graphics 








Lecturers: 


E-mail: SStefanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 672 

E-mail: GKrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the course is to familiarise students with the main definitions in computer graphics and how a 

graphic system has to be designed. It aims to equip the students with the theoretical knowledge and practical skills 

for working in a graphical vector and raster-oriented environment. On completing the course, the students should 

be able to work with at least one graphical system. 


Introduction to computer graphics. Main definitions. Graphical products and their applications. How a graphical 

editor has to be designed. Main 2D and 3D transformations. Requirements to design of vector and raster graphics. 

Color in computer graphics. Input and output graphical devices. Graphical standards and graphical formats for 

writing and transferring of graphical images. 


Lectures include the main definitions from the computer graphics area. The students have specific tasks to solve 

in each practice session, using CorelDraw and PhotoShop. In the course of the semester, the students gradually 

build a complete graphical project, enhancing it in each practice session. Each student is assigned an individual 

task, which they have to complete by the end of the semester. The final mark is a weighted average of the 

following marks: activity during practice sessions, two written short exams and implementation of the individual 

task. 

3072 Data Transmission and Computer Communication 







Faculty of Electrical and Electronic Engineering and Automation 

Lectors: 

Prof. Dimitar Radev, MEng, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 475, Email: dradev@abv.bg 

Abstract: 

This course focuses on the transport of multi-media information among distributed computer systems. We examine how 

modern communication protocols, as implemented in the Internet, satisfy the differing requirements of the services that 

generate and use multi-media information. 


The course includes: OSI history, Analog and Digital Communication, Multiplexing, Connecting Hosts, There is More Than 

One Network - Building an Inter-network, Peer Processes to Communicate, Service Isolation and Traffic Engineering, 

Successfully Allocating Resources, Encoding Application Data, Securing the Data, 





debugging computer networks. 

158



1841 Specializing practice I 


Weekly classes: 3 weeks, 90 hours P 



Departments involved: Department of Computing 


Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Lachezar Lazarov Yordanov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel: +356 (0) 82 888859, 


Abstract: 

The purpose of the discipline “Specializing Practice – I” is to introduce the students from the specialty “Computer 

Sciences and Technologies” to the environment of a real working factory or organization, which is working in the 

sphere of designing, integrating, manufacturing, running and/or support of the latest computer and office 

equipment, networks, and informational systems. It takes place in the fourth semester, right after the summer 

exams. 


Introduction with the production activity of the company or the organization. Standardized regulation of the system, 

exploitation, working safety measurements, fire safety and pollution safety. Inside order of the company or the 

organization. Architecture of the computer systems. Application support. Peripherals and their management. 

Future upgrade and extending of the computer configurations. Support and maintenance of the computer systems. 

Operating systems. File organization of data. Running test of the applications installed. Evaluating the 

applications' quality. Systems for managing data bases. Characteristics and parameters of the peripherals. 

Computer networks. Architectural special features of the network. Technical means of the network. Network 

operating system. Methods of access. 


The practice takes place in the time specified according to the study schedule. The classes are in well organized 

and modernly equipped companies, working in the sphere of electronic manufacturing, developing and support of 

computer and office equipment. The duration of the specializing practice is 15 working days, 6 hours a day, which 

means 90 hours. The lectures and the practice are in continuous order. In each working place the students are 

being instructed with the safety requirements and the specific tasks for the classes. Each student gets a personal 

practical task. The discipline ends with a colloquium. 

3073 Software Engineering 








Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Irina Ilieva Zheliazkova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 744, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarise the students and equip them with practical skills for applying the accepted 

approaches, technologies and techniques for design, implementation and testing of middle size tools for software 

engineering. 


Concepts of software engineering, life cycle of software products, Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE). 

Design, implementation, and testing under procedural, library, event, resource, object, component, and template 

approaches. 


The lectures, giving theoretical background, as well as the practical exercises last 2 hours each. The teams of 2 

students design, implement, and test the corresponding tool for one or two exercises. At the end of the current or 

at the beginning of the next exercise the corresponding team receives its continuous assessment. At the end of 

the 14-th week the term is validated only for those teams that have performed all the exercises. The individual 

assignments for the course work of each student are specified by the course lecturer by the end of the second 

week. The defence of the course work is performed at a time, defined by him/her till the end of the 14th week. 

After the deadline the students do not receive the lecturer’s signature. The final assessment of the course is 

formed as a weighted average of three marks: for the practical exercises, course assignment, and a test on the 

lecture material. 

159



3074 System Programming 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tsvetozar Stefanov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 827, 


Assoc. Prof. Georgi Todorov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 744, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to give the necessary theoretic knowledge and practical skills to use the system features of 

PCs running Windows. Some of the topics covered are: optimizing the operation environment, memory 

managements, multitasking and multithreading, WDM drivers. The workshops focus on using the Windows API. 

Course prerequisites include Programming 2, Object-oriented Programming, Computer Organization; it has 

parallel links with Microprocessors and Computer Peripherals and output links with Computer Architectures and 

Operating Systems. 


Structure and basic modules of Windows. Optimization of the operation environment, Process management, 

Interrupt and exception handling system, Operating modes of Intel's x86 processors, Specialised modules in 

Windows, Memory management, Using peripheral ports, Video subsystem, Disk subsystem, Other features (BIOS, 

POST, Chipsets), Reverse engineering and protection against it. 


The course includes 2 weekly hours of lectures and 2 of practice sessions. They are held in a computer lab with 

PCs running Microsoft Windows. Two tests are held during the semester. Besides these, every student has to 

prepare a short presentation. The course ends with a final exam. The final mark is based on marks from the two 

tests, the presentation, and the final exam. 

3075 Microprocessors 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Lidiya Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 380, 888 711 


Principal Assistant Borislav Peichev Hristov , MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 771 

E-mail: BHristov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Microprocessors course is compulsory for students of CST. Its objective is to introduce the students to the 

field of microprocessors. The lectures include topics on signals and structure of a microprocessor, memory, 

parallel and serial i/o, analogue i/o and timer. The programming model and interrupt system are considered. 

Elements of assembly language are studied. 


Bus organization of a computer. Main signals and logic structure of a processor. Programming model and 

interrupt system. Elements of assembly language. Addresses and memory. Parallel and serial i/o. Timer. Analog 

i/o. Applications. 


The lectures are two hours, and the lecture material precedes the practice sessions. They last three hours each 

and are conducted every week. At the beginning of each practice session students’ knowledge is checked. The 

course finishes with an exam. The assessment during practice sessions allopw good students to pass the exam 

earlier. 

160



3076 Design Technology 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Lidiya Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 380, 888 711, 


Principal Assistant Nikolay Genkov Kostadinov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 

E-mail: NKostadinov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Aneliya Stoyanova Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 827, 

E-mail: AIvanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objectives are to provide students with a working knowledge required to describe digital system 

designs in VHDL at behavioural and structural levels; to verify logic system designs via VHDL simulation testbenches 

and to implement final digital logic system designs to Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs) 

and/or Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). 


Digital systems design stages. VHDL language - basic concepts, levels of abstraction, behavioural and structural 

level modeling, test benches and verification. Basic VHDL concepts for synthesis to CPLD /FPGA. 


The lecture topics are practically oriented. The practice sessions are focused on the actual design and 

implementation of digital devices using up-to-date Computer Aided Design (CAD) tools. Each student gets an 

individual course work task, which requires VHDL design capture, synthesis, simulation and implementation of a 

digital device. The final mark is a weighted average of four marks: activity during practice sessions, two tests and 

implementation of the course work. 

3077 Computer Peripherals 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Raitcho Todorov Ilarionov, MEng, DSc, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 671, E-mail: ilar@tugab.bg 

Principal Assistant Rumen Kantchev Kozhuharov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 671, 

E-mail: rk2@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Computer Peripherals course is compulsory for students of CST. Its objective is to introduce the students to 

the field of computer peripherals. The lectures include topics on I/O devices, secondary storage devices and 

peripheral interfaces. 


Introduction to computer peripherals. Input Devices. Output Devices. Visualisation Devices. Peripheral Interfaces. 

KVM switches. Secondary Storage Devices. 


The lectures are delivered either with a duration of two hours every week or in larger modules. The practice 

sessions are two hours each. They are conducted every week. Defended reports for the practice sessions done 

and personal assignment report, publicly presented and defended, form student’s portfolio on the subject. The 

course finishes with an exam. Students with very good or excellent results from the assessment of their work 

done during semester can be released from the exam. 

161



3078 Digital Signal Processing 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tsvetosar Stefanov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 827, 

Е-mail: ТGeorgiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Georgi Stefanov Georgiev, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 681, 

Е-mail: GStefanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course familiarises the students with the place, role, methods and tools of digital signal processing (DSP) in 

modern life and interaction between digital systems (in particular DSP systems) and the surrounding real analogue 

world. 


This course addresses methods for description of discrete and digital signals and systems in the time, Z- and 

frequency domain; main methods for design and implementation of linear and adaptive digital filters; DSP in 

several sampling frequencies; methods of digital spectral analysis; effects of signals quantization in the digital 

systems; DSP with delta-modulation; software and hardware tools for digital signal processing. 


The course is delivered through lectures, practice sessions and home assignments. The lectures are two hours a 

week. The lecture material is introduced before the workshops and ensures the necessary theoretical knowledge. 

The practice sessions are held in a computer lab, with the use of training kits with digital signal processors, two 

hours a week. During the practice sessions some of the topics discussed at the lectures are addressed with 

concrete examples. 

During the tutorial hours the students are given individual assignments in the second week of the semester. The 

course finishes with a continuous assessment. 

2091 Company Culture and Business Ethics 


Weekly classes: 4L+0S+0Lab+0PE 



Department involved: Department of European Studies, Business and Management Faculty 

Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Juliana Popova, Dept. of European Studies, 888811, 

e-mail: juliana77popova@abv.bg; 

H.A.Prof. Vesselina Gachevska, Dept. of European Studies, 888810, 

e-mail: vgachevska@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course focuses on corporate culture and main ethical problems of business organization. It presents those 

value and ethical aspects of the corporate identity, which unite the human resourses of the company in achieving 

its goals and make it look unique. 


The subject includes two thematic cycles: Corporate Culture and Business Ethics. Students acquire knowledge 

about the subject matter, different approaches and objectives of corporate culture management, international 

dimensions of corporate culture. They also acquire knowledge and skills about the specificities of business ethics, 

moral code of the manager, ethical relations and conflicts, verbal and non-verbal etiquette in business. 


The subject unit includes a lecture course only. Main method in its conducting is the lecture but the lecturer relies 

on the active dialogue with the students. 

The final assessment is formed on the basis of a written examination, which includes multiple choice test and case 

analysis. 

162



Business Communication and Public Relations 

ЕCТS credits: 3 

Weekly classes: 1lec+ 2sem+ 0labs+ 0P CA 

Assessment: Test 



Departmentof European Studies, Business and Management Faculty 

Lecturers: 

Principal Lecturer: Assoc. Prof. Rada Peneva Karshakova, PhD, Department of European Studies, 

tel: 888-810, E-mail: RKarshakova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstact: 

The course examines both communication in organizations and public relations. It aims to give students significant 

skills for establishing, maintaining and improving communication channels in business organizations and 

organizing the public relations activities. The course examines different types of communication structures and 

means of communication, ways of achieving good communications and public relations. 


The course covers the following topics: Functions of business communication; Main types of communication 

structures and networks; Interpersonal and organizational communications; Basic communicative skills; Rules of 

business communications; Effective communications; Public Relations – nature and objectives; style and image; 

Social responsibilities of business organizations; organizing public relations activities; ways and methods of 

choosing communication channels and media for carrying out PR activities; Effective strategies, tactics for PR 

campaigns. 


The training is conducted by means of lectures and seminars and involves case – study, doing tests and quizzes, 

some genuine research. Continuous assessment is applied to check the students’ knowledge during seminars. 

The students receive individual tasks as course assignment and thus they learn to apply on their own and 

creatively the new knowledge and skills and solve practical corporate problems. To have the semester validated, 

students are required to submit and defend their course assignment in due time and attend the practical exercises 

regularly. Two tests are the Term’s form of control. 

Business Negotiations and Correspondence 

ЕCТS credits: 3 

Weekly classes: 2lec+ 0sem+ 1labs+ 0PE 




Department of European Studies, Business and Management Faculty 

Lecturers: 

1. Assoc.Prof.Dr. Juliana Pencheva Popova, Dept. of European Studies, tel: 888-811, 

e-mail: juliana77popova@abv.bg 

2. Veselina Gachevska, Dept. of European Studies, tel: 888-810 

3. Iliana Jordanova Kosharova, Dept. of European Studies, tel: 888-810; 

e-mail: ikosharova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Business Correspondence course is included as a compulsory subject of the Business Administration 

curriculum degree programme and aims at providing fundamental knowledge and skills for carrying out successful 

business communication in the company. It also introduces the idea of writing business letters and understanding 

administrative documents. 


The essence of business correspondence. Documents. Types of documents. Administrative documents: 

application, complaint, proposal, report, memo, declaration, order, offer, warrant of attorney, minutes, enquiry, CV. 

Business letters – essence and types. Business letter writing. The enquiry. Replies to enquiries: offers. Orders and 

execution of orders. Invoicing, accounting and settling of accounting. Banking and payments in foreign trade. 

Complaints and replies to complaints. 


Training is conducted by means of lecturers and seminars. At seminars students are asked to do various tasks like 

reading and analysing model documents, writing business letters, etc. Continuous assessment is the type of 

control applied during the semester. It is in the form of two tests (TT1 and TT2), and student’s performance. The 

final mark is the average of the TT1 and TT2 marks. 

163



3079 Programming Languages 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Todorov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 744, 


Abstract: 

The aims of this course are to generalize the students' knowledge on programming languages; to give them a 

more in-depth view of fundamental underlying principles and ultimately to facilitate the process of switching to a 

new programming language. The examples given throughout the course will be based on already known 

languages, such as Pascal, C/C++, JavaScript as well as on a new language - Java. Another aim of the course is 

to give students a hands-on experience in component-based programming, based on Microsoft's COM and Sun's 

JDK.. 

Prerequisites for this course are the courses in Programming1, Programming 2, Object-oriented Programming, 

System Programming and Software Engineering. This course is a prerequisite for Programming Technologies for 

the Internet and Language Processors. 


Programming languages timeline, definitions, taxonomy. The Java programming language. Component based 

programming using the JDK and Microsoft's COM technologies. Basic PL concepts and their implementation 

(phases of translation; values and types; variables and storage; bindings and scope; subroutines). Advanced PL 

concepts and their implementation (data abstraction; type systems; control flow; concurrency). PL paradigms 

(imperative, object-oriented, concurrent, scripting, functional, logic) 


The course includes 2 weekly hours of lectures and 2 hours of practice sessions. They are held in a computer lab 

with PCs running Microsoft Windows. Two tests are held during the semester. Besides these, every student has to 

prepare a short presentation. The final mark is based on marks from the two tests, and the presentation. 

3080 Databases 

ECTS credits: : 6 







Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Silian Sibinov Arsov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 276, 

E-mail: Sarsov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Irena Marinova Valova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 685, 

E-mail: Irena@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize students with the modern methods and tools for organization, representation 

and design of relational databases (DB), principles of operation and programming language of a specific database 

management system (DBMS). Additional attention is paid to the hierarchical and network data models and specific 

particularities of distributed DB. 


Data models - hierarchical, network, relational and “entity-relation”. 

DBMS – common architecture, file types, programming language, tools. Relational algebra. Functional 

dependence. Normal relation forms. Distributed DB. 


The lectures give the main theoretic aspects of the addressed problems. The practice sessions are conducted in a 

computer lab equipped with modern computers, connected to the Internet. During these sessions the students 

acquire skills and habits to independently create DB and programs for their management based on an existing 

DBMS. The results of each practice session are evaluated by the lecturer. The course ends with an exam. The 

mark is an average of the work done during the practice sessions and theoretic questions during the exam. 

164



3081Cryptography and Data Protection 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Lidiya Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 380, 888 711 


Principal Assistant Elena Dyankova Yakimova, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 276, 

Е-mail: ESimeonova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Cryptography and data security course is compulsory for students of CST. Its objective is to introduce the 

students to the field of cryptology. The lectures include topics on classical cryptosystems, cryptography protocols, 

techniques and algorithms - conventional and modern symmetric encryption, stream ciphers and pseudo random 

numbers, public-key cryptography, Hash function etc. The goals of the course are a well-rounded theoretical 

knowledge of the most important aspects of these topics, together with implementation of some cryptosystems in 

software. 


Foundations of cryptography and security, Cryptography protocols and techniques, Classical and modern 

encryption algorithms – Data encryption standard, stream and block ciphers, public-key encryption, pseudo 

random generators, one-way Hash functions, RSA etc. 


The lectures last two hours, and the lecture material precedes the practice sessions and course work. The 

practice sessions are one hour per week and are conducted as a sequence of two hours at intervals of a week. At 

the beginning of each practice session students’ knowledge is checked. The course finishes with an exam. The 

assessment during semester allows students to receive regular knowledge. 

3082 Computer Architectures 








Lectors: 

Principal Assistant Milen Loukantchevsky, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 

Email: mil@ieee.org 

Abstract: 

The course addresses architectural aspects of computer systems. Main terms and principles in computer 

architectures are discussed as well as organization of computations. Modern computer architectures are 

presented analytically and comparatively. The instructions pipeline and its control is the subject of special 

attention. The three main architectures (accumulator, stack, register) are discussed, as well as the IA-32 

architecture, the DLX architecture of RISC type, memory hierarchy and input-output subsystem structure. 


Computer architecture principles. Historical perspective. Types of computer architectures. Computer system base 

structure. Principles, laps and equations of computer performance. Organization of the computations. 

Accumulator, stack and register architecture. Architecture IA32. Working modes. RISC architecture DLX. 

Instruction level parallelism. Computer memory hierarchy. Input-output system. 


The lectures introduce main theoretical topics. Each group of lectures ends with a summary of the material 

discussed and formulation of problems. 

At the practice sessions simulations and real systems are used putting lectures to practice. Each workshop begins 

with formulation and analysis of problems. At the very end the students are asked to summarize their results in 

written form. 

The information materials needed are given in electronic form to all of the students. 

165



3083 Reliability and Diagnostics of Computer Systems 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Angel Sotirov Smrikarov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 743, 


Principal Assistant Galina Ivanova Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 743, 

E-mail: givanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Reliability and Diagnostics of Computer Systems course is to familiarise the students with the 

main methods of raising the reliability of computer systems, with different types of codes and their use to discover 

and correct errors, with types of faults and methods for generating control and diagnostic tests of combination and 

serial circuits. 

The course is linked with the following courses: Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Circuits, Computer Organization, 

Software Engineering, Computer Peripherals, Computer Architectures, etc. 


Theory of reliability - main concepts, indicators, computing the reliability. Methods for raising the reliability of 

computer systems and technologies. Optimal reliability. Coding theory. Codes - types, theory, hardware 

implementation. Hardware reliability. Software reliability. Diagnostics – fault models. Testing and diagnostics of 

combination and serial circuits. Methods and tools for testing computer systems. 


The lectures familiarise the students with the theoretic aspects of the main questions of reliability and diagnostics. 

The practical sessions give the opportunity to explore software methods for control and to familiarise the students 

with different programs for testing personal computers. The course ends with an exam. During the semester 

continuous assessment is carried out too. If the students work systematically and achieve good results, they can 

be exempt from the exam. 

3086 Specializing practice – II 


Weekly classes: 4 weeks, 120 hours P 



Departments involved: Department of Computing 


Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Lachezar Lazarov Yordanov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel: +356 (0) 82 888859, 


Abstract: 

The purpose of the discipline “Specializing Practice – II” is to help the students from the specialty “Computer 

Sciences and Technologies” assimilate the knowledge and skills gained by the time of the practice. Gaining new 

specific skills within the environment of a real working factory or organization, which is working in the sphere of 

designing, integrating, manufacturing, running and/or support of the latest computer and office equipment, 

networks, and informational systems. It takes place in the sixth semester, right after the summer exams. 


Introduction with the production activity of the company or the organization. Standardized regulation of the system, 

exploitation, working safety measurements, fire safety and pollution safety. Inside order of the company or the 

organization. Architecture of the computer systems. Application support. Peripherals and their management. 

Future upgrade and extending of the computer configurations. Support and maintainance of the computer 

systems. Operating systems. File organization of data. Running test of the applications installed. Evaluating the 

applications' quality. Systems for managing data bases. Characteristics and parameters of the peripherals. 

Computer networks. Architectural special features of the network. Technical means of the network. Network 

operating system. Methods of access. 


The practice takes place in the time specified according to the study schedule. The classes are in well organized 

and modernly equipped companies, working in the sphere of electronic manufacturing, developing and support of 

computer and office equipment. The duration of the specializing practice is 20 working days, 6 hours a day, which 

means 120 hours. The lectures and the practice are in continuous order. In each working place the students are 

being instructed with the safety requirements and the specific tasks for the classes. Each student gets a personal 

practical task. The discipline ends with a colloquium. 

166



3084 Computer Systems Design 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Angel Sotirov Smrikarov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 743, 


Principal Assistant Borislav Peichev Hristov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 771, 

E-mail: BHristov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Nikolay Genkov Kostadinov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 287, 


Abstract: 

The course objectives are to provide students with a working knowledge required to design computer systems 

based on popular microprocessor families. Topics include organization of basic computer modules and CPU 

interaction with RAM, ROM and Input/Output. 


Computer systems design stages. Computer buses. Computer modules design: CPU, memory subsystems 

(RAM, ROM), Input/Output. Applications. 


The lecture topics are practically oriented and coordinated with the practice sessions They are focused on the 

actual design of computer modules using CAD tools and chips documentation. Each student gets an individual 

course work task, which requires design of a particular computer module interfaced to standard bus. The final 

mark is a weighted average of four marks: activity during practice sessions, two tests and the implementation of 

the course work. 

3085 Artificial Intelligence 








Lecturers: 


Е-mail: SStefanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Emiliya Georgieva Golemanova, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 681, 

E-mail: EGolemanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 


E-mail: ESimeonova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the course is to familiarize students with the theory of artificial intelligence systems and to help 

them acquire the practical skills needed for the design, development and application of such systems. Course 

prerequisites: Synthesis and Analysis of Algorithms, Discrete Structures and Modeling. 


Introduction into artificial intelligence. Definition and analysis of problems. Solving problems represented in a state 

space. Solving problems with a reduction. Knowledge representation. Planning. 


The lecture topics give the main theoretic aspects of the problems. The practical sessions are conducted in a 

computer lab. The students have to independently solve elements of given problems. The final mark is formed on 

the basis of the practice session mark, course work mark and results of the tests. 

167



2390 Environmental management 


Weekly classes:1lec+2sem+0labs+0ps+0ca 




Department of Ecology and Environmental Protection 

Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Vladimir Tomov, PhD, DSc, Department of Ecology and Environmental Protection, tel. 888 481, 

E – mail: vtomov@uni-ruse.bg 

Annotation: The main purpose of the course is that the students will acquire knowledge and skills in the policy 

and management of the environmental protection – a problem of national and international significance. The tasks, 

which are solved in the process of training include the following: Awareness of: 1) basic concepts, definitions and 

categories; principles and methods of analysis and decision making in terms of environmental protection; 

2) Acquiring knowledge about: main principles of the environmental policy; methods and means of environmental 

protection management. 

Contents of the course: 

Global environmental problems; Natural resources; Prevention of free air pollution; Prevention of water pollution; 

Prevention of soil contamination; Prevention of contamination with waste; Prevention of energy pollution; 

Sustainable development; Environmental policy; Environmental management; Ecological & Economic Expertise; 

Human Resources Management in Environmental protection 

Technology of training: 

Lectures take 2 hours and are given once a week. 

Seminars are carried out in rooms with personal computers. Combination of analytical and practical work. At the 

beginning of the lesson 10 minutes test is made to check the preparation of the students for the lesson. 

3087 Programming Technologies for the Internet 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Silian Sibinov Arsov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 276, 

E-mail: Sarsov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to give the students working knowledge and practical skills in modern technologies and 

languages for Internet programming. Relying on knowledge, already acquired in courses such as Programming 

Languages, Object-Oriented Programming and Databases, the students will be familiarized with various Java and 

Microsoft technologies as well as with HTTP, CGI, PHP/MySQL. The students will also be introduced to new and 

emerging technologies. Some attention will be paid to Web programming frameworks and CMS. 


Taxonomy of Internet programming technologies. Sockets and their Java and C++ implementations. Technology 

for developing distributed applications. Fundamentals of HTTP and CGI. Asynchronous HTTP requests - AJAX. 

Standard architectures of Web applications - 2-tier, 3-tier, n-tier. Java technologies - applets, J2EE, servlets, JSP. 

Microsoft technologies - ActiveX, .NET, ASP. Server side programming languages. PHP - datatypes, flow control, 

database access. Maintaining application state information sessions, cookies. Security issues in Web applications. 

Frameworks for developing Web applications. Content management systems. 


The course includes 2 weekly hours of lectures and 2 hours of workshops. The practice sessions are held in a 

computer lab with PCs running Microsoft Windows. Every student gets a personal coursework assignment, to be 

submitted by the end of the semester. The final mark is based on marks from the practice sessions (10%), the 

coursework (30%) and the final written exam (60%). 

168



3088 Operating Systems 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Tsanko Dimitrov Golemanov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 681, 

E-mail: tgolemanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarizing the students with the practical aspects of the organization, structure and use of 

operating systems (OS). This aim is achieved through a comparative analysis of the main components of three 

different types of OS – single-user single-tasking, single-user multi-tasking, multi-user multi-tasking. 


OS classification, definitions. OS progress. OS structure – kernel, user interface, system programs. Processes – 

definition, life cycle. Concurrent processes. Mutual exclusion. Deadlock. Processor management. Memory 

management – management methods, virtual memory. File system management. Protection and safety in OS. 


The lecture topics give the main theoretic aspects of the considered problems. The practice sessions are 

conducted in a computer lab. In some of them the students study the main commands of the corresponding OS, 

and in the other practice sessions simulation programming environments are used to explore and study the OS. 

Each student is assigned an individual task, which they have to complete by the end of the semester. The final 

mark is a weighted average of four marks: activity during practice sessions, implementation of the individual task, 

written report and final exam. 

3089 Computer Networks 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 672 

E-mail: gkrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize students with the principles and ways of connecting computers in networks 

as well as with the implementation of intercommunication between different levels of connections. 


The course topics are related to: devices and topologies used in computer networks; physical means and 

characteristics of distance data transfer: cables, optic and wireless connections; standard model and networks 

types: channel commutation, messages and packages; connecting channel management and transfer reliability, 

sequences and protocols; data exchange routine in networks with multiple nodes and streams management, 

routine algorithms; protocol system TCP/IP – addressing, formats and structures; network and transport protocols, 

routines in IP networks; domain name system (DNS) and maintenance in Internet, file transfer, e-mail and Web 

technologies in Internet; data security and authenticity in networks. 


The lecture topics give the main theoretical aspects of the course problems. Multimedia presentations are used to 

introduce the lecture material. The workshop sessions are carried out in halls equipped with personal computers 

and relevant specialized hardware and software for implementing the course research. During the practice session 

students are able to practically apply the acquired theoretical knowledge. For each practice session students are 

provided with methodological instructions and relevant tasks for implementing. The course ends with a written 

exam and oral testing. 

169



3090 Multimedia Systems and Technologies 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The objective of the Multimedia systems and technologies course is to familiarise students with the technology to 

create multimedia products, comprising text, graphic, audio and video objects according to a scenario prepared in 

advance, as well as with the structure of the systems for developing and recreating such products. The course 

examines basic graphic, sound and video file formats and compression methods and the use of some popular 

authoring systems. Course prerequisites include Programming Languages, Web design, Computer Peripherals, 

and the course is a co-requisite for Program technologies for the Internet. 


Multimedia – history, definitions, application area. Technology of creating multimedia products. Systems for 

developing multimedia products. Methods and tools for creating, editing and saving text objects. Methods and 

tools for creating, compressing, editing and saving graphic objects. Methods and tools for creating, compressing, 

editing and saving audio objects. Methods and tools for creating, compressing, editing and saving video objects. 

Assembling, testing and distribution of multimedia applications. Video-conferencing systems. Virtual reality. 


The lectures familiarise the students in theory with the main problems of creating multimedia products. The 

practice sessions allow each student to develop multimedia objects and include them in a multimedia product 

following a given scenario. The students must develop a multimedia course project based on the given task. The 

assessment is continuous. The final mark is the average of the marks of two tests, personal participation in class 

work and the mark of the course project. 

3091 Computer Control Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Lidiya Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 380, 888 711, 


Abstract: 

The Computer Control Systems (CCS) course aims at giving general knowledge in the control theory, as well as 

in the modern computer systems and technologies for control. The syllabus topics consider the problems 

concerning the separate elements of a control system. Course prerequisites include Mathematics, Computer 

Organization, Microprocessors, Computer Systems Project and some other subjects. 


Main notion of the control theory. General structure diagram of a control system. Modelling controlled objects. 

Sensors. Digital regulators. Algorithms and software for digital regulators. Actuators. Architectural particularities of 

CCS. Synthesis of a control system. Software of a Control system. 


Lectures are once a week. The lecture topics give main aspects of the problems in the CCS. The practice 

sessions are two hours each. They equip the students with skills and habits to independently solve problems in 

the subject area. The course finishes with an exam. 

170



3092 Single-chip Microcontrollers 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The Single-chip Microcontrollers course aims to familiarize students with the contents of the most widespread 

families of CISC single-chip microcontrollers (SCM) and with the structure of their main representatives as well as 

with their CAD systems. 

The course has input-output links with the courses Computer organization, Microprocessors and Specialized 

Microprocessor Systems. 


Families CISC SCM. SCM with von Neumann architecture – structure, memory organization, addressing modes 

and instruction set, parallel and serial ports, timers/counters, A/D converters, impulse modulators, interrupt 

system. Programming languages. Development systems. 

SCM with Harvard architecture – structure, memory organization, addressing modes and instruction set, parallel 

and serial ports, timers/counters, A/D converters, impulse modulators, interrupt system. Programming languages. 

Development systems. 


At the lectures students are familiarized in detail with the structure of main representatives of widespread SCM 

families. At the practice sessions students develop and test programs for these SCM. The subject of the course 

work is to design a microprocessor system based on a SCM and to develop a software library for it. At the exam 

the course work is defended and additional questions are asked, if necessary. 

3093 Integrated Environments 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Irina Ilieva Zheliazkova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 744, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarise the students with the object modeling language, the common philosophy of 

the integrated environments for rapid development of WINDOWS applications, the features of the library, objectoriented, 

and visual programming in VISUAL C++ and DELPHI. 

Course prerequisites include: Software Engineering, System Programming, and Data bases; co-requisites include 

Information systems, Multimedia Systems and Technologies, Language Processors and it is linked with the thesis 

project. 


Diagrams for object modeling of software tools. Philosophy of the integrated environments for rapid development 

of WINDOWS-based applications. The features of the library, object-oriented, and visual programming in VISUAL 

C++ and DELPHI. 


The lectures give the basic knowledge, and exercises enable the students to apply it in practice. There are 2 hours 

of lectures and 2 hours of exercises every week. The teams of two students design, implement, and test one 

project for 6 exercises in each environment. The results from each exercise for each student are assessed by the 

assistant. The final mark is formed as an average of the marks for the practical exercises, course task and a test 

on the lecture material. 

171



3094 Language Processors 



Control: continuous assessment 





Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Aneliya Stoyanova Ivanova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 827 


Principal Assistant Tsanko Dimitrov Golemanov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 681 

E-mail: tgolemanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the subject is to provide knowledge and skills for design, implementation and deployment of different 

tools for formal and natural language processing, and automated programming. 


The formal grammars and languages theory is introduced. The compiler architecture is described. The techniques 

for lexical, syntax, and semantics analysis, generation and optimisation of the code are presented. The 

architecture of the general linguistic processor is discussed. The phases (lexical, morphological, syntax, 

semantics, pragmatics analysis, and context shrink) of the natural language texts are presented. The Bulgarian 

linguistic processor architecture is done. Some main principles of automated programming are introduced. An 

architecture of tool for programme generation through natural language specification is described. 


Students get acquainted with the lecture notes before the lecture. The lecture is a discussion between the 

students and the lecturer. The students, grouped in teams and monitored by a supervisor perform the labs and 

practice sessions. The final mark is calculated on the basis of the formula: Score = A х 6 + B х 5 + C х 7 where A 

is the theoretical tests mark, B is the practical tests mark, C is the course work mark. 

Introduction to European Integration 


Weekly classes: 1lec+2sem+ 0labs+0ps 



Department involved : Department of European Studies 


Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Mimi Kornazheva, MSc, PhD, Dept. of European Studies, Tel: 825667; 

E-mail: brie-bg@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at the development of the following subject specific competences: knowledge of the European 

idea and the European integration since the 50-s of the last century; awareness of the complexity of the process of 

integration; awareness of the debates of European citizenship and identity; awareness of points of view deriving 

from European and non-European national backgrounds; ability to reflect on one’s own values and question 

concepts, ideas and theories; ability to interpret European events in national and, regional and local frameworks. 

The generic competences, which are being developed are: capacity for analysis and synthesis; ability to work in 

international context. 


The lectures and seminars include topics, such as: the European idea, theories of European integration, the 

European Union as a sui generis organization; legislative, executive and judicial policies of the European polity. 

Seminars are windows of opportunity for students to explore common policies of the European Union regarding 

the four freedoms of movement; the budget, the competition, the agriculture , the information society, etc. Students 

are involved in case studies on European regionalism, and more particularly on cross-border cooperation 

practices. 

Teaching, learning and assessment: 

The methods of teaching include: lectures; seminars; tutorials; projection of video films; case study; visit at the 

Romanian-Bulgarian border and discussion on the changes of the border governance with frontier guards 

regarding the new role of Bulgaria and Romania to protect an internal EU border. The learning methodology is 

diverse as well: attending the lectures, participating in seminars via presentations and position statements; selfpreparation 

with written papers for the seminars within the semester. The assessment refers to all kinds of student 

achievements: attendance and contribution to seminars, oral presentations; written papers for the presentations; 

performance within the written form of control. 

172



Intercultural Communication in the EU 






Department of European Studies 


Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Juliana Popova, MSc, PhD, Dept.of European Studies, tel.: 888 811 

Е-mail: juliana77popova@abv.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject matter of the discipline are cultural differences in perceptions, beliefs, attitudes and values, all of 

which form the basis of existing cultures and cultural orientations. These often build up barriers to communication 

in a multicultural environment. Their understanding and management makes the world of globalizing business 

more open to contacts and supports the development of multicultural group management and the successful 

functioning of multinational companies. 


Intercultural communication - functions, characteristics, elements of culture, the concepts of mine/ours-foreign and 

otherness. Acquisition of one own's culture and foreign culture. The view on cultural grammar and the ideas of 

eminent researchers in the field of Intercultural Communication. Communication and socio-psychological 

peculiarities of Intercultural Communication. The processes of intercultural adaptation and cultural sensibilisation. 

Multiculturalism and globalization. Management of multicultural teams. 


Teaching technology envisages the acquisition of the course content through lectures and seminars whose goal is 

active students’ participation in the development of the course units. The final ECTS grade in Intercultural 

Communication is based on the results from three components: two multiple choice written tests, including also 

case analysis (for each - 40%) and participation in discussions and presentations (20%). 

Institutions and Decision-Making in the EU 



Assessment: regular testing 

Type of testing: written 


Department of European Studies 


Lecturers: Emanuil Kolarov MSc, PhD, Dept.of European Studies, tel.: 888 811 

E-mail: еkolarov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

This interdisciplinary course aims to acquaint students with the institutional frame of the EU, its structure and the 

intensive law-making processes taking place there. An additional emphasis is laid on those national institutions in 

Bulgaria closely linked with the process of European integration and the decision-making there. Attention is paid to 

the ongoing enlargement and the perspectives for the reformation of EU institutions. 


The EU as a legal body - division of competences among institutions and between the EU and its institutions, on 

the one hand, and between member countries and their respective societies, on the other. EU institutions. Legal 

acts of the EU: types, juristic action and procedures for their acceptance. The role of national institutions in EU 

decision making. Bulgarian institutions linked with Euro-integration. The future of the EU. 


Teaching is by seminars. A testing on a regular basis is provided. The semester finishes with a summarized test 

for which the students should be able to show not only theoretical competence but skills to interpret concrete legal 

situations from activities of EU institutions and their compatibility with the legislation of member or accession 

countries. The final ECTS grade is based on three components: the result from the participation and attendance 

during seminars, the regular and summarized control tests. 

173



3095 Local Area Networks 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 672. 

E-mail: gkrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course provides knowledge, concepts and skills required for the creation, configuration, setting up and 

administration of local area networks. During the practice sessions students get concrete practical skills from 

relevant subject area. 


Passive and active equipment of local area networks (LAN). Building of LAN. Structuring and segmenting of LAN. 

Network environment of OS. Protocols and network services. Monitoring of events and access to network 

resources. Remote access. Internet and intranet. Network security. Wireless networks. 


The lecture topics give the main theoretical aspects of the course problems. Multimedia presentations are used to 

introduce the lecture material. The workshop sessions are carried out in halls equipped with personal computers 

and relevant specialized hardware and software for implementing the course research. During the practice 

sessions students are able to practically apply the acquired theoretical knowledge. For each session students are 

provided with methodological instructions and relevant tasks for implementing. The course ends with a written 

exam and oral testing. 

3097 Computer Telecommunication Systems 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Milen Iliev Loukantchevsky, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 

E-mail: mil@ieee.org 

Principal Assistant Nikolay Genkov Kostadinov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 


Principal Assistant Hovanes Mardiros Avakian, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 

E-mail: Havakian@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objectives are various application aspects of computer systems in telecommunications. The main part 

covers the basic elements of Internet Telephony (VoIP) - network elements, signaling and transport protocols, 

codecs, PSTN integration as well as the factors affecting voice quality and techniques of optimizing voice quality in 

VoIP networks. 


Telecommunication systems review. Digital switching. Concept of IP Telephony. H.323 Protocol Stack. Control 

and signalling. Audio and video codecs, Real-time Transport Protocol – RTP/RTCP. Session Initiation Protocol 

(SIP). PSTN Integration - VoIP Gateways. Quality of Service (QoS) issues. 


The lecture topics are focused on studying and understanding of standard protocols and telecommunication 

elements. At the practice sessions students explore actual devices and modules using protocol analyzer and 

PSTN simulator, as well as design applications based on open-source telecommunication libraries. 

174



3098 Computer Vision 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Mirolyub Mladenov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 888 747, E-mail: mladenov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Julia Zlateva, MEng, Dept of Computing, tel.: 888 681, E-mail: jzlateva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Computer Vision course is to familiarise the students with the computer vision systems 

structure and the main stages and applications of computer vision. The fields covered are image formation and 

image models, image filtering, image segmentation, image representation, image description and object 

recognition. 


Digital image formation and models. 

Intensity transformations and histogram processing, spatial filtering. 

Morphological image processing. 

Image segmentation: edge and line detection, thresholding, region-based segmentation. 

Image representation and description: boundary descriptors, regional descriptors. 

Fundamentals of image object recognition. 

Examples of computer vision applications. 


The lectures familiarise the students with the theoretic aspects of computer vision. 

The practical sessions give the opportunity to apply the theoretical knowledge by creating or using software 

products 

During the semester continuous assessment is carried out. 

3099 Real-time Systems 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Milen Iliev Loukantchevsky, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674 


Principal Assistant Nikolay Genkov Kostadinov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to provide students with a theoretical background and practical knowledge of real-time 

systems (RTS). The main real-time programming languages are studied and lectures focus on the requirements, 

coming from the particularities of the operation mode. The assimilation of RTS is based on studying their 

organization, mechanisms to achieve successful task completion in a given deadline, as well as the methodology 

of developing application systems, working in a control loop. 


Real-time programming languages. Decomposition of RTS. Hierarchical levels. Task management. Dispatching 

methods. Real-time planning algorithms. Tasks interaction mechanisms. Mechanisms for interaction with 

environment. Input-output drivers. System generation. Testing and debugging RTS. Methods for raising RTS 

reliability. 


The lectures precede the practice sessions and for each of the main lecture topics problem questions are asked 

aiming to achieve active student participation. 

At the workshops modern industrial RTS are used, which enable modifications in the source code that allow 

exploring alternative mechanisms. 

175



3100 Parallel Computer Systems 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Milen Iliev Loukantchevsky, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 


Abstract: 

Architectural aspects of parallel computer systems as separate class of computer architectures are addressed. 

The requirements of parallel computer structures are formulated at the very beginning. The classification of such 

systems is given. Canonical structures and topologies are defined as well. 

The communicating sequential processes CSP of C.A.R. Hoare is used as base parallel computing model. 

Two main practical implementations of the CSP model are given – the regular computing structure and mass 

parallel transputer system. Special attention to the organization of communication subsystem and inter-node 

communication primitives is given. 


General terms. Classification of parallel computer systems. Canonical structure of parallel computer system. 

Examples of MIMD systems. Regular computing structure. Transputers. Historical perspective. 


The lectures introduce main theoretical topics. Each group of lectures ends with conclusion of material and 

formulation of problems. 

At the practice sessions simulations and real systems are used putting lectures to practice. Each session begins 

with formulation and analysis of problems. At the very end the students are asked to summarize in written form 

their results. 


3101 Information Systems 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course objective is to familirise students with the main stages in the design and development of information 

systems (IS) as well as with the practical aspects of applying the OOP approach to the information systems 

development. 

Course prerequisites include: Programming Languages, Software Engineering, Object-oriented programming, 

Databases; and Programming Environments. 


Main problems of the IS. Life cycle of IS development using a structural approach. Structural analysis and design. 

Building data-flow diagrams. Organization and methods for designing codes and classifiers. Object-oriented (OO) 

analysis and design of IS. OO design of input and output documents. Design and organization of IS user interface. 

IS management. Methods for software protection. IS documenting. Geographic information systems. 



conducted in a computer lab. The students have to independently solve, code and debug entirely or partially 

defined elements with the aid of a corresponding programming environment. Students’ work is evaluated at each 

session. 

176



3102 Computer Graphic Systems 








Lecturers: 


E-mail: SStefanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Computer Graphical Systems course is the extension of the students’ knowledge in the design 

of graphical systems. The course aims to provide the theoretical knowledge and skills for working with graphical 

libraries in coding main algorithms for vector and raster graphics. 


Architecture of a graphical system. Algorithms for drawing graphical objects in the raster graphics. Algorithms for 

2D and 3D cutting. Algorithms for removing hidden lines. Algorithms for filled areas. Parametric curves. Fractals. 

Generating realistic images. Animation and design rules. 


Lectures include the main definitions from the computer graphic systems. The students have specific tasks to 

solve in each practice session. In the course of the semester, the students gradually build a complete graphical 

project, enhancing it in each session. The final mark is a weighted average of the following marks: activity during 

practice sessions and a written exam. 

177



UNDERGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

TELECOMMUNICATION 

SYSTEMS 

178





TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 

Degree course: Telecommunication Systems 


Professional Qualification: Telecommunications Engineer 


The Bachelor of Engineering in Telecommunication Systems (TS) should possess fundamental and 

specialist knowledge in a wide range of topics in the field of information and telecommunication 

systems. Students should adopt the idea of lifelong learning under the conditions of dynamically 

developing trends in the field of telecommunications. The knowledge and skills acquired throughout the 

degree course aim to help engineering graduates to adapt quickly to the conditions of the market. 

The graduates in telecommunications should be able to perform activities in the field of assembly, 

exploitation and service of telecommunication devices, systems and technologies. The complex 

knowledge gained during the course of study provides students with the ability to perform organizational 

and managerial activities in fields connected with telecommunications. 

The Bachelor of Engineering in Telecommunication Systems should possess the following theoretical 

knowledge and practical skills: 

1. Key theoretical knowledge: 

A Bachelor of TS should: 

• acquire knowledge required in the fundamental engineering courses – mathematics, physics, 

programming, etc.; 

• have in-depth knowledge of the specialized courses, forming the basis for up-grading the degree 

course, such as Electrical Engineering, Semiconductors, Analogue and Digital Engineering, Power 

Supply, Antenna-fader and Microwave Systems, Radio Engineering, etc.; 

• have expertise required in the basic specialized courses which include Measurements in 

Telecommunications, Radio Technical Systems, Television Systems, Switching, Multiplexing and 

Cable Equipment and Technologies, Cable and Optical Transfer Media and Systems, Signals and 

Systems, Processing and Transfer of Signals, Communication Networks and Systems, Computer 

Systems, Programming Languages, Operating Systems, Network Protocols, Microprocessors, 

Teletraffic Design, Reliability of Systems and Information, Multimedia Systems and Technologies, 

etc.; 

• have good command of the basic principles, structure, and functional features of 

telecommunication devices, systems and technologies; 

• have sufficient knowledge of foreign languages /fluent English and operative second foreign 

language/. 

2. Key practical skills: 

A Bachelor of TS should: 

• be familiar with computer and office equipment, application software, the Internet and Internet 

technologies; 

• be able to use control-measuring devices, test and diagnostic tools; measure and analyze the 

results; 

• be able to solve engineering problems related to the assembly, adjustment, exploitation, 

diagnostics and service of telecommunication devices, networks and systems self-dependently; 

• have skills and aptitude for using foreign language information, including periodicals, technical 

books, and Internet information; 

• be able to search, find, analyse and present information for solving particular problems; 

• be able to work in a team with representatives of the same and different professions; 

• be aware of legal and ethical aspects of the TS area; 

• be willing to undergo continuous education and self-study. 

179



The wide range of training of the Bachelor of Engineering in Telecommunication Systems gives him/her 

the ability to adapt quickly and find employment in other engineering fields such as electronics, 

information systems and technologies, automation, etc. 

The Bachelors of Engineering in Telecommunication Systems must have clear understanding of 

their role and significance in the development of the global information society and the 

responsibilities associated with that. 

180



CURRICULUM 



First year 



0417 Programming 1 6 0420 Programming 2 6 

0418 Physics 7 0421 Electrical Engineering 8 

1068 Electrical Materials 4 0422 Electrical Measurements 4 

0413 Introduction to Communications 4 0426 Semiconductors 4 

and Computer Technologies 

0419 English Language 3 0427 English Language 3 



Second year 


3035 Mathematics 3 5 3107 Analogue Devices 5 

3104 Power Supply 6 3108 Radiowaves, Antenna-Fader and 7 

Microwave Systems 

3065 Economics 3 3109 Pulse and Digital Circuits 5 

3105 Signals and Systems 7 3070 Computer Organization 6 

3106 Measurements in 

5 3110 Communication Circuits 5 


3066 Technical English 4 3111 Course Projects on Pulse and 2 

Digital Circuits 



1840 Practical Training– 3 w. 3 

Third Year 


3113 Commutation Systems 5 3112 

Radio Communication 

Techniques 

5 

3114 Cable Transmitting Systems 3 3120 Digital Signal Processing 6 

3115 Multiplex Systems 5 3122 Data Transfer and Computer 8 


3116 Teletraffic Engineering 4 3123 Optoelectronics and Optical 

4 


3117 Automatic Control Systems 4 

Communication Appliances 

3129 

Design 

5 

3119 Microprocessor Systems 7 

3124 Course project onTeletraffic 2 3118 Course Project on Radio 

Engineering 

Communication Techniques 

2 



3125 Practical Training – 4 w. 4 

181



Fourth Year 

Code Seventh term ECTS Code Eighth term ECTS 

3121 Television Systems 6 3134 Mobile Cell Radio Networks 3 

3126 Communication Networks and 6 

Systems 

Group A 

3127 Telecommunication Safety 3 3136 Digital Signal Processors 3 

3128 Computer Vision 4 3138 Operating Systems and Network 4 

Protocols 

1530 Multimedia Systems and 

4 3143 Convergent Networks 3 

Technologies 

3140 Databases 3 


(students elect a group) 

Group B 

Group A 

3130 Wireless Technologies for 5 3137 Video-Communication Devices 3 

Data Transfer 

and Systems 

3132 Course project on 

2 3139 Coding in Telecommunication 3 

Communication Networks and 

Systems 

Systems 

Total for the term for A 

3141 Digital Television Systems 4 

30 

group: 

3142 Radio Systems 3 

Group B 

3131 Programming Languages 5 

3133 Course project on Television 2 

Systems 

Total for the term for B 

Graduation 

30 

group: 

3135 Self-dependent training 4 

3144 Diploma work 10 

0040 State exam 10 



Total for the degree course: 240 ECTS credits 

182











Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Petar Ivanov Rashkov, Ph.D., Dept. of Algebra and Geometry, tel.: 888 489, 

E-mail: tpeter@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is fundamental and is a basic course in the study of mathematics. It is based on the knowledge of 

mathematics from secondary school and it serves as a prerequisite for other mathematical, fundamental and 

specialized courses. The syllabus reflects the new requirements to the mathematical training of engineers. When 

the teaching material is properly assimilated, it enables the students to progress into the theory of a series of 

modern technical sciences. 


The course of Higher Mathematics 1 includes: Complex numbers and polynomials. Matrices and determinants. 

Systems of linear algebraic equations. Vectors - scalar, vector, double vector and mixed products. Equations of a 

straight line and a plane in space, curves and surfaces. Linear spaces, linear operators, eigen vectors and eigen 

values. Numerical sets. Functions, inverse trigonometric functions. Numerical sequences, convergence. Limit of 

function. Differential calculus of functions with one variable. Base theorems of the differential calculus. Examining 

of functions. Indefinite integral. Basic methods for integration. 


Lectures concentrate on problems and examples with the minimum of proofs. At the seminars students acquire 

skills to solve problems on the corresponding material. Recommended problems for homework are given and 

solutions checked. Three one-hour tests are administered. The students prepare coursework, which consists of 

solving computational and theoretical problems. 

Continuous assessment is based on the results of the tests and the evaluation of the coursework. It is included in 

forming the final mark for the course. 

If the mark of a test is at least 5 (on a scale from 2 to 6) the student is allowed to take a preliminary exam on the 

basic theory of the chapter. If the student passes this exam successfully, he/she gets a mark for this chapter (at 

least 5). In this way the student can get a final mark for the course before the exam session. The final exam 

consists of 6 problems (computational and theoretical). To pass the exam at least 3 of them must be solved. The 

final mark is formed after a discussion. 









Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course is an introduction to programming and aims at giving the students skills to develop algorithms 

and computer programmes at intermediate level of difficulty. Significant attention is paid to algorithm 

development. The Pascal programming language is used as a tool, which was created especially to teach 

programming and which possesses all the features of the professional programming languages. 


Computer classification. CPU, Main memory. Data representation. Program development process. Algorithms. 

Introduction to Pascal. General structure of a program. Operations. Built-in functions. Expressions. Branches. 

Repetitions. Arrays. Pointers. Procedures and functions. Strings. Records. Files. 


The lectures comprise 2 hours a week. The practice sessions take place in computer labs and the students work 

on the above topics under the lecturer’s supervision. At the end of each stage the practical skills of the students 

are tested. At the end of the semester students’ knowledge is examined by a test. 

The final grade is based on the average mark of the continuous assessment at the practice sessions, the test 

mark and the evaluation of the coursework. 

The final grade is an average mark based on the continuous assessment at the workshops, the test mark and the 

evaluation of the coursework. 

183



0418 Physics 


Weekly classes: 3lec + 0sem+ 3labs+0ps+0,5cw 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tamara Pencheva, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 888 218, 888 383, E-mail: tgp@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with the physical character of processes and phenomena in nature 

and the methods of their investigation, with the most general properties of the matter and material objects. 

Laboratory work aims at creating skills for experimental investigation of physical phenomena. 



conservation in mechanics. Molecular physics and thermodynamics. Electric field and electric current. Magnetic 

field and electromagnetic induction. Mechanical oscillations and waves. Optical phenomena and laps. Elements of 

quantum mechanics, solid state physics and laser physics. 


Lectures provide the main theoretical material, supported by some demonstrations of physical phenomena and 


phenomena. Student knowledge of the theoretical material is tested regularly. At the exam the students answer 

two theoretical questions and do one laboratory exercise. 

1068 Electrical Materials 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihajlov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering; tel.: 888 843, 


Principal Assistant Professor Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering; tel.: 888 843, 


Abstract: 


more important processes in dielectrics, semi-conductors, conductors and magnetic materials and explore their 

main characteristics and parameters. The main characteristics and parameters of abovementioned materials are 

examined. 

Course prerequisites include Mathematics and Physics and the course in turn is a prerequisite for the courses in 

Electrical Measurements, Electrical Engineering, Semiconductors, etc. 


Polarization of dielectrics in a constant and alternating electric field. Dielectric permittivity of some materials. 

Electric conductivity of dielectrics. Dielectric losses. Breakdown voltage in dielectrics. Conductors. Main dielectric 

and magnetic materials. Magnetic conductors. Active dielectrics. Semi-conducting materials. Influence of the 



The teaching is based on the use of classical pedagogic forms. Some topics are supported by multimedia 

presentations, audio-visual materials and videos. The laboratory exercises follow the lecture topics and have 

practical orientation. When exploring the properties of semi-conductors, computer modeling is utilized. At the exam 

the students work on two questions, which help to estimate the degree of knowledge, after which an oral interview 

is conducted. 

184



0413 Introduction to Communications and Computer Technologies 


Weekly classes: 1lec+ 0sem+ 0labs+3ps+0,5p 




Department of Computing, Department of Telecommunications, 


Lecturers: 



Prof. Mihail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, 

E-mail: miliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Professor Lachezar Lazarov Yordanov, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 859, 


Principal Assistant Professor Svetlin Nedelchev Stoyanov, MEng, Dept. Telecommunications, tel.: 888 734, 

E-mail: sstoyanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to introduce first year students to the current state and trends in the ICT field, as well as to give 

basic knowledge and skills for using a PC, working with DOS and Windows applications, the Internet, etc. The 

students will need these basic skills in their further education. 


Structure of a personal computer, motherboard; functions and characteristics of the main modules, computer 

periphery; technologies for design of printed circuit boards; basic elements of computer and communications 

equipment, connections and markings; MS-DOS operating system; Microsoft Windows operating system; 

Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, Power Point); telecommunications equipment and technologies (mobile cellular 

networks, wireless data transfer technologies); Internet and Internet technologies; browsers. 


Lectures last 2 hours and are delivered during the first eight weeks. The practice sessions are conducted in 

specialized labs at the departments of Computer Systems and Telecommunication. The final mark is based on a 

mid-term test and a presentation on a specified topic. The test includes theoretical questions and practical tasks. 

0419 English Language 



Form of assessment: continuous 



Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816 


Senior Lecturer Pencho Konstantinov Kamburov, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816 


Senior Lecturer Diana Ilieva Stefanova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 230 


Lecturer Elitsa Dimitrova Georgieva, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816 


Abstract: 

The Foreign Language Module 1 is aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the subject 










communication, a wide range of authentic and specially constructed texts ( i. e. articles, diagrams and tables, 



Internet are used according to the modern trends in foreign language teaching. In class, students participate in 



185











Lecturers: 

Prof. Stepan Agop Tersian, MSc, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, tel.: 888 226, 888 587, 

E-mail: Tersian@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Julia Vancheva Chaparova, PhD, Dept. of Mathematical Analysis, tel.: 888 226, 888 587 

Abstract: 

The subject is basic for the study of mathematics in engineering sciences. It gets the students acquainted with the 

basic notions of mathematical analysis such as definite integrals, partial derivatives, double integrals, functions of 

complex argument, Laplace transformation and gives them computational abilities to solve ordinary differential 

equations and systems, find extrema and integrate functions of two variables, work with complex-valued functions. 

This knowledge is a prerequisite for the further study of higher mathematics – part 3, physics, and computer 

sciences. 





The teaching process involves lectures and seminars. In the lectures the course material is theoretically presented 

and demonstrated by proper example problems. In the seminars the understanding of the course material is 

checked and skills for solving practical problems are developed. Term validation is obtained according to the 

Internal Rules of the University for Academic Activities. The exam test includes 6 problems and/or theoretical 

questions from the course material. 









Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course is a logical continuation of Programming 1. The C++ programming language is studied, which is widely 

spread and used in later courses. 


Introduction to C++ programming language. Operations, expression. Assignment statement. Data input and 

output. IF and switch statements. Repetition. Arrays, pointers. Functions. Strings. Structures. Files. Classes 

and objects. 


The lectures clarify the theoretic aspect of the topics and provide a sufficient number of examples. This enables 

the students to prepare in advance for the practice sessions and to work independently during the classes. 


debugging C programs. 



186



0421 Electrical Engineering 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tanya Metodieva Stoianova, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 888 502, E-mail: tstoyanova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electrical Engineering course familiarizes the students with the fundamentals of electromagnetism and with 

the main methods for analysis of settled and transient processes in linear electric chains, in a chain with 

distributed parameters and in non-linear electric chains. The acquired knowledge is a basis for all electrical 

courses. 


Bases of electromagnetism – electric field and magnetic field; Maxwell’s equations; scalar and vector potential; 

constant and alternating electric and magnetic fields; potential fields; energy transformation. 

Settled modes in linear electric chains – main concepts and laps; constant, sine, periodic non-sine modes; threephase 

chains; quadripoles. 

Transient processes in linear electric chains - introduction; methods for analysis. 

Chains with distributed parameters - main concepts; homogeneous line; line with no losses. 

Non-linear electric chains - constant and periodic modes; transient processes. 


Lectures present the teaching material according to the syllabus. At the seminar students solve problems covering 

the topics of the syllabus. Continuous assessment is conducted at the practical classes by an oral discussion and 

submission of reports. At the beginning of the semester each student is given an individual problem as 

coursework. It has to be presented at the end of the semester in written form and is defended orally. Final 

assessment is accomplished by an exam, conducted in written and oral form. 





Type of exam: Written 




Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Rashkov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 


Abstract: 

The Electric Measurements course aims at familiarising the students with the main methods and tools for studying 

electric chains and for processing measurement results. The main attention is focused on the structure of 

measuring tools for measuring current and voltage, parameters of electric chains, basic tools for measurement in 

computer engineering and electronics - digital frequency meters, oscilloscopes. 



parameters of electric chains. Measuring electric power and energy. Basic measuring tools in computer 

engineering and electronics. Measurement interfaces. 


Lectures last two hours and are conducted once a week. The exercises are of the same duration. They are 

connected with the lectures and consolidate and deepen students’ knowledge on specific topics. Two planned 

tests are administered during the semester. 

187











Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Stoyan Antonov Kazandjiev, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 381, 

E-mail: SKazandjiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize the students with the main active semiconductor devices. The course topics 

include physical principles, structure, characteristics and parameters of discrete elements. Specific applications of 

elements, ways of connection, and methods of operation mode computation are addressed. Brief information 

about the technology of manufacturing of discrete elements and integrated circuits is provided, too. 


Physical fundamentals of semiconductor devises. Semiconductor diodes. Semiconductor stabilitrons. Tunnel 

diodes. Bipolar transistors: characteristics; parameters of transistor as a quadripole; frequency properties of 

transistors; dynamic and switch mode of transistor operation. Field-effect transistors: junction-gate field-effect 

transistors; MOS-transistors. Thyristors. Optoelectronic devices. Fundamentals of microelectronics: types of 

integrated circuits; main principles of construction of bipolar and MOS - integrated circuits. 


The lectures give the students the opportunity to familiarize themselves theoretically with the main questions of the 

material. Each Iecture is presented using visual materials - slides. The laboratory exercises have duration of 4 

hours every other week and the whole group does the same exercise. Before starting the laboratory exercises the 

students` preparation on the theoretical material and methodology of making the measurements is checked. The 

students prepare a report for each laboratory exercise which is checked by the lecturer. The results from the 

laboratory work are taken into consideration for determining the final mark at the exam. The exam is written, with 2 

questions from the course syllabus, which is followed by an oral discussion. 

0427 English Language 







Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages tel.: 888 816, 


Senior Lecturer Pencho Konstantinov Kamburov, MA, Dept. of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816, 


Senior Lecturer Diana Ilieva Stefanova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 230, 


Lecturer Elitsa Dimitrova Georgieva, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816, 


Abstract: 

The Foreign Language Module 2 is also aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the subject 





Higher education. Reading strategies. Note taking. Structure and organisation of a scientific text. Describing a 

process. Components and specifications. Describing graphs. Writing a CV. Announcements and messages 

(formal and informal). Enquiries, letters of complaint and orders. The grammar material is connected with the 

lexical topics and situations. 









188











Lecturers: 

Prof. Luben Georgiev Vulkov, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 888 466, 888 725, Е-mail: lvalkov@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Professor Nikolinka Stoianova Strateva, MSc, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 888 466, 888 725, Е-mail: nstrateva@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The objective of the Mathematics III course is to equip students with knowledge and skills to solve engineering 

problems requiring: Fourier series; the most common numerical methods of linear algebra and mathematical 

analysis; Mathematical apparatus of the probability theory; methods of mathematical statistics for processing 

experimental data. 


Fourier series. Numerical methods for solving systems of linear equations, non-linear equations, systems of nonlinear 

equations, least squares method for approximation of tabulated data. Elements of theory of probability, 

elements of mathematical statistics, element of regression and correlation analysis, main concepts of experiment 

planning. 


The lecturers present the material theoretically and illustrate it with appropriate example problems. At the seminars 

the assimilation of material is checked. At the workshops application examples are solved with the aid of the 

programming environment MATLAB and namely: Fourier series, numerical method of algebra and analysis, 

mathematical statistics. Two tests, 2 hours each, are conducted during the semester. The final mark is based on 

written and oral exams, taking into consideration the results of the tests. 

3104 Power Supply 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Mihail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, 


Assistant Ventsislav Petkov Keseev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 750, 

E-mail: vkeseev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to acquaint the students with the different kinds of electric energy sources and 

transformers, which implement the electricity power supply of various electronic systems and devices. Basic 

course topics are electronic transformers of electric energy, which are most applicable in practice. Electric rectifier 

schemes of different charge character, the rectified voltage regulation, voltage transformers, voltage and current 

stabilizers are discussed in detail. Chemical current sources are introduced also – chemical elements and 

accumulators. 


Rectifier schemes. Various charge character analysis and basic correlations. Controllable rectifiers. Filters. 

Transistor invertors. Parametric stabilizers. Linear and pulse stabilizers. Electronic protection systems. Chemical 

sources. Alternative energy sources. 


The students work on one topic at every practical exercise and produce a report after that. The students prepare 

a course assignment, which helps them to assimilate the knowledge acquired in class. Continuous assessment is 

made during the exercises and students are examined orally, while the practical exercise reports and the course 

assignment are verified and defended by the students. 

189











Lecturers: 

Assoc.Prof. Djanko Hristov Minchev, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 888 557, 

E-mail: Dminchev@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc.Prof. Emil Georgiev Trifonov, MEcon, PhD, Dept. of Economics, tel.: 888 557 

Abstract: 

The subject familiarizes the students with the general problems, laps and categories of the contemporary market 

economy. Thus it creates a certain basis for the remaining economic objects. It also gives general knowledge, 

which is expressed in alternative ways of economic viewing and which forms and creates abilities for independent 

and expert choice in economic surroundings. Course prerequisite is knowledge of mathematics and it is related to 

concrete branch and functional economic subjects. 


Introduction – the economic system and the fundamentals of economic theory. 

Market mechanism. Public sector. Consumer demand and behavior. Manufacture, company assets and expenses. 

Imperfect competition and supply. Price formation and incomes depending on production factors: Gross domestic 

product and economic growth. Economic cycles, unemployment and inflation. Taxation, budget and monetary 

policy. 


Material is taught in two ways – lectures and practical classes, which elucidate and develop further some of the 

issues discussed at lectures. Continuous assessment is carried out. It includes two test assignments and student 

performance during the semester. Final assessment is an average of the above-mentioned components of 

evaluation. 

3066 English for Engineers 


Weekly workload: 0l+0s+0lab+4p 




Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Mariela Georgieva Risova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 816 


Senior Lecturer Pencho Konstantinov Kamburov, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 816 


Senior Lecturer Diana Ilieva Stefanova, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 230 


Lecturer Elitsa Dimitrova Georgieva, MA, Department of Foreign Languages, tel:++359 82 888 816 


Abstract: 

The Foreign Language Module 3 is also aimed at achieving communicative competence in the area of the subject 

specialism and the future job. At the end of the module the students are expected to be able to give and find out 

information from different information sources: texts, tables, instructions, etc., as well as to use it for particular 

purposes; to request or give permission for doing certain activities, to persuade, give advice, instruction, to 

express opinions, to build a range of vocabulary of the main terms from their speciality in the foreign language; to 

understand the gist of the text and to make a summary; to deal with authentic scientific texts and documentation, 

to write well structured short texts and formal letters; to take part in discussions. 


Types of computers and structure of the computer. Peripheral devices. Graphic user interface. Nets. Internet. 

Preparation of a presentation – instructions for material gathering; structure; developing presentation skills. 

Communications. Data base and electronic tables. Data protection and anti-virus software. Development of the 

information technologies. Professional development in the sphere of computing and telecommunications. 









190



3105 Signals and Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Borisov Evstatiev, MEng, PhD, Department of Electronics, tel.: 888 772, 

Е-mail: ievstatiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The compulsory subject Signals and Systems has the objective to acquaint the students with the main principles in 

creating, processing and transferring of electrical signals for the needs of communications, informatics and 

automatics. The knowledge of Physics is a course prerequisite. 


General concepts of the information theory. Electrical signals - types, main characteristics. Spectral analysis of 

periodic signals and non-periodic signals. Correlation analysis. Discreteness. Linear conversions of the signals. 

Input and output immittance of a quadripole. Analog and digital filtration. Modulation and demodulation. Coding. 

Signal conversions. Course assignment - harmonic analysis of periodic and non-periodic signals. Application of 

the Naikuist - Kotelnikov theorem. The subject includes a course assignment. 


The lectures last two hours and are delivered according to the following scheme: the first week one lecture with 

duration of two hours, the second week two lectures with duration of two hours. 

The exercises reflect the lecture material. Manual calculations, study via computer analysis and laboratory 

measurements are done during the exercises. The students prepare a report for each exercise. The students do 

the course assignment on their own. It helps to consolidate their knowledge about harmonic analysis of periodic 

and non-periodic signals and the application of the theorem of Naikuist - Kotelnikov. 

3106 Measurements in Communications 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Venelin Borisov Dimitrov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electronics, tel.: 888 382, 

Е-mail: vdimitrov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Professor Yavor Branimirov Neikov, MEng, Department of Electronics, tel.: 888 772, 

E-mail: yneikov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to provide students with practical skills for working with electrical measuring devices and 

for choosing suitable measuring methods in accordance with predefined accuracy. The main tasks include 

acquaintance with the main techniques and ways for measuring the parameters and characteristics of the 

electrical signals, circuits and devices and principles of measuring devices, systems and interface construction. 

Digital measuring devices and programmable measuring circuits with higher metrological characteristics are taken 

into consideration. 

Course prerequisites include Electrical Measurements, Analog Schematic Circuits, Signals and Systems and the 

course itself is a prerequisite for the Pulse Digital Devices, Microprocessors, and other courses, too. 


Measurement alternators. Sine sources with separate and self-generated excitation. Pulse transducing devices. 

Cathode-ray oscilloscope. Kind of oscillographic scans. Waiting scan. Oscillogram distortion. Electronic voltmeters 

with effective value converters, effective to mean value converters and maximum value converters. Digital 

voltmeters for DC voltage measuring. High and low frequency measuring. Digital meter for signal frequency and 

transient parameters measuring. Oscillographic ways of phase difference measuring. 


The teaching is carried out through lectures and practical exercises. The main topics of the lecture material enable 

the students to get acquainted theoretically with the general principles, ways and means of measuring of electrical 

quantities with electronic devices. The practical exercises have duration of 2 hours weekly according to the 

syllabus. Final assessment is based on a written and oral exam. 

191



3107 Analog Devices 






Department of Electronics, 


Lecturers: 



Assoc. Prof. Anelia Vladimirova Manukova, MEng, PhD, Department of Electronics, tel.: 888 375, 888 682, 

Е-mail: amanukova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Analog Devices course is compulsory and it gives the students the necessary minimum of knowledge in 

analog devices. It discusses the factors and methods for the realization of the most widely used low-level and 

power amplifiers and generator stages in a discrete and integral input, methods for dc and ac analysis of the 

discussed circuits, as well as instructions for their design. 


General information about amplifying engineering; main characteristics and operation modes. Back-coupling in 

amplifiers; influence of negative back-coupling on the main values of the amplifiers. Resistance of amplifiers. 

Aperiodic amplifiers of small signals with a common emitter, common base and common collector by middle, low 

and high frequencies. Cascade circuits. Aperiodic amplifiers of power. Main elements from analog devices of the 

analog integrated circuits. Differential amplifiers. Direct current amplifiers. Operational amplifiers - general 

characteristics and main circuits. The subject includes coursework. 


2 hours of lectures following an alternating scheme. 2 hours of exercises carried out in two stages: analysis, 

design and measurement of the discussed device and/or computer analysis. 

Course assignment is involved. Continuous assessment during the exercises is done by oral discussions, 

checking of the homework and presentations of the course projects. 

Method of assessment: two written exams (7th and 14th week) - 80 %; course project - 20 %. 

3108 Radiowaves, Antenna - Feeder and Microwave Engineering 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Krassimir Petrov Manev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 780, 

E-mail: kmanev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Students acquire theoretical knowledge and practical skills regarding electromagnetic field bases, principles of 

generation and propagation of electromagnetic waves, specific element basis, constructive structure and 

organization of super-high-frequency (SHF) communication systems. 


Electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic wave propagation in different material environments. Antenna devices. 

Coaxial lines. Feeder lines. Micro-wave devices. Passive SHF elements. Valve SHF devices. Semiconductor SHF 

devices. SHF communication systems. Safety regulations for working with microwave devices. 


Lectures include 4 hours per week for the students in the 2 nd year of the Telecommunication Systems degree 

course. 2-hour practical exercises are conducted every week. Students have to be theoretically prepared for them 

and to produce a report for each exercise. Continuous assessment is made during the laboratory exercises by 

assigning particular tasks and verifying their accomplishment, accepting the practical exercise reports. Students 

are consistently consulted about the lecture material. Student duties outside lecture and exercise halls include 

studying from lecture notes, preparing for the practical exercises and making reports. The active form of training 

envisages a controlled self-dependent work (course paper) based on an individual task. The work involves 

computer modeling of a communication antenna choosing a corresponding feeder line. 

192



3109 Pulse and Digital Devices 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 823, 888 677 


Assoc. Prof. Yoana Emilova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 823, 888 677, 


Principal Assistant Professor Volodia Hristov Tsonev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 677, 


Abstract: 

The subject has the objective to familiarize students with the main problems of digital electronics. It links the 

functions of digital elements with their microelectronic basis on one hand, and on the other hand – with their 

application when building pulse and digital devices. Profound knowledge of electrical engineering and 

semiconductors is a prerequisite for the course. The subject helps to give knowledge in the field of hardware. 


Boolean algebra. Synthesis and analysis of combinational circuits. Digital circuits with memory. Forming circuits. 

TTL integrated circuits. CMOS logic integrated circuits. Triggers. Schmidt triggers. Multi-vibrators. Generators of 

linear voltage. Impulse circuits with operating amplifiers. Particularities of integrated circuits with middle scale of 

integration. Interface circuits. 


The lectures give the students the opportunity to get acquainted theoretically with the main aspects of digital 

electronics before the laboratory exercises. The students must be prepared for each practice session and at the 

end prepare a report for each of them. The exam is held as a written test. 









Lecturers: 

Prof. Angel Sotirov Smrikarov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 249, 888 743 


Abstract: 



CPU. The following is considered in details: structure and way of operation of arithmetic and logic unit, control unit, 

registers, RAM, cache, interrupt system. Modern RISC and CISC/RISC processors are analysed in detail 

The course is linked to the following subjects: Analysis and Synthesis of Logic Circuits, Microprocessors, 

Computer Peripherals, Computer Architectures, etc. 



logic data. CPU - definition, classification, main components. Structure of arithmetic and logic units. Structure of 

control units. Memory structure – registers, cache, RAM. Structure of interrupt systems. Example RISC and 



At the lectures the students are familiarized with the theoretic aspects of the structure and ways of operation of 

different CPU components. At the practice sessions, hardware and software models of main processor units and 

blocks are explored. 

193



3110 Communication Circuits 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tanya Metodieva Stoyanova; Meng, PhD, Dept. of Theoretic and Measuring Engineering, 

tel.: 888 502, E-mail: tstoyanova@uni-ruse.bg; 

Principal Assistant Professor Adriana Naydenova Borodzhieva, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, 

tel.: 888 734, E-mail: aborodjieva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg. 

Abstract: 

The Communication Circuits course familiarizes the students with the most frequently used communication circuits 

and systems and the main methods for their analysis and design. It also deals with resonant circuits and electrical 

filters as well as with different types of modulation and some modulator implementations, too. The acquired 

knowledge serves as a basis for all specialized courses of the programme. 


Resonant circuits. Series-resonant circuits and parallel-resonant circuits. Coupled circuits and tuning coupled 

circuits. 

Electrical filters – low-pass, high-pass, band-pass and band-stop. Reactive filters – LC filters of type “K” and type 

“m” – series-derived and parallel-derived. Passive and active RC filters. Approximation of amplitude responses 

and phase responses. 

Modulations. Amplitude modulation. Angular modulation – frequency modulation and phase modulation. Pulse 

modulations – pulse-amplitude modulation, pulse-time modulation, pulse-coded modulation. 


Lectures present the course material according to the syllabus. During the practical classes students solve 

problems covering the topics of the syllabus. Continuous assessment is conducted at the practical exercises 

through written tests. At the beginning of the semester each student is given an individual problem as a course 

assignment. It has to be presented at the end of the semester in written form and is defended orally. Final 

assessment is accomplished via an exam, conducted in written and oral form. 

3111 Course Project on Pulse and Digital Devices 



Assessment: defence 





Lecturers: 





Principal Assistant Professor Volodia Hristov Tsonev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 677, 


Abstract: 

The objective of the Pulse and Digital Devices course project is to consolidate the students’ knowledge about 

basic problems in digital electronics. The main idea is to connect the functions of the digital elements with their 

microelectronic basis on one hand, and on the other hand – with their application when building pulse and digital 

devices. The course project utilises the acquired knowledge of the subject with the same name. The acquired 

knowledge is used in the specialist subjects in the field of digital engineering. 


The course project consists of two parts. A definite digital device without memory is designed with assigned 

element base set in the first part. The calculated logical functions are minimized and a structural device scheme is 

made. With assigned external characteristics and parameters of a pulse device, the digital elements are chosen, 

the parameters and logic functions are analyzed and some pulse and digital circuits are designed in the second 

part. 


The course project is done by the students independently. Individual assignments for the first part are given at the 

beginning of the semester and after they have been accomplished (by the 7th week), individual assignments are 

given for the second part. During the semester students can attend weekly tutorials. The defence of each part of 

the course project is done orally and suggested scheme solutions are substantiated. 

194



1840 Practical Training 



Assessment: preliminary exam 

Type of exam: oral and written 




Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Krasimir Petrov Manev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 780, 


Abstract: 

The aim of the course is to help students assimilate the acquired theoretical knowledge and apply the practical 

skills gained from the Telecommunication Systems degree course, as well as to obtain new specific knowledge 

and skills under the conditions of real businesses and organizations engaged in design, introduction, exploitation 

and maintenance of communication and information systems. 


Introduction into the structure, character and the activities of different subdivisions in a specific organization. 

Studying the widespread communication and information systems, their constructive and technological parameters 

and characteristics, functional potentialities and special exploitation features. Direct participation depending on the 

trainee’s official position in the exploitation and maintenance of the communication equipment. 


The practical training is organized in the period fixed in the course schedule. It is conducted in enterprises, 

companies, organizations with modern manufacturing facilities or in organizations where contracts for practical 

training are concluded. The practical training can be carried out in an enterprise offered by the student but on 

condition that it is properly equipped to enable the implementation of the industrial training objectives and tasks 

(tutor’s permission needed). 

3119 Microprocessor Systems 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The Microprocessor Devices course aims to acquaint the students with the characteristics, organization, 

functioning and usage of microprocessors and microcomputers systems. The subject is based on PIC18FXX2 

single chip microcontrollers and MPLAB development environment. In the second part of the course methods and 

device solutions about the organization, functioning and usage of microprocessor systems as control devices in 

different industrial objects are discussed. Attention is paid to the methods of digital-analog, analog-digital 

conversion and the processing of analog information. 


Microprocessor and microcontroller architecture. Microprocessor system architecture. Bus organization. Instruction 

set. Memory organization. Fundamentals and organization of the parallel interface, series interface and timers 

modules. Time intervals generating and measuring. Interfaces between the microprocessor systems. Analog 

signal processing via microprocessor systems. Information processing from digital sensors and executive 

mechanisms. Man–machine interface. 


The topics of the lectures enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the main aspects of 

microprocessor devices before doing the practical exercises. Students develop and debug programs for exploring 

the components of the microprocessor system or the modules of the microcontroller using the available 

development environment. 

Method of assessment: written and oral exam on 2 questions from the course prospectus. 

195



3113 Commutation Systems 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Georgi Valentinov Hristov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 

E-mail: ghristov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assistant Professor Ivanka Dimitrova Tsvetkova, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 836, 

E-mail: itsvetkova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course in switching technologies focuses on the nature of commutations, their practical models, their 

measurements and simulations. The field of study is digital switching, processor management and common 

channels for signals. 


The course contains topics on the application of switching technologies in telecommunications. The 

Commutation course covers the use of tools and basic knowledge to provide reliable telecommunication. 


Lectures clarify the theoretic aspects of the topics and provide a sufficient number of examples. This enables the 


Workshops are held in computer labs. Students do practical work based on developing, testing and debugging 

computer networks. 

3114 Cable Transmitting Systems 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Professor Orlin Lubomirov Petrov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 888 319, 888 378, Е-mail: opetrov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the subject is to provide students with basic knowledge in the area of cable engineering: terminology, 

classifications, parameters, methods, elements, technical solutions, protection, contents of projects, mounting and 

exploitation documentation, measures and calibrations. 


Main principles in communications cable engineering. Classification systems. Construction of communication 

cables. Insulation and twisting of conductors of symmetrical cables. Formation of cabling sheaves. Symmetrical 

cables. Construction, area of application, choice. Construction and characteristics of coaxial cables. Homogeneity 

lines. Model, definitions, primary and secondary parameters. Calculation of secondary parameters of homogeneity 

lines. Working parameters of homogeneity lines. Bending of signals transmitted on homogeneity lines. Shielding of 

symmetrical cables. Active resistance and inductivity of transmission lines. Capacitance and conductivity of 

transmission lines. Electromagnetic processes in coaxial cables. Mutual influences between communication lines. 

Essence and primary parameters. Secondary parameters on mutuality influences between communication lines. 

Symmetried cable lines. Essence, methods for symmetring on cable symmetric lines. Protection of cable lines 

from breaking influences. Earth protection and equalization installations. Design of cities communication cable 

networks. Communication management in buildings. Design of structural cable installations. Repair and 

maintenance of communications cable lines. 


The lectures are carried out according to a preliminary timetable and supported by visual aids. Company 

information and materials are given to the students. During the practice sessions discussions with the students 

and periodical checking of their knowledge is carried out. Every student has to develop a course paper by himself 

or herself and present it by the end of the term. Students can ask questions concerning lecture material, practice 

sessions and course paper during consultation hours. 

196



3115 Multiplexing Systems 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Mihail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, 888 457, 


Principal Assistant Professor Georgi Valentinov Hristov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The objective of the “Multiplexing systems” course is to acquaint the students with the characteristics, 

organization, functioning and usage of multiplexing and multiplexing systems. Multiplexing is a process that 

combines several signals for simultaneous transmission on one transmission channel. Most of the transmission 

systems in telecommunications networks contain more capacity than is required by a single user. It is 

economically feasible to utilize the available bandwidth of optical fiber or coaxial cable or a radio system in a single 

high-capacity system shared by multiple users. 


Main concepts of multiplexing systems. Different methods for modulations. Frequency-division multiplexing. Time 

division multiplexing. Frame structure of the E1 and T1. Plesiochronous transmission hierarchy. Synchronous 

transmission hierarchy. Main concepts of optical multiplexing systems (DWDM). The ingredients of DWDM 

systems. 


The lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted theoretically with the main aspects of multiplexing 

systems before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the main characteristics of the multiplexing 

signals with different parameters, using the available laboratory installations and measurement instruments. 

Lectures discuss mainly the principles of the multiplexing theory, while practical exercises focus on the main 

characteristics of multiplexing signals. 

Method of Assessment: A 2- hour written and oral exam which includes 2 questions from the course prospectus. 

3116 Teletraffic Engineering 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Dimitar Ivanov Radev, MEng, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, 

E-mail: dradev@abv.bg 

Assistant Professor Elena Plamenova Ivanova, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 831, 

E -mail: epivanova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

This course focuses on statistics, the nature of traffic, practical models, measurements and simulations to make 

predictions and to design telecommunication networks at minimum total cost. 


The course contains topics on the application of traffic engineering theory in telecommunications. Teletraffic 

engineers use their knowledge of statistics, the nature of traffic, practical models, measurements and simulations 

to make predictions and to design telecommunication networks at minimum total cost. It also covers the use of 

these tools and knowledge to provide telecommunication at lower cost. Since the approach is so different to 

different networks, the networks are handled separately here: PSTN, broadband networks, mobile networks, and 

networks where the possibility of traffic being heavy is more frequent than anticipated. 



students to prepare in advance for the workshops and to work independently during the classes. 

Workshops are held in computer labs. Students do practical work based on developing, testing and debugging 


197



3117 Automatic Control Systems 






Department of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Lyubomirov Lehov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 888 745, E-mail: glehov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Plamen Ivanov Daskalov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 888 747, E-mail: daskalov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims are to give knowledge and practical skills for modelling, analysis and synthesis of automatic 

control systems. Prerequisites to this course are the Computer Architecture and Signal Processing courses. The 

acquired knowledge is applied in various fields of engineering. It is a basis for the courses in which control 

systems and their elements are studied. 


Control systems: basic concept and definitions. Mathematical models of linear continuous-time control systems. 

Stability analysis. Dynamic performance analysis. Steady-state errors. Control systems design methods. P, PI, PD 

and PID controllers. Digital controllers. Sensors and actuators. System architecture and functions of computer 

control systems. Analog and digital input/output modules. Textual and graphics IEC 61131-3 programming 

languages. 


Lectures present the theoretic aspects of the problems addressed by the course and illustrate them with 

appropriate examples. The aim of the practical exercises is to teach the students to apply creatively the acquired 

knowledge. They are conducted with the aid of MATLAB software system. Students’ progress is checked during 

each exercise throughout the semester. Students have to attend all the practical classes. Continuous assessment 

is carried out in the form of two written tests: the first one in the middle of the semester and the second one, at the 

end of the semester. The tests consist of problem solving and question answering. The mark from the practical 

work is taken into consideration when forming the final course mark. 

3124 Course Project on Teletraffic Engineering 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

This project focuses on statistics, the nature of traffic, practical models, measurements and simulations to make 

predictions and design telecommunication networks at minimum total cost. 


The course includes the application of traffic engineering theory in telecommunications. Teletraffic engineers use 

their knowledge of statistics, the nature of traffic, practical models, measurements and simulations to make 

predictions and design telecommunication networks at minimum total cost. 


This enables the students to prepare in advance for the practice sessions and to work independently during the 

classes. Workshops are held in computer labs.Students do practical work based on developing, testing and 


198



3112 Radio Communication Engineering 






Department of Telecommunications, 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Mihail Petkov Jeliazov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 381, 

Е-mail: mjeliazov@mail.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize students with the main problems of the general structure, main principles of 

building, methods of analysis and research in radio-communication systems and devices. Course prerequisites 

include in-depth knowledge of separate elements of transmission and receiving devices, circuit techniques, 

principles of work and basic elements for their building. 


The course helps to acquire knowledge about transmitters and receivers as basic elements of communication 

systems. Theory, circuit techniques and design of all devices, which are connected with frequency syntheses and 

transforming. Methods and devices for analog and digital signal building. Devices for filtering and amplification of 

the radio and medial frequency. Frequency converters. Detectors of radio-signals. Communication traffic systems. 


Lectures include 4 hours a week and practical exercises include 2 hours a week. During the practical exercises, 

students research radio-frequency and medial frequency amplifiers, auto generators, devices for radio signals 

filtering, frequency converters, detectors and devices for frequency regulation. Students have to prepare a course 

project, which aims at creating skills for experimental investigation of different devices and solving of practical 

problems connected with their application in communications engineering. 

3120 Digital Signal Processing 








Lecturers: 



Prof. Borislav Yordanov Bedzhev, MEng, PhD, DSc, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 381, 

E-mail: bedzhev@abv.bg 

Assistant Professor Ivanka Dimitrova Tsvetkova, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 836, 

E-mail: itsvetkova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract 

The aim of the Digital Signal Processing course is to introduce the students to the main principles of discrete 

transforms, methods for designing and realization of Finite Impulse Response (FIR) and Infinite Impulse Response 

(IIR) digital filters, as well as digital all-pass filters, applications of digital signal processing, such as adaptive filters, 

spectral analysis, spectral shift, interpolation and decimation. 


Digital signals and systems. Digital signals and systems representation in time-domain and frequency-domain. Z- 

transform. Discrete and Fast Fourier Transform. Finite Impulse Response (FIR) and Infinite Impulse Response 

(IIR) digital filters. Digital all-pass filters. Applications of digital signal processing – adaptive filters, spectral 

analysis, spectral shift, interpolation and decimation. Software and hardware tools for digital signal processing. 


Lectures present the course material according to the syllabus. Lectures precede practice sessions and provide 

the necessary theoretical knowledge for them. During the practical classes students solve problems covering the 

topics of the syllabus and do computer simulations with MATLAB and its extensions for digital signal processing. 

Continuous assessment is conducted at the practical exercises through written tests. At the beginning of the 

semester each student is given an individual problem as a course assignment. It has to be presented at the end of 

the semester in written form and is defended orally. Final assessment is accomplished via an exam, conducted in 

written and oral form. 

199



3129 Communication Appliances Design 


Weekly workload: 2lec+0sem+0labs+2ps+0,5p 






Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The Communication Appliances Design course is included as compulsory in the curriculum of the 

Telecommunication Systems degree course. The subject aims to give students basic knowledge needed for 

constructing communication appliances and estimating their reliability. Exploitation requirements for 

communication appliances and engineering analysis methods, synthesis and their parameter optimization are 

discussed through the course. 


Exploitation conditions and classification of communication appliances. Communication system reliability. 

Precision analysis when constructing communication appliances. General problems of cooling communication 

appliances. Electromagnetic transformers and commutating devices. Protection of communication appliances 

against unstable factors. Element base used for the production of communication appliances. Constructive 

measuring of functional nodes. 


Lectures are delivered every week and last 3 hours. Basic issues included in the syllabus are discussed during 

lectures emphasizing mainly the physical character of the processes. Practical exercises last 2 hours. They are 

connected with the research of the performance of communication appliances depending on external factors and 

with the measuring of separate elements and communication appliance functional nodes. Student preparation is 

assessed through a discussion held at the beginning of each practical exercise. 

3122 Data Transfer and Computer Communication 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

This course focuses on the transport of multi-media information among distributed computer systems. We 

examine how modern communication protocols, as implemented in the Internet, satisfy the differing 

requirements of the services that generate and use multi-media information. 


The course includes: OSI History, Analog and Digital Communication, Multiplexing, Connecting Hosts, in 

cases of more than one network - Building an Inter-network, Peer Processes to Communicate, Service 

Isolation and Traffic Engineering, Successfully Allocating Resources, Encoding Application Data, Securing 

Data. 



students to prepare in advance for the practical classes and to work independently during the sessions. 

Practice sessions are held in computer labs. Students do practical work developing, testing and debugging 


200



3123 Optoelectronics and Optical Communications 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Tamara Grigorievna Pencheva, MSc, PhD, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 888 218, 

E-mail tgp@uni-ruse.bg 

Assistant Professor Berkant Gyoch, MSc, Dept. of Physics, tel.: 888 218, 

E-mail: b_gyoch@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with complex theoretical, methodological and apparatus problems in 

recent coherent and incoherent optoelectronics, at introducing the students to applications of optoelectronics 

devices and systems in communication engineering. 

The practical exercises aim at creating skills for experimental investigation of optoelectronic devices and solving of 

practical problems connected with their application in communication engineering. 


Basic properties and characteristics of optical radiation; incoherent optoelectronics; optical sources, 

photoreceivers; optrons; integrated optoelectronics; coherent optoelectronics: light amplification and generation, 

types of coherent light sources (lasers), comparison of their characteristics, laser emission control, coherent light 

propagation through the atmosphere and in optical waveguides; optical fibers and cables, the main application 

areas of optoelectronics and optical fiber systems and devices in industry. The course focuses on elemental 

composition and working principles of optoelectronic devices, their basic parameters and specific application 

areas. 


Lectures give the main theoretical material, supported by some demonstrations of optoelectronic phenomena and 

processes. At the practical exercises the student works independently and investigates particular optoelectronic 

phenomena, optoelectronics and fiber-optics elements, devices and systems. 

The knowledge of the lecture material and issues discussed at the practical exercises is tested regularly in two 

tests. The final mark is formed according to a proposed system of credits. 

3118 Course Project on Radio Communication Techniques 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Mihail Petkov Jeliazov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 381, 


Abstract: 

The students expand their knowledge, gained from the Radio-communication Engineering and Radio-wave and 

Microwave Engineering courses. The students form abilities for independent decision-making on every 

engineering problem and designing of radio-communication devices. 


Topics discussed: Design of radio-receiving antennae systems, Markony type. Design of transmitters for the end 

radio-relay station. Design of receivers for the end radio-relay station. Design of active retranslators of heterodyne 

type with two independent SHF generators. Design of active retranslators of heterodyne type with one SHF 

generator and two medial frequencies. Design of active retranslator of heterodyne type with one SHF generator 

and one medial frequency. 


At the beginning of the term an individual task is submitted to every student. During the practical exercises typical 

problems including elements from the students’ tasks are solved. Personal discussions with every student are 

carried out weekly where students have to present the intermediate results from their work on the design and get 

instructions on how to continue. The final project work has to be described in 15-20 pages. It includes the 

engineering design and calculations of all electrical devices and modules, and a functional and principal diagram 

of the system under design have to be provided as well. The project work is presented personally by each student 

during the last week of the term. 

201



3125 Practical Training 



Assessment: preliminary exam 

Type of exam: oral and written 




Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The aim of the course is to help students assimilate the acquired theoretical knowledge and practical skills from 

the Telecommunication Systems degree course and to obtain new specific knowledge and skills under the 

conditions of real businesses and organizations engaged in design, introduction, exploitation and maintenance of 

communication-information systems. 


Introduction to the structure, character and the activities of different subdivisions in a specific organization. 

Studying the widespread communication-information systems, their constructive and technological parameters and 

characteristics, functional potentialities and special exploitation features. Direct participation depending on the 

trainee’s official position in the exploitation and maintenance of the communication equipment. 


The practical training is organized in the period fixed in the course schedule. It is conducted in enterprises, 

companies, organizations with modern manufacturing facilities or in organizations where contracts for practical 

training have been concluded. The industrial training can be carried out in an enterprise offered by the student but 

on condition that it is properly equipped to enable the implementation of the module objectives and tasks (tutor’s 

permission needed). 

3121 Television Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Teodor Bozhidarov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 841, 

E-mail: tiliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Asistant Professor Grigor Yordanov Mihaylov, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 836, 

E-mail: gmihaylov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject aims to acquaint the students with the perceptual properties of human vision, representation of color 

features, mapping of motion into image plane, segmentation and decomposition of video signals. The second part 

of the course focuses on television signals and their properties, and terrestrial broadcasting networks. The 

technical operating of CRT and LCD displays, principles of color television standards like PAL, SECAM and NTSC 

are discussed, too. 


The physical fundamentals of television (light, human eye, color vision). Principle of television, synthesis of 

television images. Parameters of television images. Television signal and its properties. Television broadcasting. 

Light – signal transformers. Correction methods of signal distortions. Signal – light transformers. Television 

cameras. Television standards. 


The lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic issues of the fundamentals of 

television before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the characteristics of television signals, using 

the available laboratory installations and measurement instruments. 

Lectures discuss mainly the fundamentals of television, while the practical classes deal with the characteristics of 

television signals. Method of assessment: written and oral exam on 2 questions from the course prospectus. 

202



3126 Communication Networks and Systems 








Lecturers: 



Principle Assistant Professor Georgi Valentinov Hristov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The purpose of the course is to introduce the students to the basic principles and technologies in 

telecommunication networks. Different architectures, functionalities, interfaces and protocols of digital networks 

are also presented. Students are introduced to the newest technologies for data transmission. In view of the 

dynamical development of communication networks, new trends in research for the next years are also specified. 


Basic characteristics of telecommunication networks. Architectures, protocols and subscriber access. ISDN. VPN, 

NGN, BcN. 


The course includes 3 hours of lectures weekly, and 4 hours of practical exercises every 2 weeks. Students 

prepare for the exercises, using the recommended literature. For each exercise students prepare and present a 

report. The exam consists of written and oral parts. 

3127 Telecommunication Safety 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The Telecommunication Safety course is compulsory for students of TS. The goals of the course are the 

acquisition of thorough theoretical knowledge of the most important aspects of these topics, alonside with the 

implementation of some cryptosystems in software. 


Fundamentals of reliability and security. Reliability parameters. Security of communications networks and 

systems. Security policy. Organization - technical and administration precautions for security. Software -technical 

methods and tools. Protection of technical information. Communication channels protection. Protection from 

parasitic electromagnetic radiation. Management of protection systems. Stages in constructing a system for data 

protection. Requirements to systems for data protection. 

Foundations of cryptography and security, Cryptography protocols and techniques, Classical and modern 

encryption algorithms – Data encryption standard, stream and block ciphers, public-key encryption, pseudo 

random generators, one-way Hash functions, RSA etc. 


The teaching process is divided into lectures and practical classes. Lectures last two hours and the lecture 

material precedes the practical exercises. The practical sessions are grouped in pairs and are conducted every 

second week. At the beginning of each practical class students’ knowledge is checked. The course finishes with 

an exam. Continuous assessment during the semester allows students to acquire regular knowledge. 

203











Lecturers: 

Prof. Miroluyb Ivanov Mladenov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

The course aims at giving the students working knowledge of modern computer vision systems, their basic 

characteristics as well as the main stages of digital image processing. The students study different problems, 

related to the acquisition and representation of images, image pre-processing, segmentation, image description 

and image recognition. 


Computer vision system (CVS) structure. Representation of images. Image types and models. Image geometry. 

Optical transformations. Stereo images. Pre-processing of images. Image filtering and coding. Morphological 

transformations. Histogram analysis. Image analysis. Object representation by morphological features, contours, 

homogeneous zones, projections and skeletons. Image segmentation. Contour segmentation, homogeneous 

segmentation and segmentation by neighborhood criteria. Colour image analysis. Colour models, colour models 

transformation. Image recognition in CVS. Basic methods and principles used in CVS. Application of CVS in 

communication systems. 


Lectures introduce the main theoretic material using multimedia presentation and illustrate it with appropriate 

example problems. Lecture materials are given out in advance to the students on CD. Practice sessions are held 

in a computer laboratory where students use specialized program systems. They are provided with appropriate 

instruction materials. The final mark is formed on the basis of two written exams during the semester and on the 

basis of the results from the practical sessions. 







Department of Computing, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation 

Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The objective of the Multimedia Systems and Technologies course is to familiarise students with the technology of 

creating multimedia products, comprising text, graphic, audio and video objects according to a scenario prepared 

in advance, as well as with the structure of the systems for developing and recreating such products. The course 

examines basic graphic, sound and video file formats and compression methods and the use of some popular 

authoring systems. Course prerequisites include Programming Languages, Web Design, Computer Peripherals, 

and a course co-requisite is Program Technologies for Internet. 


Multimedia – history, definitions, application area. Technology of creating multimedia products. Systems for 

developing multimedia products. Methods and tools for creating, editing and saving text objects. Methods and 

tools for creating, compressing, editing and saving graphic objects. Methods and tools for creating, compressing, 

editing and saving audio objects. Methods and tools for creating, compressing, editing and saving video objects. 

Assembling, testing and distributing multimedia applications. Video-conferencing systems. Virtual reality. 


Lectures familiarise students with the main theoretic aspects of creating multimedia products. Practice sessions 

allow each student to develop multimedia objects and integrate them in a multimedia product following a given 

scenario. Students have to develop a multimedia course project based on a given task. Assessment is continuous. 

The final mark is an average of the marks of two tests, student participation in class and the mark of the course 

project. 

204



3130 Wireless Technologies for Data Transfer 








Lecturers: 



Assistant Professor Plamen Zlatkov Zahariev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 

E-mail: pzahariev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Wireless Technologies for Data Transfer course aims to present the students with knowledge of different 

topologies and standards of wireless computer communication networks. It forms skills for independent solving of 

technical tasks for designing wireless networks and selecting passive and active equipment. Course prerequisites 

include Digital Television, Communication Networks and Terminals and Data and Computer Communications. 


The course topics are grouped in two principal directions: Wireless Technologies and Planning of a Wireless 

Network. In the first thematic direction, students are introduced to different topologies of wireless networks and 

different types of wireless equipment. Students are introduced to the 802.11x family standards for wireless 

communications and the WiMAX standard. In the second thematic direction, students prepare a plan for 

constructing a wireless network, prepare the address plan of the network nodes and select the passive and active 

equipment. An economic evaluation of the entire project is required as well. 


Lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic issues of wireless data transfers 

before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the main characteristics of wireless networks at different 

standards, using the available laboratory installations and measurement instruments. Lectures discuss mainly the 

principles of wireless data transfers and wireless networks, while practical exercises focus on the main 

characteristics of networks. 

3132 Course project on Communication Networks and Systems 








Lecturers: 

Principal Assistant Professor Georgi Valentinov Hristov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications tel.: 888 663, 


Assistant Professor Plamen Zlatkov Zahariev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The project on Communication Networks and Systems aims at improving the knowledge of the students of the 

perceptual matter of computer communication networks. It forms skills for independent solving of engineering 

tasks such as structured cabling, selecting passive equipment and configuring active equipment. The course 

project uses the knowledge acquired in the subjects Communication Networks and Systems, Data Transmission 

and Computer Communications and Telegraphic Project Management. 


The subjects of the course projects are unified in one principle direction which is “Planning of a network using 

structured cabling and selection of passive and active equipment“. 

In the thematic direction, students prepare a plan for structured cabling using a given construction scheme, 

prepare address plan for the network nodes and select the passive and active equipment. An economic evaluation 

of the entire project is required as well. 


At the beginning of the term each student receives an individual task. Students present intermediate results and 

receive instructions for their future work weekly. The project is realized independently by the students. 

The volume of the final version of the project is between 10 and 20 pages and consists of block schemes, principle 

diagrams and engineering computation, as well as an economic evaluation of the project. 

205



3131 Programming Languages 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof Georgi Todorov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 744, 


Abstract: 

The aims of this course are to summarise the students' knowledge of programming languages; to give them a 

more in-depth view of fundamental underlying principles and ultimately to facilitate the process of switching to a 

new programming language. The examples given throughout the course are based on already known languages, 

such as Pascal, C/C++, JavaScript as well as on a new language - Java. Special attention is given to J2ME - the 

version of Java for mobile devices. 

Prerequisites for this course are the courses in Programming1 and Programming 2. The knowledge and 

experience gained in this course may be useful for the BSc thesis. 


Programming languages timeline, definitions, taxonomy. The Java programming language. Concepts of Objectoriented 

programming and their implementation in Java, GUI. Threads. Socket based client-server application and 

sockets in Java. J2ME. Basic PL concepts and their implementation. PL paradigms (imperative, object-oriented, 

concurrent, scripting, functional, logic) 


The weekly schedule includes 2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of practice sessions. The workshops are held in a 

computer lab with PCs running Microsoft Windows. A mid-term test is held during the semester. Apart from this, 

every student has to prepare a short presentation. Final mark is based on marks from the mid-term test, the exam, 

and the presentation. 

3133 Course project on Television Systems 








Lecturers: 



Assistant Professor Grigor Yordanov Mihaylov, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 836, 


Abstract: 

The course project on Television systems aims to help students to assimilate the knowledge of the perceptual 

matter of television systems. It forms skills for independent solving of engineering tasks of television systems 

development, which perform various analog and digital signal processing. The project uses the knowledge 

acquired in the Television Systems course. 


The topic of the course projects is unified in one principle direction which is Television and Video Communication 

Systems. In this thematic direction television broadcasting systems are developed and designed. 


At the beginning of the term each student receives an individual task. Students present intermediate results and 

receive instructions for their future work weekly. The project is realized independently by the students. 

The volume of the final version of the project is between 15 – 20 pages, and it includes block schemes, principle 

diagrams and engineering computation of all electrical circuits of the designed system. 

206



3134 Mobile Cell Radio Networks 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The course introduces the students to the basic standards, principles and technologies of mobile cell radio 

networks. In view of the dynamic development of networks, students are also acquainted with recent research and 

trends in the field. The course presents digital systems and technologies for mobile communications including their 

architecture, interfaces and protocols, technologies, services and other details. 


Main characteristics of mobile cell radio networks (MCRN). Principles and standards. Signal spreading in MCRN. 

Signal processing, encoding, decoding and multiplexing. Multiple access in MCRN. GSM Architecture. Signaling, 

protocols, mobile stations. The TETRA MCRN. Data transfer in MCRN. High speed MCRN. Third generation 

MCRN. Principles, architecture and services. 


The 3 hours of lectures are conducted weekly, and the 4 hours of practical classes are conducted every 2 weeks. 

Students prepare for the exercises, using the recommended literature. For each exercise students prepare and 

present a report to the teacher. The exam consists of a written part only. 

3136 Digital Signal Processors 








Lecturers: 



Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 823, 888 677, 


Abstract: 

The Signal Processors course aims to familiarize the students of the Telecommunications Systems degree course 

with the architecture of digital signal processors (DSP) as well as with integrated development environments for 

simplifying DSP system configuration and application design. The subject is related to the subjects of Impulse and 

Digital Devices, Microprocessor systems, Computer Architecture, Digital Signal Processing and to the diploma 

project. 


Key features of the TMS320C54X DSP family. DSP architecture. Bus structure. Central processing unit. Memory 

organization. Data addressing. Program memory addressing. Pipelining. On-chip peripherals. Serial ports. DSP 

applications. DSP chip programming and design of digital filters, spectral analysis of low frequency analog signals, 

analog-digital and digital-analog conversions, and pulse-wide-modulation. 


Lectures concentrate mainly on the hardware, while the emphasis of the practical classes is on the development of 

software for microprocessor systems based on DSP. Practical sessions are carried out in a computer laboratory 

equipped with specialized demonstration boards and a DSP developing environment based on PC. At the 

beginning of each laboratory exercise an entrance test is conducted to check students’ preparation. At the 

beginning of the term each student is given an individual problem. It has to be presented and defended orally at 

the end of term. Final mark is formed on the basis of 2 written tests. 

207



3138 Operating System and Network Protocols 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 672, 

Е-mail: gkrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Professor Svetlin Nedelchev Stoyanov, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 734, 


Abstract: 

Operating System and Network Protocols teaches the fundamentals of engineering operating systems. The 

following topics are studied in detail: virtual memory, kernel and user mode, system calls, threads, context 

switches, interrupts, interprocess communication, coordination of concurrent activities, and the interface between 

software and hardware. 

Prerequisites for this course are the courses in Data and Computer Communication.The knowledge and 

experience gained in this course may be useful for the BSc thesis. 


The following topics are studied in detail: virtual memory, kernel and user mode, system calls, threads, context 

switches, interrupts, interprocess communication, coordination of concurrent activities, and the interface between 

software and hardware. 

The examined network statements allow the students to receive knowledge and skills of most frequently used high 

level protocols and services, establishing server and client software for these protocols. 


The course includes 3 hours of lectures weekly and 2 hours of practical classes. They are held in a computer lab 

with PCs running Microsoft Windows. 

3143 Convergent Networks 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Teodor Bozhidarov Iliev, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 841, 


Assist. Prof. Georgi Valentinov Hristov, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Assist. Prof. Plamen Zlatkov Zahariev, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The main objective of this course is to provide students with in-depth understanding of Next Generation Network 

(NGNs) technologies. Students will gain both a theoretical understanding and practical experience from laboratory 

work concerning the design and delivery of systems employing programmable networking technologies. The 

stress is put on networking APIs, SIP, IMS and converged service delivery platforms. 


Students are expected to read on various topics related to NGNs and provide their own understanding of the 

following topics that will be covered during the lectures (the order is subject to change during the first year of the 

course): Circuit switching vs. packet switching, session control; Synchronous vs. asynchronous communication; 

Event-driven computing, parallel processing and threading; Application servers and container architectures; 

Abstract layering model for NGNs; IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS); SIP as an integrating protocol for NGNs; 

Application programming interfaces; OSA/Parlay; Parlay X; JAIN Operations support systems; Migration from 

legacy systems to NGNs; Case studies of present and possible future applications deployed in NGNs 


The lectures include 3 hours weekly, and the practical classes comprise 4 hours every 2 weeks. Students prepare 

for the exercises, using the recommended literature. For each exercise students prepare and present a report to 

the teacher. The exam consists of written and oral parts. 

208



3140 Databases 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Professor Irena Marinova Valova, MEng PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 082 888 685, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to present to the students the modern methods and tools for organization, representation 

and design of relational databases (DB), principles of operation and the programming language of a specific 

database management system (DBMS). Additional attention is paid to the hierarchical and network data models 

and specific particularities of object oriented DB. 


Data models - hierarchical, network, relational and object-relational. 

DBMS – common architecture, file types, programming languages, tools.Relational algebra.Functional 

dependence.Normal relation forms.Distributed DB. 


Lectures provide the main theoretic aspects of the problems addressed by the course. Practice sessions are 

conducted in a computer lab equipped with modern computers, connected to the Internet. During these sessions 

students acquire skills and expertise to independently create DB and programs for their management based on an 

existing DBMS. The results of each practice session are evaluated by the lecturer. The course ends with a test. 

The final mark is computed as an average of the results from participation in the practice sessions and theoretic 

questions during the test. 

3137 Video Communication Devices and Systems 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The Video Communication Devices and Systems course aims to acquaint the students with the characteristics and 

principles of basic concepts of video communication systems, and the arrangement of different modules contained 

in each system. In the second part of the course attention is paid to television broadcasting, block schemes of 

television receivers with cathode ray tubes (CRT) and with liquid crystal displays (LDC), the principles of recording 

on magnetic tape and on a digital video disc. 


Structure schemes of television cameras, characteristics of advanced digital television cameras. Television 

broadcasting. Satellite television systems. Cable television systems. TV receivers, TV receivers with LCD displays. 

Digital video recorders. Multimedia projectors, technology. Close circuit television, structure, types of CCTV. 


Lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic aspects of video communication 

systems before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the main characteristics of television signals of 

different systems (such as cable television, CCTV, etc.), using the available laboratory installations and 

measurement instruments. Lectures discuss mainly the principles of video communication systems, while the 

practical exercises pay attention to the main characteristics of video signals. Method of assessment: a 2-hour 

written and oral exam on 2 questions from the course prospectus. 

209



3141 Digital Television Systems 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The Digital Television Systems course objective is to acquaint the students with the characteristics and principles 

of analog to digital conversion of audio and video signals, technologies and specifications for source and channel 

coding. In the second part of the subject, attention is paid to the digital modulation methods (PSK, QAM, OFDM 

and 8VSB), and most common standards for digital coding of audio and video signals (MPEG-2, H.264). The 

digital video broadcasting methods such as DVB-T, DVB-C, DVB-S, DVB-H and digital storage of video signals 

are discussed, too. 


Principles of analog to digital conversion of component video signal. Methods and techniques of Discrete Cosine 

Transform (DCT). Formats and compression algorithms - MPEG-2 and H.264. Transmission of digital television 

signal, source and channel coding. Digital modulation methods – PSK, QAM, OFDM and 8VSB. Digital video 

broadcasting (DVB) – DVB-T (Terrestrial), DVB-C (Cable), DVB-S (Satellite) and DVB-H (Handhelds). Reception 

of digital television signal. Digital video storage on optical disks. 


Lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic aspects of digital television 

techniques before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the main characteristic of digital television 

signals (BER, MER, carrier/noise, Wrong packets) at different standards, using the available laboratory 

installations and measurement instruments. 

Lectures discuss mainly the principles of digital television, while the practical classes focus on the main 

characteristics of digital television signals. 

3142 Radio Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Mihail Petkov Jeliazov, PhD, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 381, 


Abstract: 

The Radio Systems course is designed for students of Telecommunication Systems and aims to acquaint them 

with the basic kinds of radio systems, with radio-information processing techniques, and ways of optimizing the 

application of radar information, the use of radio sets and their main tactic-technical parameters. The course 

objective is to familiarize students with the main problems of the general structure, main principles of building, 

methods of analysis and research in radio-communication systems and devices. The course requires in-depth 

knowledge of separate elements of transmission and receiving devices, circuit techniques, principles of work and 

basic elements for their building. 


The course helps to acquire knowledge about transmitters and receivers as basic elements of communication 

systems. Other topics include: Theory, circuit techniques and design of all devices, which are connected with 

frequency syntheses and transforming; Methods and devices for analog and digital signal building; Devices for 

filtering and amplification of radio and medial frequency; Frequency converter; Radio-signal detectors; and 

Communication traffic systems. 


Lectures are delivered every week and so are practical exercises. They aim at creating skills for experimental 

investigation of different devices and solving of practical problems connected to their application in radiocommunication 

engineering. 

210



3139 Coding in Telecommunication Systems 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Professor Adriana Naydenova Borodzhieva, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 734, 

E-mail: aborodjieva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the Coding in Telecommunication Systems course is to introduce the students to the models of data 

communication systems, statistical methods for quantity measurement of information, methods for optimal coding 

and fundamentals of channel coding theory. The course is related to the following courses: Mathematics, 

Programming, Signals and Systems, Communication Circuits, Pulse and Digital Devices, Course Project in Pulse 

and Digital Devices, Computer Organization, Microprocessor Devices, TV Systems, Data Transmission and 

Computer Communications, Course Project in TV Systems, Digital TV systems, Communication Networks and 

Systems, Reliability and Security, Signal Processors and Video Communication Devices and Systems. 


Probabilities and information. Unconditional and conditional entropy. Methods for optimal coding of information. 

Fundamental terms in the field of linear codes and cyclic codes theory. Contemporary block codes. BCH codes. 

Reed-Solomon codes. Fundamentals of convolutional codes theory. Turbo codes. Trellis coding. 


Lectures present the course material according to the syllabus. They precede practice sessions and provide the 

necessary theoretical knowledge for them. At the practical classes students solve problems covering the topics of 

the syllabus and do computer simulations with MATLAB and its extensions. Continuous assessment is conducted 

at the practice sessions through written tests. Final assessment is accomplished via an exam, conducted in written 

and oral form. The end mark is formed on the basis of student participation in lectures and practical classes. 

211



POSTGRADUATE 

PROGRAMS 

212



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 


ENGINEERING 

213




OF A MASTER IN 


Degree course: Electrical Power Engineering 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering (MEng) 

Professional Qualification: Power engineer (MEng) 

Duration: 1 year (2 terms) 

The main goal of the Electrical Power Engineering course is to prepare highly-qualified masters of 

power engineering. 

There are several professional requirements that masters of electrical power engineering have to 

meet. They have to manage and take part in: 

• scientific research in the field of electrical power systems and equipment; 

• the design process of techno-economical tasks for constructing and developing new technical 

tools for the needs of electrical power systems and equipment; 

• the design and exploitation of electrical power systems and equipment for industrial and 

agricultural enterprises; 

• testing and repairing of electrical motors and apparatus, electrical and cable networks, distribution 

devices, electrical panels and other electrical equipment tools; 

• businesses in the field of electrical technologies for industrial and agricultural enterprises; 

• developing and exploiting aggregates and installations with alternative energy sources. 

The Master of Electrical Power Engineering has to possess high professional expertise, good language 

skills and general knowledge of economics, management, marketing, organization of scientific research, 

computer and electronic systems literacy. 

The teaching process is based on: 

• Complex preparation, which includes: Modeling and investigating electrical power systems, 

Technical systems for electrical safety, Management, Alternative energy sources, Research work, 

Communication and information systems in electrical power systems. 

• Fundamental preparation, which includes: Design systems in electrical power systems, Special 

electrical power equipment, Optimization of electrical power systems, Measurement and control in 

electrical power supply, Design and production technology for electro technical installations, 

Electronic converters in electrical power systems, Electrical networks and installations diagnostics, 

Reliability of electrical energy system, etc. 

• Specialized preparation, which includes implementation of Diploma practice in real working power 

stations. Job-specific tasks for automation and management of energy objects, automation design 

in the field of electrical power systems by means of special computer software are considered 

during the development of the Diploma thesis, and at the same time specialized company 

information on new technologies in electrical power systems is used. 

A Master of Electrical Power Engineering should have the following general academic and 

professional skills: 

• to pose, manage and solve self-dependently tasks in the field of electrical power systems and 

equipment; 

• to apply the obtained knowledge in practice with creative thinking; 

• to implement complex techno-economical approaches and to apply modern methods and tools for 

fixed research and engineering task solving. 

214



CURRICULUM 

of the Master’s degree course in 



0508 Information Тechnologies in Electrical 6 0518 Measurement and Control in the 4 

Power Systems 

Electrical Power Supply 

0509 Investigation and Optimization in 6 0512 Technical Systems for Electrical 4 

Electrical Power Engineering 

Safety 

0511 Special Electrical Power Equipment 6 0521 Alternative Energy Sources 4 

0515 Energy Management 4 0520 Electronic Converters in Electrical 3 

Power Systems 

0519 Design and Production Technologies 4 

of Electrical Installations 

1435/ Reliability and quality of electricity 

0517 supply / Electromagnetic compatibility 

for electrical installations 

4 Graduation 

1965 Master thesis 15 



215



0508 Information Тechnologies in Electrical Power Systems 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course "Information technologies in electrical power engineering” is intended to deepen the theoretical and 

practical training of students. Aims to provide specialized training to solve specific IT problems in the field as 

supplies, distribution, transmission and electricity production. As an independent work under the supervision of a 

teacher is to develop practical assignment. 


Technical, programming and technological surveying of information systems in the power sector. Information and 

communication technology systems in the power sector. Spatial information and providing technical objects in the 

power sector. Design methodology as an information process. Information management on projects in electricity. 

Systems for automated design in electrical power engineering. 


Training course is through lectures and laboratory exercises. Illustrative of teaching material using multimedia 

presentations, catalogs, laboratory stands, natura samples. Laboratory exercises are practical and contain themes 

of specific research projects and to solve practical cases. To develop practical assignment under the supervision 

of a teacher. The final assessment is based on: two questions developed written questionnaire during the written 

examination, development and presentation of the practical assignment, implementation, documentation and 

design tasks of the exercises. 

0509 Investigation and Optimization in Electrical Power Engineering 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Kondju Jordanov Andonov, MEng, PhD, DSc, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 888 749, E-mail: kandonov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Ludmil Dosev Mihaylov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel.: 082 886 616, E-mail: lmihaylov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Investigation and Optimization in Electrical Power Engineering course has the objective to provide basic 

knowledge concerning the organizing and developing of scientific and engineering research in electrical 

engineering. Prerequisites for this subject are the disciplines, covered in the bachelor course. 


The discipline gives the students the opportunity to get acquainted with the basic principles and methods of 

scientific research and development; organization and realization of scientific experiments; simulation and 

investigation of electric drives and regimes of electric machines and systems; simulation and investigation of 

electro-technological processes and equipment; simulation and investigation of electrical machinery and lightening 

equipment; simulation and investigation in the electrical power system. 


The lectures are delivered to the students at the beginning of the semester in a hard copy and electronic format. 

The discussions on the themes include the use of visual aids such as overhead projectors and other media. 

Experimental models are used during the laboratory exercises, which are the result from the research and 

development work in the department. 

216



0511 Special Electrical Power Equipment 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Ivan Jordanov Palov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, tel: 082 888 364, 


Assoc. Prof. Dimo Neykov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, tel: 082 888 659, 


Assoc. Prof. Kyril Aleksandrov Sirakov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 364; E-mail: csirakov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is the acquisition of knowledge about specialized elements from electrical equipment of 

machines, aggregates and technological lines. The newly-acquired knowledge must enable the students to design 

contemporary electrical equipment. Course prerequisite is the bachelor degree course. The Special Electrical 

Power Equipment Course is linked to subjects such as Technical safety systems, Design and production of 

electrical goods, Electronic transformers in the electrical power systems, and the Final Year project development. 


Electrical equipment dynamics. Special features in electrical equipment of cranes and electro-telphers, of 

elevator’s electrical equipment and explosively dangerous zones. Transforming elements in electrical equipment. 

Special electrical power equipment of metal cutting machines with numerical programming control. Application of 

programmed controllers in electric equipment in technological processes. 


Visual aids are used during the lectures. Lectures build up on students’ knowledge, which is analyzed and 

contributes for gaining further knowledge. 

The laboratory exercises are carried out in a cycle with the use of industrial models. Oral exams and short tests 

(up to 5 minutes) in written form are administered during the classes. Nonstandard tasks in the area of electric 

equipment are given to the students during the laboratory exercises. Report presentations are required for 

acceptance of the laboratory exercises. The exam is written and the final mark is defined after an additional oral 

exam. 

0515 Energy Management & Energy Audit 








Lecturers: 



Assoc. Prof. Stefan Petrov Stefanov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 


Abstract: 

The course considers: the management structure, normative regulations in structures management and the 

conducting of energy audits in objects with a view to the realization of students as specialists in the powerengineering 

sector and others. The output connections are related to the diploma project developing and the 

further work of students in energy companies, laboratories and units on design, engineering and research. 


Power engineering management. Functions and organizational - management structures of institutions in the 

sector. Normative regulations framework of the power engineering management. Management activities of energy 

companies. Regulations, rules and guidelines for energy efficiency audits and making of energy-audit reports for 

objects. 


Lectures are held at pre-announced schedule by topics. The topics of the seminars are all related to the lectures. 

With the aid of the supported technology of seminars conducting, the cycle of forming of management skills in the 

future engineers in the power sector is closed. 

217



0519 Design and Production Technologies for Electrical Installations 








Lecturers: 



Assoc. Prof. Dimo Neikov Dimov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 659, E-mail: dnd@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

In the Design and Production Technologies of Electrical Installations course the students study the regularities in 

the process of designing and producing separate elements and the item as a whole. The course objective is to 

acquaint students with the design methodology and production of electrical equipment. Because of the great 

variety of products and their constructive forms, the technological processes are examined according to their 

constructional and technological principle. Special attention is paid to the production of the more important 

systems specific for the electrical industry: magnetic systems, current systems, windings and electrical insulation 

systems. 


Basic concepts and characteristics, main point and tasks, main questions connected with the technological 

process design. Manufacture of magnetic systems, windings, contact bodies and electrical insulation systems. 


The Design and Production Technologies of Electrical Installations course includes lectures, laboratory exercises 

and seminars. At the lectures the students become acquainted with the principles of designing and manufacturing 

of technical products. Different examples from everyday practice are given at the laboratory exercises. 

The exam is written. 

1435 Reliability and quality of electricity supply 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The subject includes: reliability characteristics and indices of electric power systems; the methods and models for 

its assessment of different customers about project and exploitation of the electric power systems, and the power 

quality effect to the reliability. The students receive theoretical and practical knowledge needed for designing and 

exploitation of the electric power system and its elements. The entry connections are with Electrical materials, 

Theoretical electrical engineering, Electrical Networks and Systems and others. The exit connections are with the 

Diploma thesis and the students’ practice realization. 


Electricity supply reliability research objects, methods and models. Electrical power systems reliability 

characteristics and indices. Methods and models of reliability assessment. Evaluation and optimization reliability 

features of different power supply systems customers. Analysis the project and exploitation power systems 

reliability. Power quality effects on the power systems reliability. 


The tuition is putted into effect with the support of lectures and laboratory exercises. Contemporary technical 

devices to present information are used for displaying the lecture material. The laboratory exercises are once at an 

interval of two weeks and are two academic hours long. The current oversight is being realized with examining the 

students before the particular exercise. The exam is conducted through written composing of two questions the 

lectures’ material. There is also oral exam on some of the main problems of the subject. 

218



0517 Electromagnetic compatibility for electrical installations 






Department Electrical Power Engineering 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Vyara Sabova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 616; 

E-mail: vruseva@uni-ruse.bg 

Ass. Prof. Konstantin Georgiev Koev, MEng, PhD, Dept. Electrical Power Engineering, tel.: 082 888 661; 

E-mail : kkoev@uni-ruse.bg 

Annotation: 

The subject includes: basic electromagnetic interference (EMI) sources for electrical installations and their 

diffusion principles; resources and methods for measurement EMI parameters; the EMI influence over electrical 

installations and their elements; EMI standardization. An important attention is spared for design and choice of 

EMI limiting technical resources. The students receive theoretical and practical knowledge for EMI evaluation and 

EMI limiting methods and resources to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) enhancing for electrical installations. 

The entry connections are with Electrical materials, Theoretical electrical engineering, Electrical Networks and 

Systems and others. The exit connections are with the Diploma thesis and the students’ practice realization. 


The point of electromagnetic compatibility. The EMC situation. Electromagnetic interference for electrical 

installations. Electromagnetic interference diffusion for electrical installations. Standardization and evaluation of 

electromagnetic interference. The EMC situation for electrical installations. EMI determine and evaluating 

methods. Limiting the EMI adverse effect on the electrical installations. 


The tuition is putted into effect with the support of lectures and laboratory exercises. Contemporary technical 

devices to present information are used for displaying the lecture material. The laboratory exercises are once at an 

interval of two weeks and are two academic hours long. The current oversight is being realized with examining the 

students before the particular exercise. The exam is conducted through written composing of two questions the 

lectures’ material. There is also oral exam on some of the main problems of the subject. 

0518 Measurement and Control in Electrical Power Supply 







Faculty of Electrical engineering, Electronics and Automation 

Lecturers: 



Assoc. Prof. Vyara Subova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 


Abstract: 

The aim of the subject is to introduce the students to the structure, the alternative and the application of the 

contemporary instruments and systems for measurement, checking and operating in the electrical power 

systems.The subject is based on knowledge, obtained during the courses for bachelor’s degree and courses for 

qualification degree-Master – Investigation end Optimization in the Electrical Power Systems, Computer 

technologies in Electrical Power Systems, ext. The initial connections are with the Final Year project. 


Microprocessor devices and systems, used in the electrical power systems. Measurement, checking and operating 

of the active and reactive power and energy. High harmonics in the Electrical Power Supply Systems. Checking 

and operating the losses of the electrical power and energy. Telemechanical systems for measurement, checking 

and operating in the Electrical Power Supply. 


Suitable technical devices and prospective materials of foreign and Bulgarian companies are used for displaying 

the lecture material. Results from already conducted investigations are also used. During the laboratory exercises 

students investigate and become acquainted with the contemporary devices for measurement, operation and 

checking, used in the Electrical Power Supply. The students have the opportunity to program and/ or check some 

of the devices and also to practice computer modulating, investigation and operating the processes in the 

electrical networks. The exam includes a written part on test from the lecture material, which is followed by oral 

discussion. 

219



0512 Technical Systems for Electrical Safety 





Deparments involved: 



Lecturers: 

Prof. Nikolai Petrov Mihailov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 843, E-mail: mihailov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Ivailo Stefanov Stoianov, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 843, E-mail: stoyanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The subject Technical Systems for Electrical Safety is designated for students doing the Master’s degree course in 

Electrical Power Engineering. It provides knowledge about technical safety when working with low and high 

voltage devices. The course material is supplemented with practical case studies, which help students acquire 

skills for management decisions. 


Electrical trauma cases. Electrical insulation. Measurement of electrical resistance of insulation in networks with 

voltage of up to 1000 V. Means for incessant control of the condition of electrical insulation. Electrical safety and 

regime of the neutral. Nullifying. Technical requirements towards the nullifying system. Electrical apparatuses for 

protection switching off. Technical activities for providing electrical safety in the main sectors of industrial 

production. Static electricity. Protection of the main technological equipment. Bolt protection. Technical systems for 

bolt protection. Technical systems for fire and explosion warnings. 


Teaching is based on classical pedagogical forms. The theoretical issues and methods for determining and 

analysis of the diagnostic indicators of electrical networks and devices are discussed at the lectures. Continuous 

assessment is achieved by doing two tests during the semester. 

0521 Alternative Energy Sources 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The course objective is to form the necessary engineering knowledge concerning the theory and practice of the 

design and operation of energy installations and systems, which utilize alternative energy sources and to form 

knowledge about increasing the energy effectiveness in industry and households. 

Course prerequisites: Higher mathematics, Heat engineering, Power Engineering and Ecology. 

Linked to: Optimization of energy processes and systems, Energy audits, Energy management, Final Year project. 


Energy potential and balance of the surrounding area. Utilization of solar energy. Utilization of wind energy. Small 

hydro-electric power stations. Biogas installations and systems. Waste material utilization. Heat pumps and 

systems. Combined schemes, installations and energy providing systems, including utilization of alternative 

energy sources. 


The lectures are delivered to the students at the beginning of the term in hard copy and electronic formats. The 

discussions on themes include use of technical teaching aids such as multimedia projectors and other media. The 

laboratory exercises follow the lecture material. Continuous assessment is achieved by administering two tests 

during the semester. 

220



0520 Electronic Converters in Electrical Power Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Hristo Georgiev Andreev, MEng, PhD, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 661; E-mail: handreev@uni-ruse.bg 

Principal Assistant Boris Nenov Borisov, MEng, Department of Electrical Power Engineering, 

tel: 082 888 843, E-mail: bnborisov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Electronic converters in electrical power systems course aims to acquaint the students with the theory and 

practice in power electronic converters and their control systems in different aspects of electrical power and 

electrical equipment. The course discusses the AC-AC, AC-DC converters and pulse width modulation (PWM), 

analyzes control systems and over-voltage and over-current protection of power electronic converters. Course 

prerequisites include: Higher mathematics, Theory of electrical engineering, Electronics, Electrical transport. The 

subject is a prerequisite for Reliability of electrical systems and the Final Year project. 


Energy indices for dependent converters. Steerable AC-DC converters as a source of supreme harmonics in a 

supply grid. Methods for improvement of energy indices of steerable AC-DC converters. Stabilized impulse supply 

sources. AC-DC converters with improvement characteristics. Application of electronic converters. Protections of 

electronic converters. 


The course makes use of technical teaching aids such as projectors and other media as well as classical lecture 

forms. The course material is supported with appropriate illustrations. Students have to be prepared in advance for 

each exercise. The course finishes with an exam. The final mark depends on the work done throughout the whole 

semester. 

221



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

ELECTRONICS 

222





ELECTRONICS 

Degree course: Electronics 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering in Electronics 

Professional Qualification: Electronics Engineer (MEng) 


The main goal of the Master’s degree in Electronics is to prepare highly-qualified electronics engineers. 

The professional suitability of a Master of Engineering in Electronics involves the ability to carry 

out investigations; to design, assemble and utilize; to perform manufacturing, technological, company 

and service activities; to do research and teach in the field of Electronics in view of their application in 

the public and private sectors, industry, agriculture, transport, banking, health care, environment 

protection, education, science, etc. 

The Masters of Electronics can successfully work as managers of research teams, design and 

technological groups, divisions in the marketing and service sector; organizers and managers in the 

industrial sphere; government officials; lecturers in the field of higher education and so on, in the abovementioned 

spheres. They can also continue their education as PhD students. 

A Master of Engineering in Electronics should possess professional expertise and considerable 

linguistic competence. His/her education should be based on: 

• broad-based fundamental knowledge in such areas as Theory of scientific experiments, 

Economics and marketing of firms, Fundamentals of metrology, Information technologies, etc.; 

• specialised training which includes acquiring knowledge in areas such as Automotive 

electronics, Biomedical engineering, Applied electronics for agriculture, Telecommunication 

engineering, Automated electrical drives, Technology practice and research work, Security 

engineering , etc. 

• additional training which includes broadening of their foreign language proficiency and acquiring 

knowledge in the area of intellectual property protection; research and Master’s Thesis in 

accordance with the student's own interests, abilities and development perspectives. 

A Master of Engineering in Electronics should be able: 

• to identify and present his/her own solutions to problems in the field of Electronics; 


• to adopt a complex technical and economical approach and use modern methods and tools when 

solving engineering tasks. 

A Master of Engineering in Electronics should also possess the following job- specific skills: 

• to create, develop and maintain modern electronic systems; 

• to expand the functionality of modern electronic systems; 

• to develop, adapt and implement up-to-date electronic devices and systems in different fields of 

everyday life - industry, science, trade, health care, education, banking, etc. 

• to be able to take part in research activities. 

• to be able to carry out complex technical and economical surveys and apply modern methods and 

tools for solving engineering tasks. 

• to be able to investigate, exploit, maintain and manage small and medium-sized companies, as 

well as to be able to organize and manage his/her own business in the field of electronics. 

223



CURRICULUM 


ELECTRONICS 


Compulsory subjects 

Compulsory subjects 

0231 Information technologies 6 0233 Biomedical Engineering 3 

0232 Automotive Electronics 4 0247 Economics and Marketing of 2 

Firms 

0246 Telecommunication Engineering 6 0248 Automated Electrical Drives 2 

0235 Applied Electronics for Agriculture 4 0242 Nuclear electronics 3 

1558 Electronic devices for control of 

renewable energy sources 

6 0243 Electronic System for 

Environment Control 

3 

Compulsory optional subjects 

Compulsory optional subjects 

0236 Theory of Experiments 4 0239 English for Specific Purposes II 2 

0238 English for Specific Purposes I 4 0249 Technology Practice and 

Research Work 

2 

0263 

Final Project 

Master thesis 


15 

Total for the degree course: 60 ЕСТS credits 

224



0231 Information Technologies 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Margarita Stefanova Teodosieva, MEng, PhD, Department of Informatics and Information Technologies, 

tel. 888464, Е-mail: mst@ami.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The compulsory course aims at acquainting the students with contemporary information technologies in order to 

be able to create databases, to prepare presentations for participating in contests, conferences, etc., to prepare 

reports, contributions, publications, advertising and other type of materials. 


Packet Office 2000 presentation. Text processing and spreadsheets. Instructions for making reports and 

presentations of databases (DB) – general notions, data presentation, data relations, data models. Relational 

model, relational databases, relational algebra. Control system of databases. Service language of databases - 

SQL. Relational schemes analysis. Databases (DB) normalization. Normal forms. Application in Databases (DB) 

Access 2000. Design and implementation of databases and information systems. 


Lectures present the main theoretical material. Practical exercises are held with computers. Students prepare and 

present one report in Word 2000, one publication in Publisher 2000, one presentation in Power Point 2000 and 

one information system in Access 2000. The final mark is based on a written exam on two topics. 

0232 Automobile Electronics 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing; tel.: 888 672, 

Е-mail: gkrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The Automobile Electronics course aims at acquainting the students with modern electronic devices built in the 

cars. Different types of electronic voltage regulators, electronic ignition systems as well as different electronic 

injection systems, electronic control and measuring tools are discussed. Emphasis is also put on microcomputer 

systems for engine and car control. 


General information about cars. Classification. Main mechanisms in cars. Common structure and principle of 

operation in the piston internal combustion engines. Electrical installations in cars. Microcomputer systems and 

technologies for engine control. Engine particularities defining the control system. Main tasks performed by the 

multifunctional systems for engine control. Components of the electronic systems for engine control. Specialised 

integrated circuits. Architecture of electronic systems for engine control. Control of ignition and fuel content. 

Trends in the development of modern complex engine control systems. Electronic car control systems. Systems 

for automatic gear switching. Anti-blocking brakes systems. Systems for automatic regulation. 


The basic forms of training are direct contact hours and independent student work. Direct contact includes lectures 

and practical exercises. These make use of industrial models, electrical drives, and custom-developed trial-pieces 

in the laboratory practice. Classes are visualized with prospectuses and company literature. Practice sessions last 

2 hours and are conducted every second week. Term validation is based on attendance and the final mark is 

based on the result of the written test and the practice. There is an oral testing if needed. 

225



0235 Applied Electronics in Agriculture 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Borisov Evstatiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, tel.: 888 772; 

Senior Assistant Yavor Branimirov Neikov, MEng, Dept. of Electronics, tel.: 888 772; 

Е-mail: yneikov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The compulsory course aims to acquaint students with the application of electronic circuits and printed circuit 

boards used in devices for control of a variety of technological processes in agriculture. 


Management systems in current farm industry – ecology, cost price, energy efficiency. Technological processes in 

agriculture and farming, in treatment and storage of definite produce. Methods and devices for data acquisition, 

processing of informational parameters and carrying out control signals in field and livestock farming, treatment 

and storage of the produce. Requirements on electronic circuits applicable in branches of farm industry. Applied 

electronic circuits in agricultural and livestock production. Applied electronic circuits in melioration, soil-cultivation 

machinery, automotive and tractor-driven farm equipment. Current scientific methods for settling problems in the 

automation of farm processes. 


The lectures focus on the features of special processes in the field of farm industry and application of electronic 

circuits for their control. The practical exercises cover the research of particular schematic circuits with real 

technological parameters. 

0236 Theory of Experiment 



Assessment: continious assesssment 





Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Todor Tsanev Todorov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, tel. 888 556; 

Е-mail: ttodorov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

This optional course includes the main methods for experiment planning in the field of engineering, processing and 

analysis of results. In this connection the objects are classified according to the number of control factors in three 

groups – with no control factors, with one control factor and with more than one control factors. 

For the first group the methods of statistical estimation and of checking statistical hypothesis are considered. For 

the second and the third group the methods of single- and multi-factor regression and variances analysis are 

considered. 


Cybernetic approach in studying objects experimentally. The role of experiment in research. Types of 

experiments. Studying objects with no external influence. Studying single-factor objects. Single-factor regression 

analysis. Single-factor variances analysis. Studying multi-factor objects. Multi-factor regression analysis. Multifactor 

variances analysis. Planning regression experiments. First degree plans. Second degree plans. Data 

processing in planned experiments. Planning experiments for variances analysis. Optimizing multi-factor 

experiments. Statistical optimization. Software products experimental data processing. 


The lectures are 2 and 4 hours a week. The practice sessions take place in computer labs and the students work 

on the above topics under the lecturer’s supervision. The final mark includes a contribution from continuous 

assessment and the test from the practice sessions. 

226



0242 English for Specific Purposes I 


Weekly classes: 0lec+ 0sem + 0labs + 3 ps 






Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Sevda Maksimova Tsvetanova, Dept of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816; 

Е-mail: STsvetanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

English for Specific Purposes 1 aims to prepare the future Master engineers for work with scientific and technical 

literature and documentation in the corresponding subject area. The main task is the acquisition of knowledge 

about the structure of the English language, the main grammatical categories, intrinsic to the scientific and 

technical style (English for Specific Purposes), as well as communicative skills, connected with the use of the 

language for professional purposes. 


Revision and systematizing of the grammar and lexical material, studied in the Bachelor degree course. Diagram 

reading. Description of block diagrams and electrical circuits. Comparison and contrast. Asking for information. 

Guessing from the context. Linking ideas and facts. Component description. Description of processes and 

systems. Thematic groups. Comparison of sources. Giving advice. Sequence of events. Explanations. Reading 

graphs. Finding and using information. Adding information to text. Preparation of reports. 


The classes focus on acquainting the students with the professional terminology by using special textbooks and 

media. The necessary language skills for work in professional settings are created via a variety of activities and 

exercises, which require active participation on the part of the students. Different authentic texts and other 

appropriate materials are used in class. Students are offered lessons in computer laboratories, in which 

multimedia learning packages and on-line materials are used according to the modern trends in foreign language 

teaching. 

0246 Telecommunication technics 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Angelov Mutkov,, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Electronics, tel.:++359 82 888246, 

Е-mail: vmutkov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Annotation: 

The course aims at acquainting the students with the operating principles, main quantity relations, communication 

systems and devices structure, electronic schemes/units modelling and investigation methods for communication 

systems used for processing and translating of information signals at far distance. 

Course syllabus: 

Messages, signals, communication channels – main characteristics. Environments and systems for transferring. 

Analogue multichannel consistence systems. Digital multichannel consistence systems. Data transfer. 

Commutation systems. Terminal devices. Communication networks. Radiotechnical mobile communication 

systems. Teletraffic systems. 


The lecture topics give the main aspects of telecommunication technics. At the workshops the students acquire 

practical skills and habits to investigate and measure parameters of real modules, as well as to create 

mathematical models of real communication processes and systems by means of Matlab. 

227



1558 Electronic devices for control of renewable energy sources 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Borisov Evstatiev, PhD, Department of Electronics, 

tel. 888772, Е-mail:ievstatiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

This course introduced the students with the modern electronic systems for control of renewable energy sources. 

Different control systems for PV modules, solar collectors for water heating and energy production, wind 

generators, small kinetic hydroelectric plants, biogas installations, geothermal 

systems, are being examined. 


Energy resources on the Earth. Electronic control systems for PV modules. Electronic control systems for solar 

installations used for water heating. Electronic control systems for electric energy production, using the Sun heat. 

Electronic control systems for utilization of the wind energy. Electronic control systems for small kinetic 

hydroelectric plants. Electronic control systems for biogas production. Electronic control systems for geothermal 

energy utilization. 


The students are being introduced with the theory of the lecture material, which additionally explained with 

appropriate practical examples. A multimedia projector is being used for better visualization. The practical 

exercises are 4 hours long. Modern development software for programming of controllers and microcontrollers, are 

being used. During the exercises every student has to solve a typical practical engineering problem for control of 

renewable energy sources. The final is being formed with two written test-papers. 

0239 English for Specific Purposes II 








Lecturers: 

Senior Lecturer Sevda Maksimova Tsvetanova, Dept of Foreign Languages, tel.: 888 816; 

Е-mail: STsvetanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

English for Specific Purposes 2 aims to develop additional skills for communicating in professional settings. The 

topics include English for Specific Purposes and the students get acquainted with different genres of the scientific 

and technical style: description, explanation, lecture, summeay, hypothesis, conclusion. 


Revision and systematizing of the grammar and lexical material, studied in the Bachelor degree course. Topic 

recognition. Recognition of similar meanings. Cause and result. Linking of ideas and facts. Graphs reading and 

description. Compound nouns. Expressing certainty. Technical terms. Expressing necessity. Skim reading. 

Description of purpose. Reading for details. Career plans. Job applications. Preparing a professional CV and letter 

of reference. 


The classes focus on acquainting the students with the professional terminology by using special textbooks and 

media. The necessary language skills for work in professional setting are created via a variety of activities and 

exercises, which require active participation on the part of the students. Different authentic texts and other 

appropriate materials are used in class. Students are offered lessons in computer laboratories, in which 

multimedia learning packages and on-line materials are used according to the modern trends in foreign language 

teaching. 

228



0247 Company Economics and Marketing 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ljubomir Dimitrov Lyubenov, MEcon, PhD, Dept of Economics, tel.: 888 280, 888 347, 

Е-mail: LLyubenov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

This compulsory course is studied during the last semester /for 10 weeks/ and it aims to give knowledge and skills 

to the future Masters for making accurate market estimation of the processes and phenomena in real conditions 

via the application of modern economic and marketing methods and approaches. The subject focuses on 

acquainting the students with the laps of market economy and their practical application in the respective market 

situation. 


Economic background of industry – starting business schemes, capital, long-term and short-term assets and 

company staff. Financial basis of industry – expenses for the company activities and production cost, prices and 

price forming in the conditions of a market functioning company, company profit and indicators for financial 

account analysis of the company. Marketing – marketing bases, tools of the marketing policy. 


The lecture topics give the main aspects of the considered problems. At the seminars the students acquire 

practical skills and habits to independently solve problems in the respective subject. The term is validated 

according to the Inner rules of the University. Final assessment is done at the written exam, which is the final 

course procedure. 

0248 Automatic Electrical Drives 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Venelin Iliev Yakov, MEng, PhD, Dept of Automatcs; tel.: 888 269; Е-mail: iacov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course is studied during the last semester which lasts 10 weeks. The Automatic electrical drives course 

focuses on the basics of electrical drives, as well as the means and methods of automation. It investigates power 

engineering of electrical drives, as well as a selection of electric motors. Course prerequisites include Physics, 

Electrical measurements, and Electrical Engineering. It is also linked to Electrical equipment of industrial 

processes, Applied electronics in agriculture, and the graduation thesis. 


Mechanics of an electrical drive. Electromechanics of DC and AC electrical drives. Special electrical 

drives.Power engineering of electrical drives. Automated electrical drives with static power converter. 

Frequency control of inductive electrical drives. Protection units in electrical drive systems. 


The main forms of teaching include lectures and independent student work. The practice sessions make use of 

industrial models, electrical drives, and custom- developed trial-pieces in the laboratory practice sessions. Classes 

are visualized with brochures and other company literature. The number of hours allocated for practice is 2 every 

other week. Term validation is based on attendance. Final assessment is based on the result of the written exam 

and the practice.There is an oral testing if needed. 

229



0249 Technological Practice and Research 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Ivan Borisov Evstatiev, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, tel.: 888 772, 


Abstract: 

The optional course Technological Practice and Research aims the practical implementation of individual 

assignments for consolidating students’ knowledge. The training focuses on work with real technical devices – 

contactors, PIC processors, microprocessor systems, EPROM, one-chip microprocessor systems, work with 

software, used in practice, etc. The course is studied during the last semester /for 10 weeks/. 


Investigation of different schemes of connection of three-phase asynchronous electrical engines. Programming of 

EPROM for a microprocessor system. Base scheme of a microprocessor system. Tact sequels. Memory 

organization, assembly operators. Programming of a PIC processor. Programming with assembly language for 

PIC processors. Completion of individual tasks for programming with PIC processors. Exploration of the errors of 

digital figures by filtration of input data. Image recognition with TV camera. Work with software for image 

recognition. Individual development of an electronic item and work with Protel99. 


The practical exercises are conducted in such a way that attention can be paid to the individual work of each 

student. Therefore, students receive personal independent assignments, whose completion is supervised by the 

teacher. The practical exercises and the research work are done on the basis of using specialized development 

devices and models, connected to the workplaces with personal computers. The final mark is formed after an oral 

exam. 

0233 Biomedical Engineering 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Anelia Manukova-Marinova, MEng, PhD, Dept of Electronics, tel.: 888 366, 

Е-mail:amanukov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at acquainting the students with complex theoretical, methodological and apparatus problems in 

biomedical engineering. The optional course is studied during the last semester /for 10 weeks/. 


Classification and basic properties, characteristics and applications of medical electronic devices and systems. 

Biological effects of AC and DC on the human tissues. Diagnostic medical electronic devices (ECG, EEG, 

ultrasound, MRI). Therapeutic medical electronic devices (electro stimulators, defibrillators, pacemakers, HF 

therapy, microwave therapy, medical Ya-Nb lasers ). Laboratory analysis medical electronic devices. 

Computerized systems for receiving, processing, interpreting and translating of medical signals. New tendencies in 

medical electronic devices and systems. Impact of ICT in medical electronics.Electrical signals with biological 

origin processing and analysis (basic parameters, denoising). Main principles of biomedical signals filtering. Data 

compression methods and tools. 


Lectures give the main theoretical material, supported by some demonstrations of biomedical electronic devices. 

At the practical exercises students acquire skills and gain experience to work independently and creatively, to 

cope with different types of medical electronic devices and systems. The final mark is determined after an oral 

discussion. 

230



0242 Nuclear electronics 





Methodology management: Department of Electronics 


Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Valentin Yordanov Dimov, PhD, Department of Electronics, tel +359 82 888772 

E-mail: vdimov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The aim of the course is to acquaint the students with the instruments and methods for detecting and measuring 

the basic parameters of the nuclear radiation, so that they can acquire not only theoretical knowledge but also 

practical experience in using the corresponding equipments. The course considers the basic concepts of nuclear 

physics and the various types of detectors for ionizing radiation. Special attention is paid to the methods and 

devices for transforming, selecting and recording detector signals and to the data processing. Particular methods, 

instruments and systems are discussed, which find application in nuclear-physics researches, medicine, ecology, 

industry and agriculture. The prerequisite is knowledge of physics, semiconductor devices, analog devices, digital 

devices and as well other. 


Interaction of radiation with matter. Radiation effects in electronic materials, electronic devices and electronic 

circuits. Increase of the radiation constancy of electronic circuitries and devices. Nuclear detectors. Electronic 

blocks in nuclear devices. Nuclear spectrometers. Radioisotope devices. Devices for measurement of low levels of 

nuclear radiation. Electronic systems for control and maintenance of the processes in nuclear reactors. Radiation 

dosimetry for internal exposure and radiation protection. 

Technology of teaching: 

Classical pedagogic methods, multimedia and videos, and specialized software are used in the teaching process. 

The practical exercises follow the lectures and teach students to evaluate the basic parameters of the devices. 

The lectures are 3 hours per week and the laboratory exercises are 2 hours every other week. The practical 

exercises follow the lecture topics. The continuous assessment is held at the time for practice by oral examination, 

control and report defense. The continuous assessment during the exercises is done by oral discussions at the 

beginning of each exercise. Method of assessment: two hours written examination. 

0243 Electronic System for Environment Control 





Methodology management: Department of Electronic 


Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Valentin Yordanov Dimov, PhD, Department of Electronics, phone: 888 772, 

E-mail: vdimov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Tsvetelina Dimitrova Draganova, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

phone:888 668, E-mail: cgeorgieva@uni-ruse.bg 

Annotation: 

The aim of the course “Automatic Control System for Environment Parameters” is to give students knowledge of 

methods and electronic systems for control of air quality, natural and waste water and soil. Subjects relating to 

risk management in hazardous environments, caused by industrial accidents and information systems related to 

evaluation of the characteristics of different sources of risk and risk management in hazardous environments will 

be considered. 


Composition and properties of the atmospheric air. Emissions. Methods and devices for air quality monitoring. 

Electronic systems for air monitoring. Methods and devices for hydrophysical, hydrochemical and hidrobyological 

water indices monitoring. Electronic systems for control of organic matter, dissolved oxygen and density contents 

of the sediment. Electronic systems for control of soil parameters. Risk management in hazardous environments 

caused by industrial accidents. 


The subjects of the lectures introduce the main methods of quality air monitoring, natural and waste water 

monitoring, soil pollution monitoring, methods, devices and information systems for risk management in 

hazardous environments caused by industrial accidents. The exercises follow the lectures material. The students 

have to be ready for the exercises and after their finishing they have to prepare a report. The rating of this 

subject is formed from results of a written exam. 

231



0263 Master thesis 



Assessment: official defense 





Consultants: 

All lecturers from the Department of Electronics 

Abstract: 

The Final Year Project is a main part of the Master’s degree of the engineering course in Electronics. It enables 

the students doing the Master’s degree to show their abilities to design and implement a considerable creative 

project in the area of electronics; to demonstrate their ability to work independently, their initiative and professional 

competence. 

The Final Year Project is a self-independent creative assignment, which is fulfilled under the supervision of a 

research lecturer and if necessary, under the guidance of a research consultant. Its objective is to provide an 

opportunity for the students to show the accumulated knowledge and skills during their study for achieving the 

objectives and tasks of the Final Year Project and to present their creative development successfully in front of a 

board of examiners. 


The Final Year Project contains: an explanatory note on calculations– it includes all the main literature data, ideas, 

existing solutions, analyses, calculations, explanations and conclusions; graphical part – it includes principle 

electrical circuits of knots, devices, block and structure circuits, graphical dependencies from experiment tests of 

developed devices; a developed model or device by the final year student, if this is part of the assignment. The 

model development is the final stage from the design work of the final year student. 


The department of Electronics provides: collecting, confirming and announcing of theme suggestions for Final 

Year Projects; the distribution of the students per theme and research advisors for each of them; the diploma 

practice organization; the supervision, review and presentation of the Final Year Projects. 

Weekly tutorials with the research advisors are envisaged for the students. Then the process of the fulfillment of 

the given assignment is monitored. 

The final year student presents the Final Master thesis in front of a board of examiners. 

232



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

AUTOMATICS, 

INFORMATION 

AND 

CONTROL ENGINEERING 

233






Degree course: Automatics and Mechatronics 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering 

Professional qualification: Automation Engineer, MEng 


The main objective of the master’s course in Automatics and Mechatronics to prepare highly qualified, 

wide profiled specialists with solid fundamental and general technical skills and enhanced knowledge of 

modern control systems and information systems and technologies. The speciality meets the specific 

needs of different sectors of the national economy like: industry, communications, transport, ecology, 

agriculture, and follows the dynamics of their development. 

The course content includes: 

• Fundamental knowledge of control theory, control systems, theory of the experiment, image 

processing, pattern recognition, artificial intelligence, information and multimedia technologies. 

• Specialized knowledge in programming languages and systems, process control, computer 

control and measurement systems, distributed control systems, industrial networks, mechatronics, 

computer vision and other advanced topics in the area of information and control technologies. 

The professional ability of a master of engineering in Automatics and Mechatronics includes carrying 

out investigations, designing, implementing and utilizing computer control and information systems, 

performing manufacturing, engineering and management activities and research work. 

The wide profiled qualification and the profound knowledge in the field of automatics, information and 

control systems gives the opportunity to the masters of engineering to successfully find employment as 

employees or managers of engineering businesses, researchers, experts, teachers and company 

managers. 

The curriculum includes compulsory and some optional courses, which are divided in two semesters. 

They are separated in two subject areas. The first one widens the fundamental knowledge of the 

speciality. The second one provides special knowledge and skills in the area of the computer measuring 

and control systems, distributed control, programmable controllers for process applications, 

mechatronics, computer vision systems, information and multimedia systems. The research work during 

every semester includes research in a certain subject area, chosen by the students. 

The course finishes with the development of a master thesis, which goes on during the whole study 

period. 

234



CURRICULUM 




0309 Theory of Experiments 5 0328 Control Systems -2 4 

0312 Control Systems -1 5 0330 

Distributed Computer Control 

5 

Systems 

5 Optional course: 

(the students choose two courses) 

0313 Data Acquisition Computer Systems 5 0337 Telecommunication Systems 3 


5 0338 Multimedia Systems and 

3 

Technologies 

0315 

Computer Control of 

Electromechanical Systems 

5 0344 Specialized Microprocessor Systems 3 

0346 INTERNET – technologies 3 

Graduation 

0349 Diploma work 15 



235



0309 Theory of Experiments 








Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Atanas Leshkov Mitkov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Agricultural Machines, tel.: 082 888 553, 

E-mail: amitkov@uni-ruse.bg 

2. Assoc. Prof. Todor Tzanev Todorov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Numerical Methods and Statistics, 

tel.: 082 888 536, E-mail: ttodorov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course includes the main methods for experiment planning in the field of engineering, processing and 

analysis of results. In this connection the objects are classified according to the number of control factors 

in three groups – with no control factors, with one control factor and with more than one control factors. 

For the first group the methods of statistical estimation and of checking statistical hypothesis are 

considered. For the second and the third group the methods of single- and multi-factor regression and 

variances analysis are considered. 


Cybernetic approach in studying objects experimentally. The role of experiment in research. Types of 

experiments. Studying objects with no external influence. Studying single-factor objects. Single-factor 

regression analysis. Single-factor variances analysis. Studying multi-factor objects. Multi-factor regression 

analysis. Multi-factor variances analysis. Planning regression experiments. First degree plans. Second 

degree plans. Data processing in planned experiments. Planning experiments for variances analysis. 

Optimising multi-factor experiments. Statistical optimisation. Software products experimental data 

processing. 


The lectures follow the traditional ways of delivery. The practice sessions have an investigative character. 

The exam is written and includes two questions and solving a problem. 

0312 Control Systems – 1 








Lecturers: 




tel.: 082 888 266, E-mail: divanova@uni-ruse.bg 

3. Principal Assistant Maria Gerasimova Popova, MEng, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 

tel.: 082 888 745, E-mail: mgpopova@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims at acquainting the students with modern control system theory and developing practical 

skills for analysis and synthesis of such systems using MATLAB. Prerequisites to this course are the 

Control Theory courses of the Bachelor degree programme. 


Linear multivariable control systems: state-space description, basic properties, design methods. Robust 

control systems: uncertainty modelling, robust stability and robust performance analysis, design of H ∞ 

optimal controllers, μ -synthesis. Adaptive control systems. Application of artificial neural networks and 

fuzzy logic in control systems. 



examples. The aim of the exercises is to teach the students to apply creatively the acquired knowledge. 

They are conducted with the aid of MATLAB software system. The students’ progress is checked in each 

exercise throughout the semester. The course ends with a written exam, which consists of problem solving 

and question answering. The students have to attend all the exercises in order to be allowed to take the 

exam. The mark from the practical work is taken into consideration when forming the final course mark. 

236



0313 Data Acquisition Computer Systems 








Lecturers: 



2. Assoc. Prof. Venelin Borisov Dimitrov, MEng, PhD, Dept. Electronics, тел.: 082 888 382, 

E-mail: vdimitrov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

3. Assoc. Prof. Tsvetozar Stefanov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dep. o Computing, tel.: 082 888 827, 


Abstract: The background of Data Acquisition Computer Systems (DAQS) base on PC and PLC is 

considered in the course. The DAQS structure and basic industrial communications interfaces are 

presented in details. Programming of DAQS with advanced software as DAQ Designer, LabVIEW, HiQ 

and Signal Processing Suite is taken into consideration. The course is linked to Computer control systems 

–1 and 2 and Computer Control Systems - Project. 

Course content: Architecture of the Data Acquisition Computer Systems. Basic modules for data 

acquisition. Industrial communication interfaces and protocols. Basic features of the software systems 

DAQ Designer, LabVIEW, HiQ and Signal Processing Suite. Programming technology. 

Teaching and assessment: The available technical teaching devices are used during the lectures. 

Laboratory exercises are organized in cycles and are carried out in teaching laboratories. Students are 

provided with user manuals for their preparation. Before classes, the students’ preparation is checked The 

results of the experiments and software developments are recorded in a report. The final mark on the 

subject is formed as a total mark from the exercises assessment and the mark from the written exam. 









Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Miroluyb Ivanov Mladenov, PhD, Dept of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

The course aims at giving the students working knowledge in modern computer vision systems, their basic 

charachteristics as well as the main stages of digital image processing. The students study different 

problems, related to acquisition and representation of images, image pre-processing, segmentation, image 

description and image recognition. 


Computer vision structure. Acquisition and representation of images. Image geometry. Stereo vision. 

Methods and algorithms for image processing and analyses. Colour and texture models. Image 

recognition. Neural networks applications in computer vision. 


The lectures present the main theoretical material and illustrate it with appropriate example problems. The 

practice sessions are organized thematically. They are grouped in 3 basic subjects, which characterize 

certain stages of image processing. During the practice sessions the students use specialized program 

systems. The final mark is formed on the basis of the exam results and work done in the practice 

sessions. 

237



0315 Computer Control of Electromechanical Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Professor Emil Konstantinov Kuzmanov, MEng, Ph.D, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: During lectures special attention is paid to the ideology of computer systems for control of 

electro-motion and monitoring of their energy parameters. Also issues about the protective functions and 

control of technological parameters, and certain systems including transformers for frequency and 

algorithms of control are discussed. This course is thematically connected with the following subjects: 

Control of Electromechanical Systems-2, Computer Control Systems-2 and Computer Control Systems- 

Project. 

Course content: Basic trends of the computer control of electromechanical systems. Computer-based 

systems and systems with digitally programmed control of electromechanical devices. Industrial controllers 

for specialized systems. Modern patterns for realization of algorithms, used in electro-motion for frequency 

converters. 

Teaching and assessment: Practice classes are carried out in teaching laboratories and industrial 

companies, and are organized in cycles. Lectures, prospects, illustrative examples, patterns and models, 

specialized literature are also used for students’ preparation. During the practice classes, students are 

divided in several groups and their level of preparation for the class is checked. The students have to 

attend all the practice classes and write a report for each of them. The final assessment for the course is 

based both on the final exam and the results from the practice classes. 









Lecturers: 

1. Prof. Miroluyb Ivanov Mladenov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to give the students working knowledge of the basic problems, principles and 

methods used in artificial intelligence systems, as well as the main application areas. Topics, related to 

knowledge presentation, expert systems, fuzzy systems, action planning, machine learning, pattern 

recognition, artificial neural networks and genetic algorithms are considered in the discipline. 


Knowledge representation and use. Expert systems. Fuzzy logic. Action planning. Pattern recognition. 

Neural networks, genetic algorithms and their application in artificial intelligence systems. 


The lectures include the basic theoretic problems in this subject area, which are illustrated with 

appropriate examples. During the practice sessions the students have the opportunity to apply their 

theoretical knowledge and skills in practice. They prepare a written report for the work done. The final 

mark is formed on the basis of the exam results and work done in the practice sessions. 

238



0328 Control Systems - 2 








Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course objective is to provide knowledge about the systems for computerized numerical control and 

control of production, selection of solution in systems of control, etc. Examples from different areas are 

presented for each type of the systems considered. The subject is linked to other subjects such as 

Processes Control, Control Systems-1, Research work, as well as to the preparation of the diploma 

project. 


Systems with computerized numerical control (CNC). Block scheme for system with computerized 

numerical control, CNC type. Elements of the systems with computerized numerical control. Automated 

systems for control (ASC). Hierarchical structures of the production control systems. Criteria and 

procedures for decision-making on control systems. Structure of decentralized control systems. Structure 

of systems with indirect and direct numerical control. 


The main questions of the course material are discussed during the lectures. Students have to submit a 

report for each exercise. The defence of the report is assessed. The term is validated, if the students have 

fulfilled all the exercises and have successfully defended the relevant reports. The exam on the subject is 

in written form. The exam material includes theoretic and practical questions. The scores from the 

exercises are taken into consideration for the formation of the final mark. 

0330 Distributed Computer Control Systems 


Weekly classes: 4lec + 0sem + 3labs + 0s 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Plamen Ivanov Daskalov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automatics and Mechatronics, 


Abstract: 

Issues connected with Distributed Computer Control Systems (DCCS), based on PC and PLC are 

considered in the course. The DCCS architecture and the structure and basic communications interfaces 

of local industrial networks are presented in details. Emphasis is put on programming, control of 

distributed system resources and on the creation of man-machine interfaces. Course prerequisites include 

Control Computer Systems –1 and 2, Computer Measurement Systems, Computer Networks and 

Information Industrial Systems. 


Architectures of Distributed Computer Control Systems. Communication protocols in industrial local 

networks. Basic elements of the man-machine interface. Program elements for communication – OPC – 

servers. Control of the distributed resources of DCCS. 


The available technical teaching devices are used during the lectures. Laboratory exercises are organized 

in cycles and are carried out in teaching laboratories. Students are provided with user manuals for their 

teaching preparation. Before classes, the students’ preparation is checked. The results of the experiments 

and software developments are recorded in reports. The final mark is based on the marks from the 

exercises and the written exam. 

239











Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Tsvetozar Stefanov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 082 888 827, 


Abstract: 

The objective of the Multimedia systems and technologies course is to acquaint students with the 

technology needed to create multimedia products, comprising text, graphic, audio and video objects 

according to a scenario prepared in advance, as well as with the structure of the systems for developing 

and recreating such products. The course examines basic graphic, sound and video file formats and 

compression methods and the use of some popular authoring systems. Course prerequisite is the 

Information Systems in Industry course. 


Multimedia – history, definitions, application area. Technology of creating multimedia products. Systems 

for developing multimedia products. Methods and tools for creating, editing and saving text objects. 

Methods and tools for creating, compressing, editing and saving graphic objects. Methods and tools for 

creating, compressing, editing and saving audio objects. Methods and tools for creating, compressing, 

editing and saving video objects. Assembling, testing and distribution of multimedia applications. Videoconferencing 

systems. Virtual reality. 


The lectures acquaint students in theory with the main problems of creating multimedia products. The 

workshops allow each student to develop multimedia objects and integrate them in a multimedia product 

following a given scenario. The course finishes with a written exam. 

0346 INTERNET Technologies 








Lecturers: 

1. Assoc. Prof. Georgi Todorov Georgiev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 082 888 744, 

E-mail: gtgeorgiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course has a practical orientation and aims at giving the students knowledge and practical skills as 

well as practical experience in the area of modern technologies for Internet programming. Students are 

introduced to the Java and PHP programming languages (the latter in combination with MySQL DBMS), 

HTML, the HTTP and CGI protocols. The course provides broad, rather than deep, knowledge and skills. 

The students may deepen their knowledge and skills in one or more of the technologies while working on 

their Master's thesis. This process is facilitated by the fact that all environments, tools, documentation, etc. 

used in the course are open-source and widely available on the Internet. A prerequisite for the course is 

some previous experience with programming languages, computer networks and databases. 


Introduction. Internet history. Main services. A review of languages and technologies for Internet 

programming. TCP/IP protocol stack. The HTTP protocol. HTML. The Java programming language. 

Dynamic HTML content (CGI-based). Server-side programming languages (PHP). The MySQL database 

management system and its usage by means of PHP. 


The lectures acquaint the students with the theoretical aspects of the course content. The workshops 

follow loosely the lectures. They start with the creation of a simple, static Web page and gradually add 

functionality to it. The final result is a not very complex interactive site with database request processing 

capability. The workshop tutor gives the students a semester mark based on their activity. The course 

finishes with an exam. The exam includes a test as well as solving a simple problem on a computer. The 

final mark is a weighted average of all components: 30% for the test; 50% for the problem solving; 20% for 

the semester mark. 

240



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

COMPUTER SYSTEMS 

AND 

NETWORKS 

241





COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS (CSN) 

Degree course: Computer Systems and Networks 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Networks 

Professional Qualification: Computer Engineer(MEng) 


The professional suitability of a Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Networks is to carry 

out investigations; to design, assemble and utilize; to perform manufacturing, technological, company 

and service activities; to do research and teach in the field of Computer Systems and Networks in view 

of their application in the public and private sectors, industry, agriculture, transport, banking, health 

care, environment protection, education, science, etc. 

A Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Networks should possess professional expertise 

and considerable linguistic competence. His/her education should be based on: 

• complex fundamental and specialised knowledge in areas such as modelling and simulation, 

distributed systems, administration of computer networks, routing protocols, corporate networks, 

fuzzy systems, distributed databases, programmable logic design, virtual instruments, specialized 

microprocessor systems; 

• additional training which includes broadening of their foreign language proficiency; 

• carrying out specific scientific research for the graduation thesis, according to the student's 

own interests, capabilities and development prospects. 

A Master of Engineering should have the following general skills: 

• to identify and present his/her own solutions to problems in the field of Computer Systems and 

Networks; 


• to adopt a complex technical and economical approach and use modern methods and tools when 

solving an assigned engineering task. 

A Master of Engineering should also possess the following job-specific skills: 

• to create, develop and maintain modern microprocessor systems; 

• to develop and adapt today's basic software applications for both general purpose and specialised 

computer systems; 

• to expand the functional capabilities of modern computer systems and networks; 

• to develop, adapt and implement up-to-date computer systems and networks in different fields of 

everyday life - industry, science, trade, education, banking, etc. 

A Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Networks should have a clear vision of 

his/her role and place in the Information Society and the underlying responsibilities. 

242



CURRICULUM 


COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS 


0042 Network Infrastructure Administration 5 0255 Virtual Instruments 4 

0078 Routing Protocols 5 0258 Enterprise Networks 4 

0184 Programmable Logic Design 5 0574 Specialized Microprocessor Systems 3 

0571 Distributed Databases 5 0580 Fuzzy Systems 4 

0572 Distributed Systems 5 Graduation 

0579 Modelling and Simulation 5 1425 Master thesis 15 



243



0042 Network Infrastructure Administration 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0sem+0labs+2ws 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing 

tel.: 888 672, E-mail: gkrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to familiarize students with the modern trends in cable and wireless network infrastructure 

design. The course focuses on specialized IP modules for network infrastructure management, and it presents 

network solutions based on controllable network switches with options for configuration and management. It 

provides knowledge on specialized network infrastructures for monitoring and management. Special attention is 

paid to mobile Internet access. 


Cable network infrastructure design. Specialized IP modules for network infrastructure management. Development 

systems. Network functions. Network configuration. Network solutions based on controllable network switches with 

options for configuration and management. Network switch architecture constructed on the basis of RTL8309SB 

integrated circuit. Specialized network infrastructures for monitoring and management. Network infrastructure 

supply and protection. Network resources management software. Wireless network infrastructure design. Mobile 

Internet access. Analysis of the possibilities for mobile data exchange. Server response adaptation to mobile 

users. Electromagnetic compatibility in modern communications. 


The lectures are 2-classes a week and provide basic knowledge on NIA. The practical sessions are conducted 

face-to-face in PC training rooms 4 classes a fortnight. Students are involved in practice-oriented tasks. The 

continuous assessment during the practice sessions is based on the results from the allotted individual tasks. The 

final assessment is a written exam conducted during the examination session. In addition to the lecture records 

students get a list of recommended literature to help them prepare for the exam. 

0078 Routing protocols 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Georgi Valentinov Hristov, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The purpose of the course is to introduce the students to the specifics and characteristics of the routing protocols, 

used in IP networks – the most widely used and potentially the most interesting for the students type of networks. 

The main reasons for the complexity of the routing algorithms are also being revised - they are the coordination 

between the separate devices in the network, the congestion and others. The course introduces the two basic 

classes of routing protocols – routing protocols in autonomous network segments and routing protocols between 

autonomous network segments. 


Introduction to the theory of routing protocols. Structure of the routing tables. Routing protocols in autonomous 

network segments. Protocols for routing between autonomous network segments. Routing protocols for the next 

generation of IP networks. 


The lectures are conducted 2 hours weekly, and the practical exercises are 4 hours every 2 weeks. The students 

are preparing for the exercises, using the recommended literature. For each exercise the students prepare and 

present to the teacher a report. The exam consists of written and oral parts. 

244



0184 Programmable Logic Design 


Weekly classes: 2l+0s+0le+2ws 

Assessment: continuous 

Type of exam: written, oral 




Lecturers: 

Principal Lecturer Aneliya Stoyanova Ivanova, PhD; Dep. of Computing; tel.: 888827; 


Principal Lecturer Nikolay Genkov Kostadinov; Dep. of Computing; tel.: 888674; 


Principal Lecturer Galina Ivanova Ivanova, PhD; Dept. of Computing; tel.:888827; 

E-mail: GIvanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to introduce to the students the basic principles of digital systems design using programmable 

logic. Programmable logic families, device architectures, and programming technologies are covered in detail as 

well as design methodology, techniques, rules, and guidelines for implementing various digital systems with 

programmable devices. The students gain practical skills to operate with integrated environments for modelling, 

synthesis, simulation and configuration of digital systems. 


Programmable logic review. CPLD and FPGA. FPGA Architectures with Embedded Devices. Programming 

Technologies. Design Methodology for Programmable Devices. Design Techniques, Rules, and Guidelines. 

Embedded Processor-Based Design Flows. Simulation, Synthesis and Verification Design Tools. Future FPGA 

Developments. FPNA. 


At the lectures students are familiarized with popular CPLD and FPGA families, device architectures, and 

programming technologies as well as methodology and techniques for programmable logic design. During the 

workshops the students use CAD systems, HDL and FPGA to design and implement various digital devises. The 

assessment mark is formed on the basis of the results of two tests on the lecture material. 

0571 Distributed Databases 








Lecturers: 


E-mail: MMarinov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 


E-mail: IValova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

Distributed database system technology is one of the major recent developments in the field of database systems. 

The Distributed Databases course aims at studying of principles and practical aspects of current distributed 

database systems. Upon completion of this course the students should be able to: understand the role and 

importance of distributed DB in a software project; describe issues, principles, methods and architectures 

associated with distributed DB; undertake the development of a distributed database from a conceptual level, 

through logical design, performance analysis, and implementation, providing appropriate query. 


Introduction into distributed data processing. Distributed DBMS architecture. Distributed database design. 

Semantic data control. Query decomposition and data localization. Optimization of distributed queries. Introduction 

to transaction management. Distributed DBMS reliability. 


The lecture topics provide the main theoretic aspects of the considered problems. The workshops are conducted 

in a computer lab. The students should independently solve, code and debug entirely or partially defined elements 

with the aid of a corresponding programming environment. Students’ work is evaluated at each workshop. The 

exam includes a number of problems with a different degree of difficulty and a point system for evaluation. The 

final course mark is formed as an average of the workshop marks and the exam mark. 

245



0572 Distributed Systems 





Responsible department: 

Dept. of Computing, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation 

Lectors: 

Dr. Milen Loukantchevsky – Dept. of Computing, tel.: +359 (0) 82 888 674, 


Summary: 

The course main goal is to help students reach more deep understanding of basic principles and practical aspects 

of the distributed computer systems. 

The basic structural components of the distributed systems are defined along with several fundamental models. 

The organization of the communications and interactions between distributed objects as well as control of the 

distributed resources and security are investigated. 

Syllabus Contents: 

Main terms. Properties. Distributed systems structuring. Distributed models. Communications. Communication 

protocols between distributed objects. System clocks synchronization. Logical clocks. Naming, identification and 

addressing. Atomic actions. Distributed transactions. Distributed file system. Fault-tolerance. Distributed systems 

security and protection. 

Teaching and Learning Methods: 



At the workshops simulations and real systems are used putting lectures to practice. Each workshop begins with 

formulation and analysis of problems. At the very end the students are asked to summarize in written form their 

results. 


0579 Modelling and Simulation 








Lecturers: 




E-mail: GStefanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to give the necessary theoretic knowledge and practical skills to create models and 

simulate different systems including computer ones. Course prerequisites: Higher Mathematics, Discrete 

structures and modelling, Digital signal processing and Computer systems for control. 


Introduction to modelling and simulation. Technology for computer modelling. Mathematical formalization and 

abstract description in computer modelling. Automata description of systems. Functional modelling. Analytical 

modelling. Statistical modelling. Computer simulation of processes and systems. 


At the lectures students are familiarised with the theoretic aspects of the main topics connected with modelling and 

simulation. At the practical sessions they work with specific environments for modelling and simulation. During the 

semester the students have two tests which contain practical exercises solved on PC and theoretical questions. 

The final mark is based on the marks of the two tests and the student’s participation in the workshops. 

246



0255 Virtual Instruments 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Hovanes Mardiros Avakian, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 674, 

E-mail: HAvakian@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course aims to familiarise students with the modern tendencies in virtual instruments development. The 

architecture of virtual instruments, hardware and software environments for their constructing is also examined. 

Course prerequisite is the knowledge of the Modelling and Simulation. 


Architecture of virtual instruments. Devices for measurement, testing and automation. LabVIEW software 

environment for the development of virtual instruments. LabVIEW specialized modules. LabWindows/CVI software 

environment for the development of virtual instruments. Specialized library NI Measurement Studio for Microsoft 

Visual Studio for developing virtual instruments. Building virtual systems for measurements and automation. 


At the lectures students are familiarised with the theoretic aspects of the architecture of the virtual instruments, 

hardware and software environments for their constructing. At the practical sessions they work with specific 

software environments for virtual instruments development. The course ends with a written and oral exam. 

0258 Enterprise networks 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Mihail Petkov lliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 841, 888 665, 

e-mail: miliev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Assistant Prof. Rumen Kantchev Kozhuharov, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 671, 

e-mail: rk2@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The purpose of the course is the students to get into the specifics of the enterprise computer network 

infrastructure. Thorough study is made of Ethernet technologies based switches, hierarchical switched network 

design, STP support, security, VLANs. Under exploration are storage systems and networks(DAS, NAS, SAN, 

RAID, FC, iSCSI, FCoE) and their software, as well as data centres, regulations and compliancy, security, 

management, organization, exploitation and trends in the enterprise networks. 


Introduction to enterprise networks. Introduction to telecommunications networks. Broadband access technologies. 

Ethernet switch based enterprise LAN infrastructures. Storage Systems and networks. Data Centres. Security, 

Management, organization, exploitation and trends in the enterprise networks. 


The lectures are conducted 3 hours weekly. The practical exercises are 3 hours weekly either. The students are 

preparing for the exercises, using the recommended literature. The exam is written, with test questions and tasks, 

case resolving, as well as with practical task in simulator. 

247



0574 Specialized Microprocessor Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Joana Emilova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel: 888 677, 

Е-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg. 

Abstract: 

The Special Purpose Microprocessors course aims to familiarize the students with the composition of one of the 

most popular families of one-chip microcomputers RISC and the structure of its main representatives, with the 

CAD/CAT (Testing) systems for special purpose microprocessors based on one-chip microcomputers, as well as 

with their programming languages. The course deals with signal processors, industrial controllers and special 

purpose microprocessors based on them. 


One-chip microcomputers PIC16F87X. One-chip microcomputers for digital signal processing of analogue signals 

DSP TMS320C54X. Special purpose microprocessors for industrial application. 


The lectures deal mainly with the design of the hardware while the seminars focus on the development of software 

for special purpose microprocessors based on one-chip microcomputers. The practical sessions are conducted in 

a computer room equipped with PIC, DSP and PLC development systems based on РС. 

0580 Fuzzy Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Lidia Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 380, 




Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with the theoretical and practical aspects of fuzzy systems. They give 

the basic knowledge of fuzzy logic, fuzzy set theory and their application in the decision making and games theory. 

The fuzzy controllers are discussed in the conditions of computer aided simulation. 


Basic fuzzy set theory. Relations, connectors and operators on fuzzy sets. Linguistic variables and terms. Rule 

base. Fuzzy systems and their applications in decision making and games theory. Basic structures of fuzzy 

controllers. Typical fuzzy controllers. Elements of computer-aided development and simulation of fuzzy control 

systems. 


The lectures consider the theory of the fuzzy logic, sets, theory of decision making, games theory and controllers. 

The practical sessions are conducted in a computer lab. The students acquire knowledge and skills necessary for 

solving individual tasks in this field. 

248



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 

COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND 

TECHNOLOGIES 

249





COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGIES (CST) 

Degree course : Computer Systems and Technologies 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Technologies 

Professional Qualification: Computer Engineer (MEng) 


The professional suitability of a Master of Computer Systems and Technologies is to carry out 

investigations; to design, assemble and utilize; to perform manufacturing, technological, company and 

service activities; to do research and teach in the field of Computer and Information Technologies in 

view of their application in the public and private sectors, industry, agriculture, transport, banking, health 

care, environment protection, education, science, etc. 

A Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Technologies should possess professional 

expertise and considerable linguistic competence. His/her education should be based on: 

• complex fundamental and specialised knowledge in areas such as modelling and simulation, 

distributed systems, artificial intelligence systems, fuzzy systems, distributed databases, intelligent 

teaching environments, mobile learning technologies, computer games, design patterns, business 

modelling systems; 

• additional training which includes broadening of their foreign language proficiency; 

• carrying out specific scientific research for the graduation thesis, according to the student's 

own interests, capabilities and development prospects. 

A Master of Engineering should have the following most common skills: 

• to identify and present his/her own solutions to problems in the field of Computer and Information 

Technologies; 

• to apply creatively in practice the acquired knowledge in the context of the specified problems; 

• to show effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and engineering , based on critical 

analysis. 

A Master of Engineering should also possess the following job-specific skills: 

• to develop and adapt modern system and application software for both general purpose and 

specialised computer systems; 

• to expand the functional capabilities of modern computer technologies; 

• to be able to identify problems, analyse requirements, design, implement and maintain a software 

application and the respective documentation; 

• to develop, adapt and implement up-to-date computer technologies in different fields of everyday 

life - industry, agriculture, trade, banking, education, science, etc. 

A Master of Engineering in Computer Systems and Technologies should have a clear vision of 

his/her role and place in the Information Society and the underlying responsibilities. 

250



CURRICULUM 




0261 Mobile Technologies 5 0274 Computer Games 4 

0571 Distributed Databases 5 0275 Design Patterns 4 

0572 Distributed Systems 5 0580 Fuzzy Systems 4 

0575 Artificial Intelligence Systems 5 0586 Business Modelling Systems 3 

0579 Modelling and Simulation 5 Graduation 

0585 Intelligent Teaching Environments 5 1425 Master thesis 15 



251



0261 Mobile Technologies 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0Sem+0labs+2ws 






Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The course aims to familiarise students with the modern tendencies in mobile technologies. The course gives 

necessary information about types of mobile devices, mobile communications, mobile operating systems, mobile 

multimedia, mobile positioning, and existing architectures for mobile applications and resources for their 

development. Special attention is paid to the practical realization of various types of mobile applications using the 

Adobe Flash development environment and their testing with mobile devices like PDA (Personal Digital Assistant). 


Mobile systems. Developing mobile applications using Adobe Flash. Technologies for navigation and positioning 

services for locating mobile objects. Types of mobile applications. Architectures of mobile applications. User 

interface for mobile applications. Mobile multimedia. 


At the lectures students are familiarised with the theoretic aspects of the main topics connected to mobile 

technologies. The practical sessions are conducted in a computer laboratory equipped with the necessary 

hardware and software environments for development and testing of mobile applications. During the semester the 

students have two tests, which contain two theoretical questions. The final mark is based on the marks of the two 

tests and the student’s participation in the workshops. 









Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

Distributed database system technology is one of the major recent developments in the field of database systems 

area. The Distributed Databases course aims at studying the principles and practical aspects of current distributed 

database systems. Upon completion of this course the students should be able to: understand the role and 

importance of distributed DB in a software project; describe issues, principles, methods and architectures 

associated with distributed DB; undertake the development of a distributed database at a conceptual level, through 

logical design, performance analysis, and implementation, providing appropriate query. 







conducted in a computer lab. The students should independently solve, code and debug entirely or partially 

defined elements with the aid of a corresponding programming environment. Students’ work is evaluated at each 

session. The exam includes a number of problems with a different degree of difficulty and a point system for 

evaluation. The final course mark is formed as an average of the workshop marks and the exam mark. 

252



0572 Distributed Systems 





Responsible department: 

Dept. of Computing, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Automation 

Lectors: 

Dr. Milen Loukantchevsky – Dept. of Computing, tel.: +359 (0) 82 888 674, 


Summary: 

The course main goal is to help students reach more deep understanding of basic principles and practical aspects 

of the distributed computer systems. 

The basic structural components of the distributed systems are defined along with several fundamental models. 

The organization of the communications and interactions between distributed objects as well as control of the 

distributed resources and security are investigated. 

Syllabus Contents: 

Main terms. Properties. Distributed systems structuring. Distributed models. Communications. Communication 

protocols between distributed objects. System clocks synchronization. Logical clocks. Naming, identification and 

addressing. Atomic actions. Distributed transactions. Distributed file system. Fault-tolerance. Distributed systems 

security and protection. 

Teaching and Learning Methods: 



At the workshops simulations and real systems are used putting lectures to practice. Each workshop begins with 

formulation and analysis of problems. At the very end the students are asked to summarize in written form their 

results. 


0575 Artificial Intelligence Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Miroluyb Ivanov Mladenov, PhD, Department of Automatics and Mechatronics , 

phone 888 747, E-mail: mladenov@uni-ruse.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Svetlana Stefanova, PhD, Department of Computing, 

phone 888 356, E-mail: sstefanova@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course “Artificial Intelligence Systems” has the objective to acquaint the students with the basic problems, 

concepts and methodologies, used in the artificial intelligence systems, as well as areas of their application. 

Questions, related to development of expert systems, systems for pattern recognition, as well as the application 

of neuron networks and genetic algorithms in the systems with artificial intelligence are studied. The emphasis 

is on the different aspects for application of the artificial intelligence systems. 


Basic characteristics of artificial intelligence systems. Expert systems. Pattern recognition. Neuron networks. 

Genetic algorithms. 


The lectures include the basic theoretical problems in the subject area, which are illustrated with examples in 

the communication technique. Different problems, connected with topics from the lectures are solved in the 

practical exercises. The workshops are conducted in a computer room. The term is validated, if all the topics 

from the practical exercises are solved and the lessons are attended regularly. The final mark is formed on the 

basis of the written exam. 

253



0579 Modelling and Simulation 








Lecturers: 




E-mail: GStefanov@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to give the necessary theoretic knowledge and practical skills to create models and 

simulate different systems including computer ones. Course prerequisites: Higher Mathematics, Discrete 

structures and modelling, Digital signal processing and Computer systems for control. 


Introduction to modelling and simulation. Technology for computer modelling. Mathematical formalization and 

abstract description in computer modelling. Automata description of systems. Functional modelling. Analytical 

modelling. Statistical modelling. Computer simulation of processes and systems. 


At the lectures students are familiarised with the theoretic aspects of the main topics connected with modelling and 

simulation. At the practical sessions they work with specific environments for modelling and simulation. During the 

semester the students have two tests which contain practical exercises solved on PC and theoretical questions. 

The final mark is based on the marks of the two tests and the student’s participation in the workshops. 

0585 Intelligent Teaching Environments 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Irina Ilieva Zheliazkova; Department of Computing, Eng, MSc, PhD; tel: 888-744 


Abstract: 

The course gives theoretical knowledge and practical skills for design, implementation, and experimentation of 

intelligent multimedia WINDOWS- and WEB-based environments for teaching different cognitive types of 

knowledge. 

It has input relationships with the bachelor degree courses: “Discrete structures and modelling”, “Software 

engineering”, “Integrated environments”, “Artificial Intelligence”, “Programming in INTERNET” and “Multimedia 

technologies in teaching”; parallel relationships with the master degree courses ”Artificial intelligence systems”, 

“Web design”, and “Systems for business modelling” and output relationship with the theses project. 


Formulating and solving the problem for creating task-oriented environments (TOEs) for e-teaching. Administration 

in an integrates environment for individualized planned teaching. Modelling queries to base of different types of 

tasks. Adaptive and intelligent TOE for knowledge testing. TOE for teaching lectures. TOЕ for teaching algorithmic 

knowledge. TOE for teaching structural knowledge. TOE for training in dynamic systems. 


For each ТОЕ of the lecture material the theoretical background, language for knowledge description, UML 

diagrams, and the tools architecture are considered. During the exercises students acquire the technology of 

using the TODE. Then they work as developers and programmers for extending its functionality, improving the 

user interface or integrate a programming module into different TODEs. The results of the student teams are 

assessed by the assistant. The final assessment of the course is formed as an average assessment of the 

practical exercises and a test on the lecture material. 

254



0274 Computer Games 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing 


Abstract: 

The “Computer Games” course aims to introduce the techniques and tools of computer games development to the 

students of the Computing program. Students get acquainted with the modern information and communication 

technologies which help developing new generation games. Due attention is paid to the necessary hardware 

resources. Students study the tools for computer games development, the phases which must be gone through for 

creating a successful computer game, as well as the requirements, problems and disadvantages of this kind of 

programming. 


Introduction to computer games. Classification. Hardware resources. Computer systems. Games consoles: 

Nintendo Wii, xBox, PlayStation. Specialized periphery. Script creation. Strategies development. Missions 

generation. Levels design. Characters. Logical and mathematical bases. Main interrelations. Modelling of 

characters and background images. Computer models of vehicles: cars, ships, aircrafts and helicopters. Modelling 

different types of guns and targets destruction. Conflicts generation and solutions. Programming environments for 

computer games development. Artificial intelligence application in computer games. Developing games for mobile 

information devices. Network games development. 


The lectures are 3-classes a week and provide basic knowledge on Computer games (CG). The practice sessions 

are conducted face-to-face in PC training rooms 3 classes a week. Students are given practice-oriented tasks. The 

continuous assessment is based on the results from the allotted individual tasks. The final assessment is a written 

exam conducted during the examination session. In addition to the lecture records, students get a list of 

recommended literature to help them prepare for the exam. 

0275 Design Patterns 



Control: exam 





Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Todorov Georgiev, MEng, PhD; Dept. of Computing; tel.: 888 744 

E-mail: gtgeorgiev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Emil Stoyanov, PhD 

Abstract: 

The course aims at creating skills for requirements analysis and planning the structure of software solutions. This 

will make it easier to recruit graduates as software developers in new and ongoing projects. The courseware 

includes the basic and more complex elements of UML (Unified Modelling Language) and the basic structural 

patterns for software design, as well as their practical implementation in small projects, which the students will 

manage and implement. This will directly introduce the students to typical elements, situations and scenarios from 

the realm of software engineering and project management. 


Lectures and workshops are carried out in one module, taking 3 to 4 weeks, during which time the students have 

no other lessons. The computer labs are equipped with IDEs for software development in different programming 

languages - Microsoft Visual C++, Eclipse, J2SE JDK, Netbeans. 

The workshops simulate in practice the stages of a real project, from assignment through requirements analysis 

and design to implementation. Students will work in teams. Part of the work can be done outside the labs (e.g. at 

home). The final mark comprises a final exam (65%), and marks from the workshops (30%) and the lectures (5%). 

255



0580 Fuzzy Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Lidia Hristova Georgieva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 380, 


Principal Assistant Elena Dyankova Yakimova, MEng, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 276 


Abstract: 

The course aims at familiarising the students with the theoretical and practical aspects of fuzzy systems. They give 

basic knowledge of fuzzy logic, fuzzy set theory and their application in the decision making and games theory. 

Fuzzy controllers are discussed in the conditions of computer aided simulation. 


Basic fuzzy set theory. Relations, connectors and operators on fuzzy sets. Linguistic variables and terms. Rule 

base. Fuzzy systems and their application in decision making and games theory. Basic structures of fuzzy 

controllers. Typical fuzzy controllers. Elements of computer-aided development and simulation of fuzzy control 

systems. 


The lectures consider the theory of the fuzzy logic, sets, theory of decision making, games theory and controllers. 

The practical sessions are conducted in a computer lab. The students acquire knowledge and skills necessary for 

solving individual tasks in this field. 

0586 Business Modelling Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Irina Ilieva Zheliazkova; Department of Computing, Eng, MSc, PhD; tel: 888-744 


Abstract: 

The course gives the students opportunity to apply acquired knowledge and skills in economics, software 

engineering and programming environments in modelling and simulation in the field of business. 

It has input relationships with the courses: “Economics”, “Software engineering”, “Programming languages”, “Data 

bases”, and “Information systems” and has output relationships with the theses project. 


Company information system: architecture, features, user requirements. Marketing subsystem: methods, models, 

and database. Subsystem for investment and crediting: methods, models, ands database. Financial-accounting 

subsystem: methods, models, and database. 


The lectures on each topic include: basic concepts, input/output data, business diagram, decision making models 

for specific problems, as well as the architecture of the corresponding subsystem. The practical exercises are 

reduced to problem solving with EXCEL as well as to demonstration of the corresponding subsystems, 

implemented by means of the programming environment DELPHI. The results from each exercise for each student 

are assessed by the assistant. The final mark is formed as an average of the practical exercises and a test on the 

lecture material marks. 

256



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 


SYSTEMS 

257






Degree course: Telecommunication Systems 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering in Telecommunication Systems 

Professional Qualification: Telecommunications Engineer (MEng) 


The main goal of the master’s degree course is to equip the graduates with in-depth professional 

knowledge and skills to solve engineering problems in the field of telecommunications namely design, 

control and analysis of telecommunication systems. 

The duration of the master’s degree course is two terms for full time students and three terms for parttime 

students including the writing of the diploma project. 

Pre-requisites: 

The course is intended for graduates in: 

• BEng in Telecommunication Systems; 

• BEng and MEng in Computer Systems and Technologies; 

• BEng and MEng in Electronics; 

• BEng and MEng in Automation, Information and Control Systems 

who are admitted to the Telecommunication Systems Master’s Degree Course. 

General description: 

The Master’s degree course includes subjects such as Telecommunication Networks, Teletraffic 

Engineering, Processing and Transmitting Signals, Communications in Industrial Networks, Radio 

Systems, Communication and Geoinformation Technologies, Specialised Microprocessor Systems, and 

Artificial Intelligence. The individual research provides the opportunity for acquiring in-depth knowledge 

in a specific area in the field of telecommunications and helps the students to write their Diploma 

projects. The students can choose various optional language acquisition subjects. At the University the 

students have at their disposal unlimited internet connection and all the library resources. They can also 

use the numerous laboratory resources and the PhD room supplied with office equipment and various 

software tools. 

The Degree Course finishes with the writing, presentation and defence of a Diploma Project. 

The Master’s degree course in Telecommunication Systems has been designed to provide the students 

with an in-depth insight into the key technological areas that are driving the mobile communications 

revolution. 

Most of the graduates move straight into permanent career employment in companies of all sizes 

around the globe. The majority take up positions as design engineers, software engineers, or 

development engineers in the public and private sectors, industry, and some move into management, 

marketing, transport, banking, etc. Some set up their own companies and go on to become the 

industrial leaders of tomorrow. Some go on to do further study or training. 

Masters of Engineering in Telecommunication Systems must have clear understanding of their 

role and significance in the developing global information society and the responsibilities 


258



CURRICULUM 




0547 Teletraffic Theory 5 0399 Wireless processors 3 

0548 

Digital Processing and 

0557 Telecommunication Networks 4 

5 

Transmission of Signals 

0550 Radiotechnical Systems for 

5 0558 Communication and 

3 

Remote Monitoring 

Geoinformation Technologies 

0551 Radar and Navigation Systems 5 0559 Artificial Intelligence 3 

0552 Industrial Communications 5 0561 Research Work 2 

0560 

Specialized Micro-Processor 5 

Systems 

Graduation 




259



0547 Teletraffic Theory 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Dimitar Radev, MEng, PhD, DSс, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel. 888 673, 


Abstract: 

This course focuses on statistics, the nature of traffic, the practical models, the measurements and simulations 

needed to make predictions and to plan telecommunication networks at a minimum total cost. 


The course focuses on the application of teletraffic theory in telecommunications. Teletraffic engineers use their 

basic knowledge of statistics, the nature of traffic, the practical models, the measurements and simulations to 

make predictions and to plan telecommunication networks at a minimum total cost. Another aspect that teletraffic 

engineering covers is the use of these tools and basic knowledge to provide telecommunication at lower cost. 

Because the approach is so different to different networks, the networks are handled separately: the PSTN, 

broadband networks, mobile networks, and networks where the possibility of traffic being heavy is more frequent 

than anticipated. 


The lectures clarify the theoretic aspect of the topics and provide a sufficient number of examples. This enables 

the students to prepare in advance for the practice sessions and to work independently during the classes. 



0548 Digital Processing and Transmission of Signals 








Lecturers: 





Abstract: 

The Digital Signal Processing and Transfer course aims to acquaint the students with the principles and 

applications of digital signal processing and digital broadcasting. The signals and key processing steps are traced 

from the information source through the transmitter, channel and ultimately to the information sink. Signal 

transformations are organized according to the functional classes: formatting and source coding, modulation, 

channel coding, multiple access, spreading, encryption and synchronization. 


Transformation of the signals in digital communication systems. Formatting analog information. Signals and noise 

in communication systems. Digital modulation and demodulation. Coherent and noncoherent detection. 

Communication link analysis. Channel coding. Shannon – Hartley capacity theorem. Synchronization of digital 

communication. Multiplexing and multiple access. Source coding. Differential pulse code modulation. Encryption 

and decryption. Fading channels. 


The topics of the lectures enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic aspects of digital 

communication systems before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the main characteristics of 

digital signals (BER, MER, carrier/noise, Wrong packets), using the available laboratory installations and 

measurement instruments. 

260



0550 Radiotechnical Systems for Remote Monitoring 








Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Krasimir Petrov Manev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel. 888 780, 


Abstract: 

The students receive knowledge about the main constructing principles of various radiotechnical systems – 

systems for information extraction, for information transfer, systems for radiolocation, radionavigation, and space 

and satellite systems. 


Contemporary radiotechnical systems. Basic concepts and definitions for general systems. System classification 

principles and definition of radiotechnical complexes. Remote monitoring systems. Methods for remote monitoring. 

Information processing in systems for global monitoring. 


There are 2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of practical exercises every week. Investigations are conducted on 

laboratory models. 

0551 Radar and Navigation Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Mihail Petkov Zhelyazov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel. 888 381, 

E-mail: mjeliazov@mail.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to acquaint the students with methods of contemporary radiolocation and radionavigation, 

the basic principles of radiolocation observation, the optimum discovering of flying objects, processing and transfer 

of radiolocation information, the special features of contemporary radiolocation and radionavigation appliances, 

considering their construction and practical usage. 


Basic types of radiolocation signals and their mathematical description. Methods for discovering radiolocation 

signals and objects. Statistical characteristics, devices for optimum discovering, processing and transfer of 

information. Special features of active, passive and optical radiolocation. Functional and principle schemes for the 

construction of navigational systems, considering their destination. 


There are 2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of practical exercises weekly. The practical exercises provide 

knowledge and skills in the area of disposal, work and handling of radiolocation observation systems. The 

students gain practical knowledge of the structure, working principles, processing of information principles of the 

regional and global navigation systems. 

261



0552 Industrial Communications 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Yoana Emilova Ruseva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 677, 888 823 

Е-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 



Assistant Professor Ventsislav Petkov Keseev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 750, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to acquaint the students with the structure, methods and ways for programming, 

configuring and maintenance of the most widely spread industrial data networks. The main point of this subject is 

to help the students understand the practical aspects of industrial networks as a main instrument for building open 

architecture systems. The course investigates field industrial network for communication with intelligent units. The 

discussed network specifications have been selected because they are widely used in industrial automation. 


Industrial plant control system architecture of today. Common concepts and characteristics of industrial data 

networks. Specific methodology for industrial data network. Real time information model. OSI (Open System 

Interconnect) model and network model in industrial network systems. Physical, Data link and application level. 

Industrial field networks: HART, Foundation Fieldbus, CAN, Profibus, Modbus. Field devices control with a 

standard protocol (Manufacturing Message Specification – MMS). Industrial networks of ‘control’ level. Objectoriented 

models in control level (ControlNet) and information level (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol) OPC. 


The lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theory before doing the practical exercises. 

For industrial networks component investigation students compose and debug programs using available software. 

Lectures discuss mainly the design of the apparatus part, while the practical exercises focus on the process 

accessibility and the reaction time of network devices. 









Lecturers: 



Abstract: 

The Specialized Microprocessor Systems course aims to familiarize the students of the Telecommunication 

Systems degree course with some contemporary digital signal processor families and the structure of basic digital 

signal processors. It provides general information about systems for automation of the design and testing 

microprocessor systems based on DSP. The Specialized Microprocessor Systems course is related to the 

following subjects: Impulse and Digital Devices, Microprocessor Systems, Computer Architecture and to the 

Diploma project. 


Key features of the TMS320 DSP family. DSP architecture. Central processing unit. Bus structure. Internal 

memory organization. Data addressing. Program memory addressing. Pipeline operation. On-chip peripherals. 

Serial ports. External bus interface. DSP applications. 


The lectures review mainly the hardware design, while the practical exercises focus on the development of the 

software of microprocessor systems based on DSP. The practical exercises are carried out in a computer 

laboratory equipped with a DSP developing environment based on PC and specialized demonstration boards. At 

the beginning of each laboratory exercise an entrance test is conducted to check the students’ preparation. 

262



0399 Wireless Processors 








Lecturers: 





Principal Assistant Professor Nikolay Kostadinov; Dept. of Computing; tel.: 888 674 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to provide students with a theoretical background and technical training in Wireless 

Processors and Open AT® Software Suite. A special emphasis is placed upon the usage of GSM/GPRS related 

interfaces and Open AT® Internet and TCP/IP Plug-Ins. As a result, students will be able to design wireless M2M 

applications using Open AT® OS. 


Wireless Processors Architecture. Open AT® Software Suite Architecture and Features. AT Commands and 

Responses. Hardware Management. Storage Management. Call service. GPRS service. Open AT® RTOS. 

Internet and TCP/IP Plug-In. 


The lecture topics are focused on studying and understanding of wireless processor’s architecture and application 

development layer services. At the workshops students explore and program GSM/GPRS devices and modules 

using Open AT® Software Suite. 

0557 Telecommunication Networks 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Mihail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 673, 888 457 


Principal Assistant Professor Georgi Valentinov Hristov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The course focuses on advanced IP addressing techniques (Variable Length Subnet Masking VLSM), 

intermediate routing protocols (RIP v2, Single-area OSPF, EIGRP), command – line interface configuration of 

devices, Ethernet switching, Virtual LANs (VLANs), Spanning Tree Protocols (STP), and VLAN Trunking Protocol 

(VTP). 


The content is focused on initial device configuration, TCP/IP, and access control lists (ACLs). Students develop 

skills in how to configure a network device, manage Cisco IOS Software, configure routing protocols, and create 

access lists controlling access to the routers. 


The lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic issues of telecommunication 

systems before doing the practical exercises. Students investigate the main characteristics of the network process, 

using the available laboratory installations and testbed. 

Lectures discuss mainly the principles of the telecommunication theory, while the practical exercises focus on the 

main characteristics of network architectures. 

Method of assessment: a 2- hour written and oral exam on 2 questions from the course prospectus. 

263



0558 Communication and Geoinformation Technologies 








Lecturer: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, tel.: 888 672, 

E-mail:GKrastev@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course in Communication and Geoinformation Technologies focuses on the details of specialized hardware 

and software designed for spatial data effective retrieval, storage, processing, analysis and various forms of 

representations with regard to objects located on, over and under the ground. 

Geoinformation is linked to graphics and, as such, it is subject of the modern tendencies for GIS application and 

usage. 


Geoinformation basic terminology. Images and spatial data processing. Modelling, graphs, topology. Organization 

of geoinformation systems creation. Mobile, stationary and redirect-centralized solutions based on GPS, GSM, 

GPRS. Automated systems for mobile devices tracking. Application of geoinformation technologies. 


The lectures comprise 3 hours a week and provide basic knowledge of GIS. 

The 3-hour practice sessions are conducted in a specially equipped room. Students are assigned practice-oriented 

tasks. Continuous assessment is based on the results from the allotted individual tasks. Final assessment is 

based on a written exam conducted during the exam session. Besides their lecture notes, students are provided 

with a list of specialized reference literature to help them to prepare for the exam. 









Lecturers: 

Prof. Miroluyb Ivanov Mladenov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automation, Information and Control Engineering, 


Assoc. Prof. Valentin Bogdanov Stoyanov, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Automation, Information and Control Engineering, 

tel.: 888 372, E-mail: vstojanov@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The course objective is to provide the students with working knowledge of the basic tasks, principles and methods 

used in artificial intelligence systems, as well as their main areas of application. Topics, related to knowledge 

presentation, expert systems, fuzzy systems, action planning, machine learning, pattern recognition, artificial 

neural networks and genetic algorithms are considered in the subject. 


Knowledge representation and use. Expert systems. Fuzzy logic. Action planning. Pattern recognition. Neural 

networks, genetic algorithms and their application in artificial intelligence systems. 


The lectures include the basic theoretic tasks in this subject area, which are illustrated with appropriate examples. 

During workshops the students have the opportunity to apply their theoretical knowledge and skills in practice. 

They prepare a written report for the work done. The final mark is formed on the basis of the exam results and 

work done at the workshops. 

264



0561 Research Work 



Assessment: preliminary oral exam 





Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 823, 


Abstract: 

The objective of the research work is to improve students’ knowledge and skills in the field of telecommunications. 

The research work precedes the development of the diploma project. 


The topics of the research work are connected with the diploma thesis of the Master’s degree course. The 

students are assigned engineering tasks in the filed of telecommunications. 


The students receive the task at the beginning of the second semester and work in cooperation with their 

supervisor. At the end of the semester they present and defend the results of their research work in front of the 

whole group. They have to present their own solution to the problem specified in the assignment. 

0958 Master Thesis 








Lecturers: 

Lecturers from the Department of Telecommunications and experts in the field of telecommunications. 

Abstract: 

The Master Thesis is one of the main components of the master’s degree course in Telecommunication Systems. 

It provides the following opportunities to the students completing the master’s degree course: to demonstrate their 

abilities to plan and implement a considerable and original project in the field of telecommunications; to 

demonstrate self-dependent work, initiative and professional competency. The Master Thesis is a solution to an 

engineering problem which is developed under the supervision of a scientific advisor. The aim is to enable the 

students to demonstrate the knowledge and skills gained during their education. The project has to be presented 

and defended in front of a state board of examiners. 


The Master Thesis consists of a written report that comprises references, ideas, existing solutions to the problem, 

analysis, calculations, descriptions and conclusions, a graphical part including the principal circuit diagrams of the 

elements and devices, block and structural diagrams, charts presenting the tests’ results and a model or a 

prototype made by the graduates. 


The Department of Telecommunications is responsible for the organization of the approval and announcement of 

the Master Thesis themes as well as for the supervision, review and public defence of the Master Thesis. The 

students have tutorials with their supervisors during the development of the Master Thesis. The State Board of 

Examiners assesses the project and the student’s defence with two separate grades. 

265



POSTGRADUATE 

STUDIES 

IN 


NETWORKS 

266





TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS 

Degree course: Telecommunication Networks 

Degree awarded: Master of Engineering in Telecommunication Networks 

Professional Qualification: Telecommunications Engineer (MEng) 


The main goal of the master’s degree course is to equip the graduates with in-depth professional 

knowledge and skills to solve engineering problems in the field of telecommunications namely design, 

control and analysis of telecommunication networks. 

The duration of the master’s degree course is two terms for full time students and three terms for parttime 

students including the writing of the diploma project. 

Pre-requisites: 

This course is intended for graduates in: 

• BEng in Telecommunication Systems; 

• BEng and MEng in Computer Systems and Technologies; 

• BEng and MEng in Electronics; 

• BEng and MEng in Automation, Information and Control Systems 

who are admitted to the Telecommunication Networks Master’s Degree Course. 

General description: 

The Master’s degree course includes subjects such as Routing Protocols, Teletraffic Systems, Design 

and Architectures of the Video Systems, Distributed Databases, Coding and Security in 

Telecommunication Networks, Specialized Microprocessor Systems, Broadband Mobile Systems, 

Modelling of Telecommunication Networks, Geographical Information Systems and Communication in 

Industrial Networks. The individual research provides an opportunity for acquiring in-depth knowledge in 

a specific area in the field of telecommunications and helps the students to write their Diploma projects. 

The students can choose various optional language acquisition subjects. At the University the students 

can use unlimited internet connection and all the library resources. They can also use the numerous 

laboratory resources and the PhD room supplied with office equipment and various software tools. 

The degree course finishes with the writing, presentation and defence of a Diploma project. 

The Master’s degree course in Telecommunication Networks has been designed to provide the students 

with an in-depth insight into the key technological areas that are driving the mobile communications 

revolution. 

Most of the graduates move straight into permanent career employment in companies of all sizes round 

the globe. The majority take up positions as design engineers, software engineers, or development 

engineers in the public and private sectors, industry, and some move into management, marketing, 

transport, banking, etc. Some set up their own companies and go on to become the industrial leaders of 

tomorrow. Some go on to do further study or training. 

Masters of Engineering in Telecommunication Networks must have clear understanding of their 

role and significance in the developing global information society and the responsibilities 


267



CURRICULUM 


TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS 


0773 Routing Protocols 5 0781 Broadband Mobile Systems 4 

0775 Teletraffic Systems 5 

0782 Modelling of Telecommunication 4 

Networks 

0776 Design and Architectures of the 5 0783 Geographical Information 

4 

Video Systems 

Systems 

0777 Distributed Databases 5 

0784 Communication in Industrial 

Networks 

3 

0778 Coding and Security in 

Telecommunication Networks 

5 

0780 Specialized Microprocessor 

Systems 

5 

Graduation 




268



0773 Routing Protocols 








Lecturers: 



Principal Assistant Georgi Valentinov Hristov, PhD, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 663, 


Abstract: 

The purpose of the course is to introduce the students into the specifics and characteristics of the routing 

protocols, used in IP networks – the most widely used and potentially the most interesting for the students type of 

networks. The main reasons for the complexity of the routing algorithms are also being revised - they are the 

coordination between the separate devices in the network, the congestion and others. The course introduces the 

two basic classes of routing protocols – routing protocols in autonomous network segments and routing protocols 

between autonomous network segments. 


Introduction to the theory of routing protocols. Structure of the routing tables. Routing protocols in autonomous 

network segments. Protocols for routing between autonomous network segments. Routing protocols for the next 

generation of IP networks. 


The 2-hour lectures are conducted weekly, and the practical exercises consist of 4 hours every 2 weeks. The 

students prepare for the exercises by using the recommended literature. For each exercise the students prepare 

and present a report to the teacher. The exam consists of written and oral parts. 

0775 Teletraffic Systems 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0s+2ws 






Lecturers: 

Prof. Dimitar Ivanov Radev, MEng, PhD, DSс; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel. 888 673; 


Abstract: 

The “Teletraffic Systems” course aims to introduce students doing a master’s course in Telecommunication to the 

teletraffic theory of systems based on open and closed queuing systems. The course focuses on the exponential 

queuing systems, algorithms for closed queuing systems, approximation models, blocking systems, blocking 

development to networks and systems with finite capacity. 


Stochastic processes in teletraffic systems. Intermittent Markovian process. Transformation to stochastic 

parameters. Birth and Death process. End results of stochastic processes. Queuing systems. Queuing networks. 

Classification. Descriptions to the models. Jackson networks. Analyses of occupations. Buddy distribution. Closed 

exponential networks. Convolution algorithm for closed networks. Approximate methods for open networks. The 

GI/G/m approximation for the approximate analysis of open queueing networks. Fork/Join queues in queueing 

networks with infinite capacity. Blocking systems in networks with finite capacity. Blocking with rejecting. Blocking 

to transferring. Blocking with reservices. Blocking before service. Approximate analytical models for networks with 

finite queueing capacity. Blocking models of closed networks. Blocking models of open networks 


The topics of the lectures enable the students to get theoretically acquainted with the main issues of teletraffic 

systems before doing the practical exercises. The students have to be theoretically prepared and equipped with 

basic knowledge in order to be ready for the practical exercises. The lectures consider the essential principles of 

teletraffic systems, while the practical exercises concentrate on the main characteristics of practical solving of the 

tasks. 

269



0776 Design and Architectures of Video Systems 


Weekly classes: 2lec+0s+2ws 






Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Teodor Bozhidarov Iliev, MEng, PhD; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 841; 


Principal Assistant Professor Georgi Valentinov Hristov, PhD; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 663; 


Abstract: 

The objective of the “Design and Architectures of Video Systems” course is to acquaint the students with the 

principles and creation of different architectures for CCTV systems. The main characteristics of a CCTV system 

development process are being discussed and evaluated. 


Basic terms and characteristics of a CCTV system. Elements of CCTV systems. Types of architectures for the 

design and creation of CCTV systems. IP based digital video surveillance. Main characteristics of the design 

process of systems for video surveillance. Software for the management of recordings from IP cameras. 


The topics of the lectures provide the students with the opportunity to get acquainted with the main theoretic 

issues of CCTV systems, their main architectures and elements before participating in the practical sessions. 



Weekly classes: 2L+0S+0LE+2WS 


Type of exam: 




Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Milko Todorov Marinov, PhD; Dept. of Computing; tel.: 888 356; 


Principal Assistant Professor Irena Marinova Valova, PhD; Dept. of Computing; tel.: 888 685; 


Abstract: 

Distributed database system technology is one of the major recent developments in the database systems area. 

The “Distributed Databases” course aims at acquainting the students with the principles and practical aspects of 

current distributed database systems. Upon completion of this course the students should be able to: understand 

the role and importance of distributed DB in a software project; describe issues, principles, methods associated 

with distributed DB architectures; undertake the development of a distributed database from a conceptual level, 

through logical design, performance analysis, and implementation, providing appropriate query. 






The lecture topics provide the main theoretic aspects of the problems being considered by the course. The 

workshops are conducted in a computer lab. The students are expected to independently solve, code and debug, 

entirely or partially, defined elements by means of a corresponding programming environment. Students’ work is 

evaluated at each workshop session. The exam includes a number of problems with a different degree of difficulty 

and a point system for evaluation. The final course mark is formed as an average of the workshops’ mark and the 

test mark. 

270



0778 Coding and Security in Telecommunication Networks 


Weekly classes: 2l + 0s + 0lab + 2pw 



Department involved:: 



Lecturers: 



Abstract 

“Coding and Security in Telecommunication Networks” is included as a compulsory course in the curriculum of the 

Master degree course in “Telecommunication Networks”. It aims to introduce the students to the models of 

telecommunication networks, the theoretical bases of cryptography and crypto analysis, methods for block and 

stream encoding of the information and their application in modern telecommunication networks. The lectures put 

stress on the theory and applications of the methods for intercepting of information and for protecting it from 

unauthorized access to the resources of telecommunication networks. The practical exercises supplement and 

enrich the knowledge of the students by means of computer simulations. 


Basics of the protection of information. Introduction to cryptology. Algebraic semi-groups, groups and lattices. 

Linear congruencies with one indeterminate. Finite algebraic fields. Linear recurrence sequences. P-adic and N- 

adic generators of pseudo-noise sequences. Block ciphers. Public key cryptosystems. Methods for data 

verification. 


Lectures present the teaching material according to the syllabus.They precede the practical classes and provide 

for them the necessary theoretical knowledge. At the practical exercises students solve problems covering the 

topics of the syllabus and do computer simulations using MATLAB and its extensions. Continuous assessment is 

conducted at the practical exercises through written tests. Final assessment is accomplished via an exam, 

conducted in written and oral forms. The end-of-term mark is formed on the basis of participation in lectures and 

practical classes. 



Weekly classes: 2L+0S+2WS 

Form of assessment:continuous 





Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Yoana Emilova Ruseva, MEng, PhD; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 823; 888 677; 


Assoc. Prof. Nina Vasileva Bencheva, MEng, PhD; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 823; 888 677; 


Abstract: 

The objective of the “Specialized Microprocessor Systems” course is to familiarize the students of the 

“Telecommunication Networks” degree course with some contemporary wireless processors and digital signal 

processor families and their structure. It provides general information about systems for automation of the design 

and testing of microprocessor systems based on wireless processors and DSP. “Specialized Microprocessor 

Systems” is related to the following subjects: “Impulse and Digital Devices”, “Microprocessor Systems”, “Computer 

Architecture” and to the Diploma project. 


Wireless processors architecture. Open AT® software suite architecture and features. Key features of the TMS320 

DSP family. DSP architecture. Central processing unit. Bus structure. Internal memory organization. Data 

addressing. Program memory addressing. Pipeline operation. On-Chip peripherals. Serial ports. External bus 

interface. DSP applications. 


The lectures aim to review mainly the hardware design, while the emphasis of the practical exercises is on the 

development of the software of microprocessor systems based on DSP. The practical classes are carried out in a 

computer laboratory equipped with DSP developing environment based on PC and specialized demonstration 

boards. At the beginning of each laboratory exercise an entrance test is conducted to check the students’ 

preparation for the exercise. 

271



0781 Broadband Mobile Systems 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Mihail Petkov Iliev, MEng, PhD; Dept of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 673; 888 457 

E-mail: miliev@uni-ruse.bg 

Abstract: 

The purpose of this course is to introduce the students, from the masters program of “Telecommunication 

Networks”, to the systems and technologies for broadband mobile communications. The course includes the 

principles, technologies, algorithms, systems and other aspects of high-speed wireless data transfer. The 

main accent is put on the parameters and characteristics of state-of-the art digital systems for data transfer 

based on Internet protocols. 


Common characteristics of broadband mobile systems (BMS). Principles and standards in BMS. Analysis and 

synthesis of signals for BMS. Access to communication channels, wireless asynchronous transfer in BMS. Mobile 

and transport layer in BMS. Wireless cell networks of 3rd and 4th generation, principles, architecture and services. 

Standards for high-speed data transfer – IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.16. 


The course comprises 2-hour lectures weekly and clarifies the theoretic aspects of the subject field. The exercises 

comprise four hours every two weeks. The students prepare themselves for the exercises using the recommended 

references. The students are expected to prepare and present a short report for every exercise. The exam is 

written in the form of a test. 

0782 Modelling of Telecommunication Networks 








Lecturers: 

Prof. Dimitar Ivanov Radev, MEng, PhD, DSc; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 673; 

Е-mail: dradev@abv.bg 

Assoc. Prof. Teodor Bozhidarov Iliev, MEng, PhD; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 841; 


Principal Assistant Georgi Valentinov Hristov, MEng, PhD; Dept. of Telecommunications; tel.: 888 663; 


Abstract: 

The objective of the “Modelling of Telecommunication Networks” course is to acquaint the students with the basic 

principles of computer analysis, modelling and simulation of telecommunication systems and networks. It 

considers the main stages of computer modelling. 


Fundamentals of computer modeling. Teletraffic systems and processes. Analytic modeling. Classification of 

analytical models. Stochastic simulation modeling. Principles of simulation modeling. Application of Matlab 

programming environment for modeling of telecommunication systems. Application of NS2 programming 

environment for modeling of telecommunication systems. Object-oriented interpreter OTcl. 


The lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic issues, which are related to 

computer modelling before participating in the practical exercises. 

272



0783 Geographical Information Systems 








Lecturers: 

Assoc. Prof. Georgi Nikolov Krastev, MEng, PhD, Dept. of Computing, 


Abstract: 

The course objective is to enable students to gain knowledge about geographical information systems, their basic 

applications and components. The course provides opportunities for the students to acquire hands-on experience 

in operating with specific software products and lays the foundations for professional growth in such a dynamically 

developing field. 


History of GIS, basic terminology, functionality, components and applications. Data base with geographically 

referenced information. Meta data. Main functions. Basic data formats. Operation with geographically refined 

data. Basic cartography principles. Creating maps. Layers and symbols, classification methods and styles. Labels 

and annotation. Geo-coding. GIS data base design. Main resources of geographically referenced data and 

methods of application. Continuous assessment of geographically referenced data. Data analysis in 3D. 

Cartographic algebra. Raster data base. Topographic analysis. Distances. Visualization techniques. Image 

processing. Perspectives of GIS design. 


The lectures comprise 3 hours a week and provide basic knowledge of GIS. 

The workshops are conducted face-to-face in a PC training room and comprise 3 classes a week. Students are 

assigned practice-oriented tasks. Continuous assessment is based on the results from the allotted individual tasks. 

Final assessment is based on a written exam conducted during the examination session. Apart from their lecture 

notes, students get in advance a list of specialized and additional reference literature to help them prepare for the 

exam. 

0784 Communication in Industrial Networks 








Lecturers: 


Е-mail: iruseva@ecs.uni-ruse.bg 



Assistant Professor Ventsislav Petkov Keseev, MEng, Dept. of Telecommunications, tel.: 888 750, 


Abstract: 

The course aims to acquaint the students with the structure, methods and ways for programming, configuring and 

maintenance of most widely spread industrial data networks. The main point of this subject is practical aspects of 

industrial networks as main instrument for building open architecture systems. The course touches upon industrial 

networks for communication with intelligent units. The discussed network specifications were selected because 

they are widely used in the area of industrial automation. 


Modern industrial plant control system architecture. Common concepts and characteristics of industrial data 

networks. A specific methodology for industrial data network creation. Real time information model. OSI (Open 

System Interconnect) model and network model in industrial network system. Physical, Data link and application 

level. Industrial field networks: HART, Foundation Fieldbus, CAN, Profibus, Modbus. Field devices control with a 

standard protocol (Manufacturing Message Specification – MMS). Industrial networks of ‘control’ level. Objectoriented 

models in control level (ControlNet) and information level (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol) OPC. 


The lecture topics enable the students to get acquainted with the main theoretic issues before participating in the 

practical exercises. For the purposes of industrial networks component investigation, students compose and 

debug programs using available software. Lectures discuss mainly the design of the apparatus part, while the 

practical exercises pay attention to the process accessibility and reaction time of network devices. 

273



0785 Master Thesis 








Lecturers: 

Lecturers from the Department of Telecommunications and experts in the field of telecommunications 

Abstract: 

The Master Thesis is one of the main components of the master’s degree course in Telecommunication Networks. 

It provides the following opportunities to the students completing the master’s degree: to demonstrate their abilities 

to plan and implement a considerable and original project in the field of telecommunications; to demonstrate selfdependent 

work, initiative and professional competency. The Master Thesis is a solution of an engineering 

problem which is developed under the supervision of a scientific advisor. The aim is to enable the students to 

demonstrate the knowledge and skills gained during their education. The project has to be presented and 

defended in front of a state board of examiners. 


The Master Thesis consists of a written report that comprises references, ideas, existing solutions to the problem, 

analysis, calculations, descriptions and conclusions, a graphical part including the principal circuit diagrams of the 

elements and devices, block and structural diagrams, charts presenting the test results and a model or a prototype 

made by the graduates. 


The Department of Telecommunications is responsible for the organization of the approval and announcement of 

the Master Thesis topics as well as for the supervision, review and public defence of the Master Thesis. The 

students have tutorials with their supervisors during the development of the Master Thesis. The State Board of 

examiners assesses the project and the student’s defence with two separate grades. 

274

Erasmus ECTS Information Package

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?